NVM-22

Transcription

NVM-22

NVM-22
Voice Mail
with Automated Attendant
System Guide
Part No. 17590INSY1
Issue 1-0, December 1995
Printed in U.S.A. (2106)
4 FOREST PARKWAY, SHELTON, CONNECTICUT 06484
TEL: 203-926-5400 FAX: 203-929-0535
This manual has been developed by Nitsuko America. It is intended for the use of its customers and service
personnel, and should be read in its entirety before attempting to install or program the system. Any comments or
suggestions for improving this manual would be appreciated. Forward your remarks to:
Nitsuko America, Telecom Division
4 Forest Parkway
Shelton, CT 06484
Attention: Manager, Technical Publications
Nothing contained in this manual shall be deemed to be, and this manual does not constitute, a warranty of, or
representation with respect to, any of the equipment covered. This manual is subject to change without notice and
Nitsuko America has no obligation to provide any updates or corrections to this manual. Further, Nitsuko
America also reserves the right, without prior notice, to make changes in equipment design or components as it
deems appropriate. No representation is made that this manual is complete or accurate in all respects and Nitsuko
America shall not be liable for any errors or omissions. In no event shall Nitsuko America be liable for any
incidental or consequential damages in connection with the use of this manual. This document contains
proprietary information that is protected by copyright. All rights are reserved. No part of this document may be
photocopied or reproduced without prior written consent of Nitsuko America.
 1994 by Nitsuko America. All Rights Reserved
Printed in U.S.A.
NVM-22
System Guide
SECTION: 1
Preparing Your Phone System
About This Guide
This guide lists the phone system hardware, software, and programs
required for NVM-22 integration.
,VVXH
u 3UHSDULQJ<RXU3KRQH6\VWHP
$ERXW7KLV*XLGHuL
Table of Contents
Integration Notes for ONYX VS or Businesscom DS01 .................................. 1-1
Integration Notes for ALLIANCE - S ............................................................. 1-3
Integration Notes for ALLIANCE - M/L......................................................... 1-5
,VVXHu3UHSDULQJ<RXU3KRQH6\VWHP
Integration Notes for NITSUKO 124i
&RPSDWLEOH+DUGZDUHDQG
Each Voice Mail port requires a port on the ASTU card.
6RIWZDUH
3URJUDPPLQJWKH3KRQH
n
7HQDQW*URXS2SWLRQV3DUW$,WHP6/7$QVZHULQJ0RGH
n
7HQDQW*URXS2SWLRQV3DUW$,WHP',/&DOO:DLWLQJ
n
6\VWHP7LPHUV3DUW$,WHP,QWHUFRP,QWHUGLJLW7LPH
n
6\VWHP7LPHUV3DUW$,WHP',/1R$QVZHU5HFDOO7LPH
n
6\VWHP7LPHUV3DUW$,WHP5HFRUG$OHUW7RQH,QWHUYDO7LPH
n
&262SWLRQV,WHP&RQWLQXHG'LDOLQJ
n
9RLFH0DLO0DVWHU1XPEHU
n
%DVLF7UXQN3RUW6HWXS3DUW$,WHPV7UXQN6HUYLFH7\SH
n
([WHQVLRQ5LQJ*URXS$VVLJQPHQW
6\VWHP
,VVXH
Enter 1 for this option to enable Conversation Record
If setting up Immediate Voice Mail Overflow, enter 0. If setting
up Delayed Voice Mail Overflow, enter 1.
Set the interval a transferred call waits at a forwarded extension
before routing to the called extension's mailbox (Program 0401
Item 23=10).
If setting up Delayed Voice Mail Overflow, enter a timer value
greater than 0. Overflow will occur after this interval (provided
the other related programming is correct). If setting up
Immediate Voice Mail Overflow, enter 0.
Set the interval between Voice Mail Conversation Record alerts. The
alert is two short beeps followed by a programmable interval of
silence.
Enable Continued Dialing (1) for all extensions that will dial
Voice Mail features.
Assign an extension number and name for the Voice Mail Master
Number. Be sure the number you select does not correspond to
an installed extension or feature. Consider picking a number that
is outside the normal extension numbering range (eg., 500). Do
not select a number that begins with 1, 8 or 9.
Assign Service Type 4 to each trunk you want to ring into Voice Mail
as a Direct Inward Line (DIL).
To enable Voice Mail Overflow, assign selected extensions to a
Ring Group that will ring for unanswered DILs to Voice Mail
ports. Enter 1 to enable overflow ringing.
u 3KRQH3URJUDPPLQJIRU190
&KDSWHUu
Integration Notes for NITSUKO 124i
3URJUDPPLQJWKH3KRQH
n
7UXQN5LQJ*URXS$VVLJQPHQW
n
',/$VVLJQPHQW
n
',/1R$QVZHU'HVWLQDWLRQ
n
%DVLF([WHQVLRQ3RUW6HWXS3DUW$,WHP7HUPLQDO7\SH
n
([WHQVLRQ'HSDUWPHQW*URXSV
n
&ODVVRI6HUYLFH
n
3URJUDPPLQJ)XQFWLRQ.H\V
n
9RLFH0DLO3RUW$VVLJQPHQW
6\VWHP
u &KDSWHU
To enable Voice Mail Overflow, assign the Voice Mail DILs to the
Ring Group specified in program 0909 above. This allows calls on
the DILs to ring other extensions when all VM ports are busy.
Assign a Voice Mail port as the DIL destination for each trunk
that should directly ring into Voice Mail. If all Voice Mail ports
are in the same unique Extension (Department) Group (see
Program 1003 below), the DIL will ring another Voice Mail port
if its assigned port is busy.
For Delayed Voice Mail Overflow, enter the Ring Group that
unanswered DILs to Voice Mail will ring after the DIL Call
Waiting time (Program 0405 Item 62).
Set all ASTU ports used for Voice Mail as type 1.
Put all the Voice Mail ports in an extension group. This allows
DILs to Voice Mail to ring other Voice Mail ports when the DIL's
assigned port is busy.
Assign a Class of Service (1-15) to an extension.
Assign a Voice Mail key to an extension (code 1059).
(Optional) Assign a Voice Mail Record key to an extension
code (1060)
(Optional) Assign a Personal Answering Machine Emulation
key (code 1072).
Assign single line (ASTU PCB) ports as Voice Mail ports. The
system allows up to 4 Voice Mail ports.
3KRQH3URJUDPPLQJIRU190u,VVXH
Integration Notes for ONYX VS or Businesscom DS01
&RPSDWLEOH+DUGZDUHDQG
6RIWZDUH
n Hardware:
For each Voice Mail port you will need a phone system keyset
port with an ASI (P/N 89749) or a Dual OPX/ASI (P/N 88750
Series 2).
n Software:
Single Cabinet
S/W: Version Y4.0 (or higher) P/N: 88501 Series 11
Dual Cabinet
DTS-S-AUX-A S/W: Version Y1.01 (or higher) P/N: 88525
Series Y2 with DTS-S-SAUX P/N: 88529 Series Y2
7HUPLQDO3URJUDPPLQJ
(([WHQVLRQ6HWXS
n
(&LUFXLW7\SH
n
(+XQW7\SH
n
($0DVWHU([WHQVLRQ1XPEHUIRU8&'+XQW*URXS
n
(.9RLFH0DLO9;3RUW
n
('LUHFW7UXQN7HUPLQDWLRQ
n
(,1LJKW&DOO5RXWLQJ
Assign circuit type 51 to each VX port
Program each VX port with Hunt Type 06.
Program each VX port with the Master Extension Number
assigned in QP programming (next page)
Enable this option for each VX port
For each trunk that NVM-22 should answer, terminate the trunk
to the VX Master Extension Number (see QP on next page)
For each trunk that NVM-22 should answer at night, terminate the
trunk to the VX Master Extension Number (see QP on next page).
For this night application, make sure the trunk's E9 entry is 300.
)&3DUDPHWHU5HVHW
,VVXH
n
)&5HVHW6\VWHP4XHXHV
n
)&5HVHW9;)ODJ7HOHSKRQH0HVVDJH:DLWLQJ/DPSV
Reset the system queues after installing NVM-22.
For a first time installation, always use this option to reset the
telephone Message Waiting Lamps.
&KDSWHUu
Integration Notes for ONYX VS or Businesscom DS01
7HUPLQDO3URJUDPPLQJ
..H\'DWD
FRQW
G
n
.6.H\VHW3URJUDPPLQJ
If desired, designate a key as a Record key (type R) to let the
Keyset user record conversations.
46\VWHP3DUDPHWHUV
7HOHSKRQH3URJUDPPLQJ
u &KDSWHU
n
430DLOER[,QVWDOOHG
n
439;0DVWHU([WHQVLRQ
Enable this option. This lets the phone system know that
NVM-22 is connected to it.
Select one of the VX ports (from E2) as the VX Master Extension Number
These are the programs to use if you are going to program the VS or
DS01 through an extension in the telephone system. Use the
programs in the order listed.
n
3URJUDP
n
3URJUDP,
n
3URJUDP
n
3URJUDP
n
3URJUDP
n
3URJUDP
n
3URJUDP
Assign circuit type 51 to each VX port
Assign the Voice Mail feature to each VX port selected in Program 14
Indicate that Voice Mail is installed and select a VX Master
Extension Number. The VX Master Extension Number can be
any of the VX ports designated in Program 14.
Set up a UCD Hunt Group as follows:
- Hunt Type = 05
- Master Extension = VX Master Ext No. assigned in Program 3
- Overflow extension = Operator extension that you assigned to
the VX Master Extension Number in Program 18 (I)
- UCD Members - VX extensions you selected in Program 18
Directly terminate each line that the Auto Attendant should answer to the
VX Master Extension Number you selected in Program 3
Assign a Record key to an extension if required
Assign each VX port (selected in Program 14) outgoing access to
the lines used for Message Notification
Integration Notes for ALLIANCE - S
5HTXLUHG+DUGZDUHDQG
6RIWZDUH
3URJUDPPLQJWKH3KRQH
n Hardware:
One Pushbutton Receiver Card: PBR-C (4N)-11KTU.
Each Voice Mail port must be connected to an SLT-F(1G)-10ADP, which in
turn must be connected to a port on a Regular Electronics Card: ESI-C
(8)-11
n Software:
Any software level is OK
),567$ERXWWKH9RLFH0DLO([WHQVLRQV
6\VWHP
You must connect each NVM-22 port that you want to use to an extension
(Keyset) port in the telephone system. The extension numbers assigned to the
selected ports must be in the same 10's group. For example, all the Voice Mail
extension numbers must be in the range 10-19, or 20-29, or 30-39, etc. Make a
note of the selected port and extension numbers because you will need them for
programming. The default port-to-extension assignments are shown in LK4
programming, Data No. 06. You can also use that Data No. to change the port-toextension assignments, if necessary.
/.6\VWHP0RGH3URJUDPPLQJ
'DWD1R5LQJ7UDQVIHU6HOHFWLRQ
Select Yes (which is the default setting)
'DWD1R6/7+RRNIODVK6LJQDO6HOHFWLRQ
Select Hold (which is the default setting)
'DWD1R6WDWLRQ0DVWHU+XQW1XPEHU6HOHFWLRQ
Select the first number of the 10's group that contains the Voice Mail extensions.
For example, if the Voice Mail extensions are between 20 and 29, select 20 as the
Station Master Hunt Number. The Station Master Hunt Number (sometimes called a
Pilot Number) lets an extension user easily access a Voice Mail extension. All the
person has to do is dial the Station Master Hunt Number from an extension. The
phone system automatically "hunts" through all the Voice Mail extensions and give
the caller the lowest-numbered available one.
'DWD1R6/77UDQVIHU6HOHFWLRQ
Select Hangup
/.7HOHSKRQH0RGH3URJUDPPLQJ
'DWD1R6/7&RQQHFWHG<HV1R6HOHFWLRQ
Select "Yes" for each Voice Mail port
'DWD1R,QWHUQDO=RQH3DJLQJ6HOHFWLRQ
Select "None" for each Voice Mail port
'DWD1R'70)'36/77<3(6(/(&7,21
Select "MF" for each Voice Mail port
,VVXH
&KDSWHUu
Integration Notes for ALLIANCE - S
3URJUDPPLQJWKH3KRQH
6\VWHPFRQW
G
'DWD1R6WDWLRQ1XPEHU$VVLJQPHQW
Use this program to change the port to extension (station)
assignments, if necessary.
'DWD1R9RLFH0DLO6/76HOHFWLRQ
Select Yes for each Voice Mail port
'DWD1R9RLFH&DOO%ORFN6HOHFWLRQ
'DWD1R&23%;5LQJ$VVLJQPHQW'D\0RGH
For each Voice Mail port, select all the trunk numbers that should ring
that port during the day mode.
'DWD1R&23%;5LQJ$VVLJQPHQW1LJKW0RGH
For each Voice Mail port, select all the trunk numbers that should ring
that port during the night mode.
/.&23%;/LQH0RGH3URJUDPPLQJ
'DWD1R&23%;'70)'XUDWLRQ,QWHUGLJLW$VVLJQPHQW
For each CO/PBX line, set the tone duration to 100ms and interdigit
time to 70 ms.
u &KDSWHU
Integration Notes for ALLIANCE - M/L
5HTXLUHG+DUGZDUHDQG
6RIWZDUH
3KRQH6\VWHP3URJUDPPLQJ
n Each Voice Mail port must be connected to a port on the
SLI-F (8G)-21KTU Card
n Any software level is OK
l6\VWHP7UDQVIHU&DPS2Q6HOHFWLRQ
/.
Select Yes (which is the default setting)
l$FFHVV&RGH'LJLW'LJLW$VVLJQPHQW
/.RU/.
Assign access codes to:
- SLT Conversation Record function No. 042
- Directed Voice Mail Transfer function No. 043
l,QWHUFRP)HDWXUH$FFHVV&RGH
/.
Assign code for Voice Mail manual transfer
l6/7+RRNIODVK6LJQDO6HOHFWLRQ
/.
Select Hold (which is the default setting)
l900DVWHU+XQW1XPEHU):'$VVLJQPHQW
/.
Assign a pilot number to a Voice Mail Master Hunt Number
l6/7RU$XWRPDWHG$WWHQGDQWWR3%56HOHFWLRQ
/.
Set PBR's on CPU to be used for Single Line Telephone
/.7HOHSKRQH0RGH3URJUDPPLQJ
'DWD1R6WDWLRQ1XPEHU$VVLJQPHQW
Use this program to change the port to station assignments, if
necessary.
'DWD1R,QWHUFRP0DVWHU+XQW1XPEHU6HOHFWLRQ
Select a master hunt number.
'DWD1R,QWHUFRP0DVWHU+XQW1XPEHU)RUZDUG$VVLJQPHQW
Assign each extension to the master hunt number.
'DWD1R9RLFH0DLO6/76HOHFWLRQ
'DWD1R,QWHUQDO=RQH3DJLQJ6HOHFWLRQ
Select "None" for each Voice Mail port
,VVXH
,QWHJUDWLRQ1RWHVu
Integration Notes for ALLIANCE - M/L
3KRQH6\VWHP3URJUDPPLQJ
/.7HOHSKRQH0RGH3URJUDPPLQJFRQW
G
FRQW
G
'DWD1R'70)'36/77<3(6(/(&7,21
Select "DTMF" for each Voice Mail port
'DWD1R6/7&RQQHFWHG<HV1R6HOHFWLRQ
Select "Yes" for each Voice Mail port
/.&23%;/LQH0RGH
'DWD1R',7$VVLJQPHQW
For each CO line, select which lines should ring Voice Mail during
the day mode. Enter the Voice Mail pilot number.
'DWD1R$1$$VVLJQPHQW
For each CO line, select which lines should ring Voice Mail during
the Night Mode. Enter the Voice Mail Pilot number.
u,QWHJUDWLRQ1RWHV
,VVXH
NVM-22
System Guide
SECTION 2:
Installation and Basic Programming
About This Guide
This guide shows you how to quickly get NVM-22 up and running
using an RS-232C terminal.
&KDSWHU
provides step-by-step instructions for installing
NVM-22.
provides step-by-step instructions for programming
(customizing) the EDVLF Automated Attendant features and a few
other important features. In a few easy steps, you will have the basic
NVM-22 system customized to meet your communications needs.
&KDSWHU
To make the programming quick and easy, each step in Chapter 2 is
divided into five subheadings:
n 'HVFULSWLRQ briefly explains a feature.
n 'HIDXOW lists the default value for the feature. If the default value
meets your needs, you can skip the step.
n 0RGLILFDWLRQVWR'HIDXOW lets you know what kind of modifications
you can make to the default.
n 3URJUDPPLQJ shows you which menus to use to modify the
default.
n )RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQ lists the chapters that contain more detailed
information on the feature.
When you are done with Chapter 2, use the Programming Guide to do
other programming, if desired.
,VVXH
,QVWDOODWLRQDQG%DVLF3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGHuL
Table of Contents
&KDSWHU
,QVWDOOLQJ190
STEP 1:
STEP 2:
STEP 3:
STEP 4:
STEP 5:
STEP 6:
STEP 7:
STEP 8:
STEP 9:
STEP 10:
STEP 11:
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ190
STEP 1:
STEP 2:
STEP 3:
STEP 4:
STEP 5:
STEP 6:
STEP 7:
STEP 8:
STEP 9:
STEP 10:
STEP 11:
$SSHQGL[$
Find Out What You Need ............................................................ 2-3
Program the Telephone System.................................................... 2-5
Connect a Terminal to NVM-22 .................................................. 2-5
Connect NVM-22 Ports 1-4 to the Phone System......................... 2-6
Start Up NVM-22. View the Main Menu. .................................... 2-7
Learn About Getting Help............................................................ 2-8
View the Install System Menu ..................................................... 2-9
Install NVM-22 for Your Phone System. ................................... 2-10
View (Check) the Installation Settings ....................................... 2-14
Test NVM-22............................................................................. 2-14
Tell Subscribers About Their Mailboxes.................................... 2-15
Modify the Time and Date ......................................................... 2-19
Assign An Extension to Each NVM-22 Port............................... 2-19
Learn About the Automated Attendant....................................... 2-20
Decide How Many Answering Schedule Tables You Will
Need, Assign Them to Ports or Trunks....................................... 2-23
Fill Out AST Worksheet ............................................................ 2-24
Create and/or Customize the Call Routing Mailboxes That
Will Answer Calls ..................................................................... 2-26
Program the ASTs...................................................................... 2-27
Modify the Welcome Messages ................................................. 2-28
Modify the Dial Action Tables................................................... 2-29
Modify Instruction Menus.......................................................... 2-32
Record Names for Subscriber Mailboxes ................................... 2-33
&RQQHFWLQJD0RGHPWR190
............................................................ 2-35
/LVWRI
)LJXUHV
Figure 1:
Figure 2:
Figure 3:
,VVXH
,QVWDOODWLRQDQG%DVLF3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGHuLLL
Table of Contents
u,QVWDOODWLRQDQG%DVLF3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
,VVXH
Chapter 1
,QVWDOOLQJ190
STEP 1:
STEP 2:
STEP 3:
STEP 4:
STEP 5:
STEP 6:
STEP 7:
STEP 8:
STEP 9:
STEP 10:
STEP 11:
,VVXH
u &KDSWHU
Find Out What You Need ............................................................ 2-3
Program the Telephone System.................................................... 2-5
Connect a Terminal to NVM-22 .................................................. 2-5
Connect NVM-22 Ports 1-4 to the Phone System......................... 2-6
Start Up NVM-22. View the Main Menu. .................................... 2-7
Learn About Getting Help............................................................ 2-8
View the Install System Menu ..................................................... 2-9
Install NVM-22 for Your Phone System. ................................... 2-10
View (Check) the Installation Settings ....................................... 2-14
Test NVM-22............................................................................. 2-14
Tell Subscribers About Their Mailboxes.................................... 2-15
,QVWDOOLQJ190u
Chapter 1
u ,QVWDOOLQJ190
&KDSWHUu,VVXH
STEP 1: Find Out What You Need
ä
n
(TXLSPHQW5HTXLUHPHQWV
NVM-22 2-port cabinet and power cord
n
For an additional 2 ports, you will need a 2-port expansion card
and a MemoPlug
n
For an additional 50 mailboxes and 7 hours of message storage,
you need the Memo Plug.
n
Dumb RS-232C terminal or ANSI-compatible RS-232C terminal
(which is preferred). You will need to use an ANSI-compatible
RS-232C terminal if you want to access the Diagnostics feature.
You also need an RS-232C cable with a 9-pin to 25-pin adaptor
and a null modem adaptor. Or, just a 9-pin to 25-pin null modem
cable. The pin-outs are shown below:
Gender requirements for RS-232C cable assembly: One end must
be 9-pin female, the other end must fit into the terminal
connector.
n
Interface equipment for VS or DS01:
- For each NVM-22 port, you will need a phone system analog
station port with DTMF decoder (i.e., an OPX port, a Keyset
port with an ASI, or a port from an 8-SLU card)
-
,VVXH
u &KDSWHU
For every 2 NVM-22 ports, you will need one RJ14-to-RJ11
adaptor and a 2-pair modular line cord. Or, you can use an
RJ14 jack, a 2-pair modular cord, and 2-pair station wire.
,QVWDOOLQJ190u
STEP 1: Find Out What You Need
ä
n
(TXLSPHQW5HTXLUHPHQWVFRQW
G
Interface equipment for Alliance-S:
- One Pushbutton Receiver Card: PBR-C (4N)-11KTU
- Each NVM-22 port must be connected to an
SLT-F(1G)-10ADP, which in turn must be connected to a port
on a Regular Electronics Card ESI-C (8)-11
-
n
Interface equipment for Alliance-M/L:
- Each NVM-22 port must be connected to a port on the
SLI-F (8G)-21KTU Card
-
n
RJ14 jack, a 2-pair modular cord, and 2-pair station wire
Interface equipment for NITSUKO 124i:
- Each NVM-22 port must be connected to an analog station
port on an ASTU card
-
n
(Optional) Hayes-compatible modem and RS-232C cable for
remote programming and/or diagnostics
n
n
Surge protector
n
The manuals for your telephone system
(Optional) Parallel printer (IBM PC-XT or AT compatible) and
cable to print reports
än Dust-free, away from large motors, with adequate rear ventilation for
6LWH5HTXLUHPHQWV
NVM-22 cabinet
n
n
n
A table or stand for the NVM-22 cabinet
50-104°F (10-40°C)
20-85% non-condensing humidity
ä Dedicated (and grounded) three-prong outlet (105-120 VAC, 60 HZ)
n
u ,QVWDOOLQJ190
(OHFWULFDO5HTXLUHPHQWV
&KDSWHUu,VVXH
STEP 2: Program the Telephone System
For NVM-22 to work properly, your telephone system must be
programmed for Voice Mail. See Preparing Your Phone System
under Tab # 1 in this binder.
STEP 3: Connect a Terminal to NVM-22
To see the location of the connectors on the back of the cabinet, see
FIGURE 1 on the next page.
Unpack the NVM-22 cabinet and power cord.
Connect the RS-232C terminal to its keyboard.
Set the terminal's communication parameters to 9600 baud, 8 data
bits, 1 stop bit, no parity.
If you are using the null modem and 9-pin to 25-pin adaptors,
plug them into the RS-232C cable.
1RWH
,VVXH
u &KDSWHU
To change the communication parameters for NVM-22 COM1
after start-up, use the Maintenance Menu, Serial Communication
Ports.
Use the RS-232C cable to connect the terminal to the NVM-22
COM1 port.
,QVWDOOLQJ190u
STEP 4: Connect NVM-22 Ports 1-4 to the Phone System
7RFRQQHFWDSRUWWRWKHSKRQHV\VWHPVHH),*85(
If you want to use the 3rd and 4th ports, open the NVM-22
cabinet, install the expansion port card (just like the first port card
is installed), then close the cabinet. Connect the MemoPlug to
the PRINTER connector.
Plug one end of a modular line cord into a port connector. Plug
the other end into an RJ14-to-RJ11 adaptor or RJ14 jack.
Plug L1 (or the RD/GR pair) into an analog station port,
then plug L2 (or the BK/YL pair) into another analog station
port. L1 always connects to the lower-numbered port in the
port connector.
COM 1
PRINTER
VOICE MAIL PORTS: 1 & 2
AC POWER
CONNECTOR
Not used
VOICE MAIL PORTS: 3 & 4
(OPTIONAL)
RJ14 to RJ11
Adaptor or
RJ14 Jack
L2
L1
To Analog
Port
22CAB-R
To Analog
Port
),*85(&RQQHFWLQJ1903RUWVWRWKH3KRQH6\VWHP
u ,QVWDOOLQJ190
&KDSWHUu,VVXH
STEP 5: Start Up NVM-22. View the Main Menu.
When you start up NVM-22, you will see the NVM-22 MAIN Menu.
7RVWDUWXS190
Plug a surge protector in the outlet designated for NVM-22.
Plug NVM-22 power cord into the AC POWER CONNECTOR
(see Figure 1 on page 6) and into the surge protector.
Turn on NVM-22 (see below for ON/OFF switch).
Wait for the Main Menu (below).
1
NVM-22
0
POWER SWITCH
),*85()URQW3DQHORI190&DELQHW
6<67(00$,10HQX
3UHVVFRPPDQGEHORZ
7RXVH
WKHQSUHVV(QWHU
!
,1
,QVWDOO6\VWHP
,167$//!
&8
&XVWRPL]H'DWDEDVH
&86720,=(!
53
9LHZ3ULQW5HSRUWV
5(32576!
0$
0DLQWHQDQFH
0$,17(1$1&(!
',
'LDJQRVWLFV
',$*1267,&6!
6'
6KXW'RZQ9RLFH0DLO6\VWHP
$IWHU\RXVHOHFWDFRPPDQGWKHV\VWHPPD\DVN\RXIRUD
SDVVZRUGH[FHSWZKHQ\RXXVH537KHFRPPXQLFDWLRQV
PDQDJHUFDQJLYH\RXWKHSDVVZRUG
!
)RUKHOSRQXVLQJWKH+HOSFRPPDQG3UHVV+VSDFH+(QWHU
To use the Main Menu, press the desired command code, then
ENTER. The system may then ask for a password. The default
password is CTL. To change it, select Customize Database, then
System Options. For detailed information on using menus and the
database, see Chapter 1 of the Programming Guide.
:$51,1*
'R127WXUQRII190ZLWKRXWILUVWVKXWWLQJLWGRZQ,I\RXGRWKH
190GDWDEDVHPD\JHWFRUUXSWHG7RVKXWGRZQWKHV\VWHPXVHWKH6'
FRPPDQGRQWKH0DLQ0HQX
,VVXH
u &KDSWHU
,QVWDOOLQJ190u
STEP 6: Learn About Getting Help
The Help command lets you request a Help screen when the cursor is
at a prompt (e.g., the INSTALL-> prompt). The Help screens briefly
explain the database options and tell you how to enter commands. For
instructions on entering data, simply look at the bottom of the
Customize Database Menu.
7R
'RWKLV
See the menu of
commands you can
enter at a prompt
Press H, ENTER
See a help screen for a
specific menu command
Press H, space, command, ENTER
Hide the menus
(or re-show them)
Press H, space, -A, ENTER
See the Help screen that
contains all these Help
options
Press H, space, H, ENTER
NVM-22 automatically displays an abbreviated Help message when
you make a mistake in using a command or entering data.
u ,QVWDOOLQJ190
&KDSWHUu,VVXH
STEP 7: View the Install System Menu.
Shown below is the Install System Menu. You use this menu to install
NVM-22 for your phone system.
,167$//6<67(00HQX
3UHVVFRPPDQGEHORZ
7R
WKHQSUHVV(QWHU
n
n
n
n
n
n
,VVXH
u &KDSWHU
1,768.2L
,QVWDOO21<;96'6'6
,QVWDOO21<;96[
,QVWDOO$//,$1&(6
,QVWDOO$//,$1&(0/
,QVWDOO9RLFH0DLO3RUWVRQO\
,QVWDOO9RLFH&RPSUHVVLRQ5DWHRQO\
9LHZ&XUUHQW6HWWLQJV
/DQJXDJH6HOHFWLRQV
(
([LWWR0DLQ0HQX
Commands 1-5 install the Voice Mail default database, number of
ports, Voice Compression Rate, Subscriber Mailbox numbering
plan, Trunk Mailbox numbering plan, Mailbox Default Security
Code, and Default Bilingual Mode.
Command 6 installs the number of ports only.
Command 7 installs the Voice Compression Rate only.
Command 8 lets you view the current installation settings.
Command 30 (not currently used)
Command E lets you return to the Main Menu.
,QVWDOOLQJ190u
STEP 8: Install NVM-22 for Your Phone System.
,QWURGXFWLRQ
7KH'HIDXOW,QVWDOODWLRQ
6HWWLQJV
To get NVM-22 up and running for your particular phone system, you
must do the following:
n Select your phone system from the list of available phone systems
n Select NVM-22 installation options
NVM-22 has been pre-installed at the factory with the following
settings:
n
n
n
Telephone System: VS/DS100/DS01
n
Trunk Mailboxes: 348-355
These mailboxes get assigned to trunk 348-355. A Trunk
Mailbox lets a trunk have its own Answering Schedule Table
(which is a set of company greetings and dialing options). See
the Trunk numbers start at field under the topic, About the
Installation Settings (below).
n
n
Mailbox Default Security Code for Subscriber Mailboxes: None
n
Voice Compression Rate: 32 Kbits/sec
This setting compresses messages in favor of sound quality over
message storage capacity.
Number of Voice Mail Ports: 2
Subscriber Mailboxes: 300-323
These mailboxes get assigned to extensions 300-323 respectively.
Default Bilingual Mode: 1 (English)
The Default Bilingual Mode should be left at "1." If you decide to
record a second set of prompts [Language 2] by using the System
Prompt Customization feature, you can set the Default Bilingual
Mode using the Customize Database Menu, System Options.
If you need to change some or all of the default settings, see About the
Installation Settings below.
$ERXWWKH,QVWDOODWLRQ6HWWLQJV
The available installation fields are listed below.
n
1XPEHURISRUWV
This is the number of NVM-22 ports that should be installed. If
you enter 3, NVM-22 installs ports 1-3. If you wish, you can
change the number of installed ports without changing any of the
other installation options.
n
u ,QVWDOOLQJ190
'HIDXOW6HFXULW\&RGH
A Default Security Code is a number that a Subscriber Mailbox
user (extension user) must dial to call (log on to) their mailbox
for the first time. The default Security Code can be up to 6 digits
long. For example, if you assign 1111 as the default Security
Code, NVM-22 assigns 1111 to all Subscriber Mailboxes. The
Subscribers can change the default Security Code from their
mailboxes (see the User's Guide).
&KDSWHUu,VVXH
If you install a default Security Code, then manually create new
Subscriber Mailboxes later, you can assign a default Security Code to
the new mailboxes by using the Customize Menu, System Options. Do
not run the installation procedure again.
FRQW
G
n
'HIDXOW%LOLQJXDO0RGH
n
9RLFH&RPSUHVVLRQ
This option assigns Language 1 or Language 2 to the pre-recorded
Automated Attendant voice prompts (e.g., Please hold a moment). For
a first-time installation, the Default Bilingual Mode should be left at
"1," which signifies Language 1 (English). If you decide to record a
second set of prompts [Language 2] later on by using the System
Prompt Customization feature, you can set the Default Bilingual Mode
using the Customize Database Menu, System Options.
The Voice Compression Rate determines how NVM-22
compresses messages. NVM-22 can compress messages in one of
two ways: to favor message sound quality or to favor message
storage capacity. To favor message sound quality, enter "A" for a
Voice Compression Rate of 32 Kbits/sec. To favor message
storage capacity, enter "B" for a 24 Kbits/sec (this setting
increases the recording capacity of the hard disk by 25 %). You
can change the Voice Compression rate, if you wish, without
changing any of the other installation options.
:$51,1*
&KDQJLQJWKH9RLFH&RPSUHVVLRQ5DWHHUDVHVDOO
UHFRUGHGPHVVDJHVLQWKH
V\VWHPLQFOXGLQJ:HOFRPH
0HVVDJH,QVWUXFWLRQ
0HQXHWF
n
1XPEHURI([WHQVLRQV
This option lets you enter the number of extensions in the system.
NVM-22 will install an equal number of Subscriber Mailboxes -one for each extension. For example, if you enter 20, NVM-22
will install 20 Subscriber Mailboxes. The way that NVM-22
numbers the Subscriber Mailboxes depends on the entry you make
for the Extension numbers start at field (see next option).
127(6 A Subscriber Mailbox is a mailbox that holds the messages for an
extension and lets the extension user access the NVM-22 features.
n
([WHQVLRQQXPEHUVVWDUWDW
NVM-22 uses this extension number to number the Subscriber
Mailboxes. For example, if you enter 100 in the Extension
numbers start at field and 25 in the Number of Extensions field,
NVM-22 creates 25 Subscriber Mailboxes numbered 100-124.
127(:
,VVXH
u &KDSWHU
You can also manually create or delete Subscriber Mailboxes.
For instructions, see Chapter 3 in the Programming Guide.
,QVWDOOLQJ190u
n
FRQW
G
1XPEHURI7UXQNV
This option lets you enter the number of trunks in the system.
NVM-22 will install an equal number of Trunk Mailboxes -- one
for each trunk. For example, if you enter 5, NVM-22 will install
5 Trunk Mailboxes. The way that NVM-22 numbers the Trunk
Mailboxes depends on the entry you make for the Trunk numbers
start at field (see next option).
127(
n
7UXQNQXPEHUVVWDUWDW
NVM-22 uses this trunk number to number the Trunk Mailboxes.
For example, if you enter 350 in the Trunk numbers start at field
and 20 in the Number of Trunks field, NVM-22 creates 20 Trunk
Mailboxes numbered 350-369.
127(:
,QVWDOOLQJ190
A Trunk Mailbox is required only if you want a trunk to have
its own Answering Schedule Table (i.e., set of greetings).
You can also manually create or delete Trunk Mailboxes.
For instructions, see Chapter 3 in the Programming Guide.
7RLQVWDOO190IURPWKH0DLQ0HQX
Select the Install System command. Enter the password, if
requested. (Default password is CTL. To change it, use
Customize Database Menu, System Options.)
Wait for the Install System Menu (below):
,167$//6<67(00HQX
3UHVVFRPPDQGEHORZ
7R
WKHQSUHVV(QWHU
,QVWDOO1,768.2L
,QVWDOO21<;96'6'6
,QVWDOO21<;96[
,QVWDOO$//,$1&(6
,QVWDOO$//,$1&(0/
,QVWDOO9RLFH0DLO3RUWVRQO\
,QVWDOO9RLFH&RPSUHVVLRQ5DWHRQO\
9LHZ&XUUHQW6HWWLQJV
/DQJXDJH6HOHFWLRQV
(
([LWWR0DLQ0HQX
:$51,1*
%()25(<28'267(3RQWKHQH[WSDJH
SOHDVHQRWHWKDWFKDQJLQJRQHRUDOORIWKH
IROORZLQJDXWRPDWLFDOO\LQVWDOOVWKHGHIDXOW
GDWDEDVH
n
n
n
n
u ,QVWDOOLQJ190
7KHDVVRFLDWHGWHOHSKRQHV\VWHP
7KHVWDUWLQJH[WHQVLRQRUWUXQNQXPEHU
0DLOER['HIDXOW6HFXULW\&RGH
&KDSWHUu,VVXH
,QVWDOOLQJ190FRQW
G
To install NVM-22 for a particular phone system, enter the
number for the desired phone system, press ENTER and follow the
instructions on the screen.
n To install only Voice Mail ports, use the Install Voice
Mail Ports only command.
n To install only the Voice Compression Rate, use the
Install Voice Compression Rate only command.
n To view the current installation settings, use the View
Current Settings command.
Wait until the system tells you that the installation is complete.
Press E to exit menu. You see the MAIN Menu. Go to STEP 9
in this chapter.
,VVXH
u &KDSWHU
,QVWDOOLQJ190u
STEP 9: View (Check) the Installation Settings
7RYLHZFKHFNWKHLQVWDOODWLRQVHWWLQJVIURPWKH0DLQ0HQX
Select Install System.
Select View Current Settings. The installation settings are
displayed. The screen shows:
1XPEHURI9RLFH0DLOSRUWV
9RLFH&RPSUHVVLRQ5DWH
(in the format A-B, where A is the lowest
installed mailbox number and B is the highest installed
mailbox number)
([WHQVLRQ5DQJH (in the format X-Y, where is X the lowest
installed Subscriber, Guest, Message Center, or Trunk
Mailbox and Y is the highest)
0DLOER[5DQJH
Make sure the settings are what you want. If not, press any key to
exit and re-install the system (see STEP 8 in this chapter).
STEP 10: Test NVM-22
Once NVM-22 has been installed, you should perform the following
two tests to check NVM-22 operation.
7HVWIRUWKH$XWRPDWHG$WWHQGDQW
Call into a trunk that you have assigned to NVM-22.
Listen for: Thank you for calling. If you are calling from a
Touch Tone phone, please dial the extension number you wish
to reach or dial 0 for assistance. If you are calling from a rotary
dial phone, please stay on the line for assistance.
7HVWIRU9RLFH0DLO
At an extension, dial an NVM-22 (Voice Mail) extension number.
Listen for: Please enter your mailbox number.
Dial the mailbox number (which is the same as the extension
number you are using).
Listen for: You have ___messages (if you did not install a
default Security Code) or Please enter your security code (if you
did install a default Security Code).
If you do not hear the stated voice prompts, check the equipment
connections and the telephone system programming for Voice Mail.
u ,QVWDOOLQJ190
&KDSWHUu,VVXH
STEP 11: Tell Subscribers About Their Mailboxes
To gain access to a Subscriber Mailbox from an extension, a
Subscriber dials the NVM-22 master extension number or presses one
or more keys. You should let the Subscribers know what the master
extension number is (even if an extension has keys that access their
mailbox). You should also let the Subscribers know what the Mailbox
Default Security Code is, if any.
,VVXH
u &KDSWHU
,QVWDOOLQJ190u
STEP 11: Tell Subscribers About Their Mailboxes
u ,QVWDOOLQJ190
&KDSWHUu,VVXH
Chapter 2
3URJUDPPLQJ190
STEP 1:
STEP 2:
STEP 3:
STEP 4:
STEP 5:
STEP 6:
STEP 7:
STEP 8:
STEP 9:
STEP 10:
STEP 11:
,VVXH
u &KDSWHU
Modify the Time and Date......................................................... 2-19
Assign An Extension to Each NVM-22 Port............................... 2-19
Learn About the Automated Attendant....................................... 2-20
Decide How Many Answering Schedule Tables You Will
Need, Assign Them to Ports or Trunks....................................... 2-23
Fill Out AST Worksheet ............................................................ 2-24
Create and/or Customize the Call Routing Mailboxes That
Will Answer Calls ..................................................................... 2-26
Program the ASTs...................................................................... 2-27
Modify the Welcome Messages ................................................. 2-28
Modify the Dial Action Tables................................................... 2-29
Modify Instruction Menus.......................................................... 2-32
Record Names for Subscriber Mailboxes ................................... 2-33
3URJUDPPLQJ190u
Chapter 2
u 3URJUDPPLQJ190
&KDSWHUu,VVXH
STEP 1: Modify the Time and Date
'HVFULSWLRQ
'HIDXOW
0RGLILFDWLRQVWR'HIDXOW
3URJUDPPLQJ
NVM-22 has an internal clock and calendar that must be set in order
for NVM-22 to work correctly.
USA Eastern Time
Date in USA
Date ______________________
Time ______________________
)URP0$,10HQX
Select Maintenance, then Set System Time/Date
)RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQ
,Q3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
Chapter 7 To set time/date using terminal
STEP 2: Assign An Extension to Each NVM-22 Port
'HVFULSWLRQ
'HIDXOW
3URJUDPPLQJ
For certain features to work properly, you must assign each Voice
Mail extension number to its corresponding NVM-22 port. (A Voice
Mail extension is the phone system extension that is physically
connected to an NVM-22 port).
No extensions assigned
Port 1:
Port 2:
Port 3:
Port 4:
Voice Mail Extension __________
)URP0$,10HQX
Select Customize Database Menu, then Port Options. For each port,
enter the Voice Mail extension number in the Extension field.
)RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQ
,Q3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
Chapter 2 To assign the extension number to each port
,VVXH
u &KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ190u
STEP 3: Learn About the Automated Attendant
'HVFULSWLRQ
The NVM-22 Automated Attendant answers incoming calls using a
mailbox. That is, NVM-22 sends an incoming caller to a mailbox and
plays, to the caller, the message that is recorded for that mailbox (e.g.,
Thank you for calling ABC company.) The NVM-22 default
Automated Attendant uses a few different Call Routing Mailboxes to
answer incoming calls1.
$ERXW&DOO5RXWLQJ0DLOER[HV
A Call Routing Mailbox lets a caller press a dialpad key (0-9, *, #) on
a Touch Tone phone to route their own call to an extension, mailbox,
or Voice Mail. A Call Routing Mailbox uses the following three
things:
n The Dial Action Table assigns a routing option (or "action") to
each dialpad key (0-9, *, #). For example, you could assign the
action, "Screened transfer to 306" to key 7. This lets a caller
press key 7 to transfer to extension 306. NVM-22 can
accommodate up to 100 Dial Action Tables.
n
The recorded Welcome Message greets the callers. A typical
Welcome Message is: Thank you for calling XYZ Company.
n
The recorded Instruction Menu lets callers know the routing
options that have been programmed in the Dial Action Table.
$ERXW$QVZHULQJ6FKHGXOH7DEOHV
The reason why NVM-22 can answer calls using a few different Call
Routing Mailboxes is because of the NVM-22 Answering Schedule
Tables (ASTs). An AST lets the Automated Attendant answer calls
and greet callers differently depending on the day/date and time. For
example, an AST lets the Automated Attendant answer calls using
Call Routing Mailbox A during the morning, Call Routing Mailbox B
during the afternoon, Call Routing Mailbox C at night, etc.
An AST can contain up to 20 day/date/time schedules and NVM-22
can accommodate up to 16 ASTs. You assign the AST to a port or
trunk. If you assign an AST to a port, NVM-22 uses that AST to
answer any trunk that uses the port. If you assign an AST to a trunk,
the trunk's AST overrides the port's AST.
$6DPSOH$XWRPDWHG$WWHQGDQW&DOO)ORZ
The diagram on the next page shows, in general, how the default the
Automated Attendant handles a call. To find out which Call Routing
Mailboxes are used by your phone system and to find out about the
Answering Schedule Table setup, access the Reports Menu: Mailbox
List (Numerical) and Auto Attendant Per Port. See also How the
Automated Attendant Handles Calls: A Flowchart Summary in
Chapter 4 of the Programming Guide.
1
This guide explains how to use Call Routing Mailboxes to answer calls since they are the most frequently-used type of mailbox. To
see how other types of mailboxes answer calls, see Chapter 4 in the Programming Guide.
u 3URJUDPPLQJ190
&KDSWHUu,VVXH
'HIDXOW
),*85(+RZWKH'HIDXOW$XWRPDWHG$WWHQGDQW+DQGOHV&DOOV
Call rings in on port 1 on Wednesday (a workweek day), 5:30 PM.
To work with ASTs,
see Steps 4-7 in
in this chapter.
<====
To modify the Welcome Messages,
<==== in
see Step 8
this chapter.
To modify the Instruction
<====
Menus, see Step 10
in this chapter.
NVM-22 looks at Answering Schedule Table 1 (which is assigned to each
port) to find out which Call Routing (CR) Mailbox and Dial Action Table
should answer the call.
AST 1
Sched 1. Workweek Morn Mon-Fri, starting at 9AM CR 811 DAT 1
Sched 2. Workweek Aft Mon-Fri, starting at 12PM CR 812 DAT 1
Sched 3. Workweek Eve Mon-Thu, starting at 5PM CR 813 DAT 2
Sched 4. Weekends
Fri, starting at 5PM
CR 814 DAT 2
Since the call falls into the Workweek Evening time period, NVM-22 plays
the Welcome Message for Call Routing Mailbox 813. The default Welcome
Message is: Thank you for calling.
NVM-22 plays the Instruction Menu for Call Routing Mailbox 813. The
default Instruction Menu is: If you are calling from a touch tone phone,
please dial the extension number you wish to reach or dial 0 for assistance.
If you are calling from a rotary dial phone, please stay on the line for
assistance.
Caller presses a dialpad key.
To modify the Dial Action
Table, see Step 9 in
<====
this chapter.
,VVXH
u &KDSWHU
NVM-22 uses Dial Action Table 2, which is assigned to Call Routing
Mailbox 813. The default routing options in DAT 2 are as follows:
Unscreened Transfer to 1st extension in numbering plan.
Key 0:
If the extension does not pick it up, the call gets rerouted
according to phone system programming.
Key 1-8
Either Undefined Routing or Screened Transfer to any
extension the caller dials. Screened Transfer is assigned
only to the keys that match the 1st digit of the extension
numbers. For example, if the extensions are 300-347,
Screened Transfer will be assigned to key 3 while
Undefined Routing will be assigned to keys 1-2 and 4-8.
Hangs Up the call
Key 9:
Quick Message (After the caller dials *, the caller can dial
Key *:
a mailbox number to leave a message in that mailbox.)
Log on to Voice Mail (After the caller dials #, the caller
Key #:
can dial their mailbox number to log on to their mailbox
and listen to messages and/or use Voice Mail features.)
TIMEOUT: Unscreened Transfer to operator (zero) if the caller waits
more than 5 seconds to dial a code after the Instruction
Menu finishes playing.
3URJUDPPLQJ190u
See the references to the left of the flowchart on the previous page.
,03257$17
This guide shows you how to have Call Routing
Mailboxes answer calls.
To have other types of mailboxes answer calls, see
Chapter 4 in the Programming Guide.
3URJUDPPLQJ
See the references to the left of the flowchart on the previous page.
)RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQ
,Q3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGHVHHDOVR
Chapter 4 To customize the Automated Attendant
u 3URJUDPPLQJ190
&KDSWHUu,VVXH
STEP 4: Decide How Many Answering Schedule Tables You
Will Need, Assign Them to Ports or Trunks
'HVFULSWLRQ
As stated in Step 3 of this chapter, you can assign an AST to a port or
trunk. Here are some guidelines in figuring out how many ASTs you
will need:
n If you want the Automated Attendant to answer all incoming lines
in the same way, you need only 1 Answering Schedule Table.
And, you simply assign it to each port. As a matter of fact, AST
1 is assigned to each port by default, so you really do not have to
do anything.
n
If you want the Automated Attendant to answer some trunks
differently than others, you assign the desired Answering
Schedule Table (1-16) to the trunk.
For an explanation of ASTs, see page 20.
'HIDXOW
AST 1 is assigned to each port. No trunks have an AST assignment.
NVM-22 can accommodate up to 16 ASTs (1-16).
AST ____ for Port ____
AST ____ for Trunk ____
3URJUDPPLQJ
)URP0DLQ0HQX
To assign an AST to a port: Select Customize Menu, then Port
Options. Enter AST (1-16) in Answering Schedule Table field.
To assign an AST to a trunk: Select Customize Menu, then select
Mailbox Options. Enter AST (1-16) in Answering Schedule Table
field.
)RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQ
,QWKH3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
Chapter 2 To assign an AST to a port
Chapter 3 To assign an AST to a Trunk Mailbox
,VVXH
u &KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ190u
STEP 5: Fill Out AST Worksheet
'HVFULSWLRQ
Before you program an AST you should find out how many schedules the
customer wants in that AST. In other words, you should find out how many
different Welcome Messages the customer wants for the port or trunk. For
example, does the customer want a Welcome Message for mornings (e.g.,
Good Morning. Thank you for calling XYZ company.), evenings, weekends,
holidays, etc. ? And, at what times should these greetings take effect ? An
AST may contain up to 20 schedules.
For each schedule (1-20) you enter in an AST, you must include:
n The mailbox number that should answer a call. BUT KEEP THIS IN
MIND: This guide describes how to place only Call Routing Mailboxes in
ASTs. Placing a distinct Call Routing Mailbox in a schedule lets you
record a Welcome Message for that schedule. For instructions on placing
other types of mailboxes in an AST, see Chapter 4 of the Programming
Guide.
n The date or day (s) that the mailbox should start answering a call
n The time of day the mailbox should start answering the call
For example: Suppose you are programming AST #1. If NVM-22 should
answer calls using Call Routing Mailbox 600 starting at 10AM on Monday
through Friday, the AST would look like this:
$QVZHULQJ6FKHGXOH7DEOH
Schedule 1 Day (s) or Date: Mo-Fr
Schedule 1 Time: 10:00
Schedule 1 Mailbox: 600
'HIDXOW
Shown below are the default ASTs (1-4) that are provided for the
VS/DS01/DS100 systems. You will note that each AST has the following 4
day/time schedules:
Sched 1 (Morning) = Mo-Fr, 8AM
Sched 2 (Afternoon) = Mo-Fr, 12PM
Sched 3 (Evening) = Mo-Th, 5PM
Sched 4 (Weekend) = Fr, 5PM
And, each table has 4 Call Routing Mailboxes. The DAT number
assigned to each Call Routing Mailbox is also shown.
$67
Sched 1
Sched 2
Sched 3
Sched 4
$67
CR 811
CR 812
CR 813
CR 814
DAT 1
DAT 1
DAT 2
DAT 2
CR 831
CR 832
CR 833
CR 834
DAT 1
DAT 1
DAT 2
DAT 2
$67
Sched 1
Sched 2
Sched 3
Sched 4
n
n
n
u 3URJUDPPLQJ190
Sched 1
Sched 2
Sched 3
Sched 4
CR 821
CR 822
CR 823
CR 824
DAT 1
DAT 1
DAT 2
DAT 2
CR 841
CR 842
CR 843
CR 844
DAT 1
DAT 1
DAT 2
DAT 2
$67
Sched 1
Sched 2
Sched 3
Sched 4
Enter a single day (e.g., Mo) or a range of days
(e.g, Mo-We) or a date (e.g., 06/31). Do not enter a range that
bridges Sunday (Fr-Mo). Convert it into 2 schedules: Fr-Su, Mo.
)RU7LPH Enter hours and minutes (HH:MM), where HH is the
hour (00-23) and MM is the minutes (00-59)
)RU0DLOER[Enter a Call Routing Mailbox Number
)RU'D\VRU'DWH
&KDSWHUu,VVXH
STEP 5: Fill Out AST Worksheet
FRQW
G
$QVZHULQJ6FKHGXOH7DEOHBBBBB
Schedule 1 Day (s) or Date________
Schedule 1 Time ________________
Schedule 1 Mailbox _____________
Schedule 11 Day (s) or Date_______
Schedule 11 Time_______________
Schedule 11 Mailbox ____________
Schedule 2 Time ________________
Schedule 12 Time_______________
Schedule 3 Time ________________
Schedule 13 Time_______________
Schedule 4 Time ________________
Schedule 14 Time_______________
Schedule 5 Time ________________
Schedule 15 Time_______________
Schedule 6 Time ________________
Schedule 16 Time_______________
Schedule 7 Time ________________
Schedule 17 Time_______________
Schedule 8 Time ________________
Schedule 18 Time_______________
Schedule 9 Time ________________
Schedule 19 Time_______________
Schedule 10 Time _______________
Schedule 20 Time_______________
3URJUDPPLQJ
)RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQ
N/A
Chapter 4 To set up an AST
,VVXH
u &KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ190u
STEP 6: Create and/or Customize the Call Routing Mailboxes That Will
Answer Calls.
'HVFULSWLRQ
'HIDXOW
Before you can program a Call Routing Mailbox number into an AST,
you must make sure the Call Routing mailbox exists. That is, if you
are not going to use the default Call Routing Mailbox numbers, then
you must make sure the Call Routing Mailboxes that you want to use
exist.
For VS/DS01/DS100 phone systems, Call Routing (CR) Mailboxes
and Dial Action Tables (DAT) are assigned to schedules 1-4 in ASTs
1-4 as follows:
$67
Morn
Aft
Eve
Wkend
$67
CR 811
CR 812
CR 813
CR 814
DAT 1
DAT 1
DAT 2
DAT 2
CR 831
CR 832
CR 833
CR 834
DAT 1
DAT 1
DAT 2
DAT 2
$67
Morn
Aft
Eve
Wkend
Morn
Aft
Eve
Wkend
CR 821
CR 822
CR 823
CR 824
DAT 1
DAT 1
DAT 2
DAT 2
CR 841
CR 842
CR 843
CR 844
DAT 1
DAT 1
DAT 2
DAT 2
$67
Morn
Aft
Eve
Wkend
The only thing you should change about a Call Routing Mailbox, at
this point, is its Dial Action Table number. Enter a number from 1 to
100.
Call Routing Mailbox _______ DAT _____
3URJUDPPLQJ
)URP0DLQ0HQX
To make/customize Call Routing Mailboxes, use the Customize
Database Menu, Mailbox Options
To check default Call Routing Mailbox numbers, use Reports Menu,
Mailbox List (Numerical)
)RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQ
Chapter 3 To understand the Call Routing Mailbox options
u 3URJUDPPLQJ190
&KDSWHUu,VVXH
STEP 7: Program the ASTs
'HVFULSWLRQ
'HIDXOW
3URJUDPPLQJ
Once you are done with Step 6, you are ready to enter the AST
worksheet data into the NVM-22 system.
N/A
Use the worksheet from Step 5.
)URP0DLQ0HQX
Select Customize Menu, Answering Schedule Table.
)RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQ
,Q7HUPLQDO3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGHVHHDOVR
Chapter 4 To enter data into an AST
,VVXH
u &KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ190u
STEP 8: Modify the Welcome Messages
'HVFULSWLRQ
'HIDXOW
You must record a Welcome Message for each Call Routing Mailbox
in an AST. A Welcome Message typically thanks the caller and
identifies the company. A common Welcome Message for workweek
mornings is: Good Morning. Thank you for calling XYZ company.
Thank you for calling.
:HOFRPH0HVVDJHV
CR ____ ________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
CR ____ ________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
CR ____ ________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
CR ____ ________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
CR ____ ________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
3URJUDPPLQJ
7ROLVWHQWRUHFRUGHUDVHRUFRS\D:HOFRPH0HVVDJH
)RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQ
Call System Administrator Mailbox from the first extension in the
numbering plan:
n Dial an NVM-22 extension.
n If requested, dial System Administrator Mailbox number
(which, by default, is the same as the extension number).
n If requested, dial Security Code.
Press S A (7 2) for System Administrator Menu.
Press W (4) for Welcome Message.
Dial the Call Routing (CR) Mailbox #.
Follow the voice prompts.
,QWKH3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGHVHHDOVR
Chapter 9 To record a Welcome Message
u 3URJUDPPLQJ190
&KDSWHUu,VVXH
STEP 9: Modify the Dial Action Tables
'HVFULSWLRQ
'HIDXOW
You must customize the routing options (actions) for each Dial Action
Table (DAT) number you used in STEP 6. As stated in STEP 3 of this
chapter, a Dial Action Table lets you assign a particular routing option to
each dialpad key ( 0-9, *, and #). For example: You can assign the routing
option, "Screened transfer (TRF) to 306" to dialpad key 7. The DAT entry
would look like this:
Key 7 Action: TRF
Key 7 Number: 306
This lets a caller press key 7 to transfer to extension 306.
NVM-22 provides 3 Dial Action Tables, numbered 1-3. The routing
options for all default Dial Action Tables are listed below (see also
STEP 3 in this chapter).
.H\
5RXWLQJ2SWLRQ
Key 0
plan
Unscreened Transfer to first extension in numbering
Key 0 Action: UTRF
Key 0 Number: Specific extension number
Keys 1-8
Either Undefined Routing or Screened Transfer to any
extension the caller dials. Screened Transfer is assigned
only to the keys that match the first digit of the extension
numbers. For example, if the extensions are 300-347,
Screened Transfer will be assigned to Key 3 while
Undefined Routing will be assigned to Keys 1-2 and 4-8.
Key Action: UND
Key Number: N
OR
Key Action: TRF
Key Number: XX, XXX, or XXX for 2-, 3-, or 4-digit ext
Key 9
Hang Up
Key 9 Action: HUP
Key 9 Number: N
Key *
Quick Message
Key * Action: REC1
Key * Number: IXX, IXXX, or IXXXX for 2-, 3- or
4-digit extensions
Key #
Log on to Voice Mail
Key # Action: LOGON
Key # Number: N
TIMEOUT Unscreened Transfer to 1st extension in numbering plan
if caller does not dial anything within a pre-programmed
amount of time.
TIMEOUT Action: UTRF
TIMEOUT Number: Specific extension number
,VVXH
u &KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ190u
7RDVVLJQWKLVFDOOURXWLQJ
(QWHUWKLVLQ'LDO
RSWLRQWR.H\=
$FWLRQ7DEOHIRU.H\=
Transfer to an extension:
Screened - If incomplete, VM takes call back.
Unscreened - VM releases call.
Monitored - VM releases call only if ext rings.
Action: See below:
TRF (screened)
UTRF (unscreened)
MTRF (monitored)
Number: Ext number. Or,
enter XXX to let
callers dial 3-digit
exts that begin with
Z.
Go to a specific mailbox
Action: GOTO
Number: Mailbox number
Go to a specific mailbox
to hear all voice prompts
in Language 1 or 2
Action: LANG 1/LANG 2
Number: Mailbox number
Go to any 3- or 4-digit mailbox that the caller
dials, where the dialed mailbox number starts with
the digit Z
Action: GOTO
Number: XXX or XXXX
Log on to a mailbox and Voice Mail (Note: After
the caller presses key Z, they must dial their
mailbox number to logon to their mailbox.)
Action: LOGON
Number: N
Record a (quick) message in a mailbox (Note: A
caller presses key Z, then dials the 2-, 3, or 4-digit
extension associated with the mailbox # to leave a
message in that mailbox.)
Action: REC1
Number: IXX, IXX, IXXXX
Access to a Name Directory of first or last names
(Note: After the caller
presses Key Z, they can dial an
extension user's first or last name to transfer to that
extension).
Action: DIRF (1st names)
DIRL (last names)
Number: N
Hang up the NVM-22 call
Action: HUP
Number: N
Undefined (no) routing
Action: UND
Number: N
u 3URJUDPPLQJ190
&KDSWHUu,VVXH
If you are using more than 2 Dial Action Tables, you may want to
make copies of this page so you have the number of forms you need.
'LDO$FWLRQ7DEOHBBBBB
'LDO$FWLRQ7DEOHBBBBB
Key 0 Action ________
Key 0 Number _______
TIMEOUT
TIMEOUT
Action ______
Number _____
3URJUDPPLQJ
TIMEOUT
TIMEOUT
Action _____
Number _____
)URP0DLQ0HQXWRSURJUDP'$7V
Select Customize Database Menu, Dial Action Table
)RUWKH*272RU/$1*RSWLRQV
See Chapter 4 in the Programming Guide for details.
)RU',5)RU',5/RQO\DOVRGRWKLV
Select Customize Database Menu, Mailbox Options. Assign a name to
each Subscriber Mailbox. For first-name dialing, enter the Subscriber's
first name first; for last-name dialing, enter last name first.
)RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQ
,Q3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGHVHH
Chapter 4 To program routing options using a Dial Action Table
,VVXH
u &KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ190u
STEP 10: Modify the Instruction Menus
'HVFULSWLRQ
You must record an Instruction Menu for each distinct Dial Action Table number
you used. For example, if you programmed two different Dial Action Tables,
you will need to record two different Instruction Menus. The Instruction Menu
simply tells the callers about the routing options that you have programmed in
the Dial Action Table (Press 1 for customer service, 2 for Sales, etc.).
When you go to record the Instruction Menu, you will need to enter the Call
Routing Mailbox number associated with the desired Dial Action Table. So if
Call Routing Mailboxes 600 and 601 both use Dial Action Table 1, you can
record one menu for 600, then copy it to Call Routing Mailbox 601. No need to
record the same Instruction Menu twice.
'HIDXOW
If you are calling from a touch tone phone, please dial the extension
number you wish to reach or dial 0 for assistance. If you are calling
from a rotary dial phone, please stay on the line for assistance.
,QVWUXFWLRQ0HQXV
If there are more than 3, you may want to make copies of this page so
you have the number of forms you need.
DAT ____ for CR _________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
DAT ____ for CR _________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
DAT ____ for CR _________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
3URJUDPPLQJ
7ROLVWHQWRUHFRUGHUDVHRUFRS\DQ,QVWUXFWLRQ0HQX
)RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQ
numbering plan:
Press I (4) for Instruction Menu.
Dial Call Routing Mailbox # that corresponds with DAT #.
,QWKH3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGHVHH
Chapter 9 To record an Instruction Menu
u 3URJUDPPLQJ190
&KDSWHUu,VVXH
STEP 11: Record Names for the Subscriber Mailboxes
'HVFULSWLRQ
You should record a name for each Subscriber Mailbox. NVM-22
plays the name in voice prompts that would otherwise play the
Subscriber mailbox or extension number. For example: Suppose you
record the name "Joe Smith" for Subscriber Mailbox 303. If an
Automated Attendant transfer to extension 303 is incomplete because
the extension is busy, NVM-22 says, Joe Smith is busy, instead of,
Extension 303 is busy.
Subscribers can also record their name for their mailbox. All they
have to do is call their mailbox and dial RN. The details are in the
User's Guide.
NVM-22 plays the most recently recorded name, regardless of how it
was recorded.
'HIDXOW
3URJUDPPLQJ
No mailbox names recorded
Recorded names can be up to 10 seconds long.
7ROLVWHQWRUHFRUGRUHUDVHD0DLOER[1DPH
)RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQ
,VVXH
u &KDSWHU
numbering plan:
Press N (6) for Mailbox Name.
Dial mailbox number.
,QWKH3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGHVHH
Chapter 9
To record a mailbox name
3URJUDPPLQJ190u
STEP 11: Record Names for the Subscriber Mailboxes
u 3URJUDPPLQJ190
&KDSWHUu,VVXH
Appendix A: Connecting a Modem to NVM-22
After you use STEP 8 in Chapter 1 to install NVM-22, you can
connect a modem to NVM-22 COM 1, then call into the modem to do
remote programming and maintenance.
7RHVWDEOLVKUHPRWHPRGHPFRPPXQLFDWLRQVZLWK190
,VVXH
u $SSHQGL[$
At the NVM-22 installation site: Connect an RS-232C cable to
NVM-22 COM 1 on the NVM-22 cabinet and to the modem.
Connect a telephone line to the modem.
Set the serial communications parameters of NVM-22 COM 1
using the Maintenance item on the MAIN Menu.
At the remote site, connect your modem, terminal, and telephone
line. Call the NVM-22 system. Wait for carrier tone.
Press ENTER at the remote terminal. You will see the MAIN
Menu or the prompt, MAIN MENU ->, or another prompt in the
same format. If you see a prompt, you can get the corresponding
menu by pressing H, then Enter.
You can now program the system.
&RQQHFWLQJD0RGHPWR190u
Appendix A: Connecting a Modem to NVM-22
u &RQQHFWLQJD0RGHPWR190
$SSHQGL[$u,VVXH
NVM-22
System Guide
SECTION 3:
Feature Directory
About This Directory
The Feature Directory provides condensed descriptions of the
NVM-22 features. Each feature description includes one or more
references to other NVM-22 documents. Use these references to find
detailed feature descriptions and pertinent programming information.
This booklet is divided into an Introduction and six chapters:
8VH
7R
Introducing
NVM-22
Get a general system
overview and hardware
specifications
Chapters 1-5
Find out about the features
that can be programmed
within the system
Chapter 6
Find out about the features
that the users can activate
from their telephones
Each feature description also includes this subheading (s):
n
shows you where to go in
the Programming or User's Guide to find more detailed information
about the feature. In the Programming Guide, you will find detailed
feature descriptions as well as programming instructions. In the
User's Guide you will find detailed descriptions of the features that the
mailbox users can activate from their mailbox and operating
instructions for those features.
,QWKH3URJUDPPLQJ8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
The features in Chapter 6 have an additional subheading: 2SHUDWLRQ,
which provides abbreviated operating instructions for the feature. For
more detailed operating instructions, see the User's Guide.
,VVXH
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
u
L
About This Directory
u
LL
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
,VVXH
Table of Contents (For an alphabetical feature list, see page vi).
3-1
About NVM-22 Compatibility...................................................................3-1
About the Automated Attendant ................................................................3-1
About Voice Mail......................................................................................3-1
NVM-22 Specifications .............................................................................3-2
,QWURGXFLQJ190 .................................................................. 3-3
Voice Prompt Overview ............................................................................ 3-3
Voice Prompt Customization..................................................................... 3-3
Bilingual Voice Prompts ........................................................................... 3-3
&KDSWHU
$ERXWWKH9RLFH3URPSWV
&KDSWHU
$XWRPDWHG$WWHQGDQW)HDWXUHV ....................................................... 3-5
Answering Schedule Override ................................................................... 3-5
Automatic Routing for Rotary Dial Callers................................................ 3-5
Call Announcing ....................................................................................... 3-5
Call Blocking ............................................................................................ 3-6
Call Waiting.............................................................................................. 3-6
Caller ID Automatic Transfer .................................................................... 3-6
Flexible Answering Schedules................................................................... 3-6
Flexible Call Routing ................................................................................ 3-7
Forced Unscreened Transfer ...................................................................... 3-8
Paging
............................................................................................... 3-9
Transfer Calls to a FAX Machine .............................................................. 3-9
&KDSWHU
0DLOER[HV
,VVXH
............................................................................................ 3-10
ACD Announcement Mailbox ................................................................. 3-10
Announcement Mailbox .......................................................................... 3-10
Call Routing Mailbox.............................................................................. 3-10
Directory Dialing Mailbox ...................................................................... 3-11
Distribution Mailbox/List ........................................................................ 3-11
Flexible Mailbox Numbering Plan .......................................................... 3-11
Future Delivery Mailbox ......................................................................... 3-11
Guest Mailbox......................................................................................... 3-12
Message Center Mailbox ......................................................................... 3-12
Next Call Routing Mailbox ..................................................................... 3-12
Security Code (Default)........................................................................... 3-12
Subscriber Mailbox ................................................................................. 3-12
System Administrator Mailbox................................................................ 3-13
Trunk Mailbox ........................................................................................ 3-13
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
u
LLL
3-
Announcement Message.......................................................................... 3-14
Automatic Message Erase/Save ............................................................... 3-14
Broadcast Message .................................................................................. 3-14
Directory Dialing Message ...................................................................... 3-14
Instruction Menu ..................................................................................... 3-14
Mailbox Name......................................................................................... 3-14
Message Length ...................................................................................... 3-15
Message Listen Mode.............................................................................. 3-15
Message Notification............................................................................... 3-15
Message Playback Direction.................................................................... 3-15
Message Retention ................................................................................... 3-16
Message Storage Limit .............................................................................3-16
Message Waiting Lamp............................................................................ 3-16
Recording Conversation Beep .................................................................. 3-16
Voice Compression Rate ..........................................................................3-16
Welcome Message....................................................................................3-17
&KDSWHU
6\VWHP0HVVDJLQJDQG5HFRUGLQJ2SWLRQV &KDSWHU
6\VWHP$GPLQLVWUDWLRQDQG0DLQWHQDQFH
&KDSWHU
8VHU)HDWXUHV
u
LY
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
.................................. 3-18
Archive and De-Archive.......................................................................... 3-18
Database Backup and Restore.................................................................. 3-18
Diagnostics.............................................................................................. 3-18
Disk Maintenance.................................................................................... 3-18
History Trace Viewer .............................................................................. 3-19
Ports In/Out of Service ............................................................................ 3-19
Port Self Test........................................................................................... 3-19
Programming NVM-22............................................................................ 3-19
Reports.................................................................................................... 3-19
Screen Saver............................................................................................ 3-20
Shutting Down the System ...................................................................... 3-21
System Re-initialization .......................................................................... 3-21
System Time and Date ............................................................................ 3-21
System Version Number.......................................................................... 3-21
..................................................................................... 3-22
Auto Forward .......................................................................................... 3-22
Auto Time-Stamp.................................................................................... 3-22
Auto Help................................................................................................ 3-22
Call Announcing ..................................................................................... 3-22
Caller ID ................................................................................................. 3-23
Call Waiting............................................................................................ 3-23
Calling (Logging On to) a Mailbox ......................................................... 3-24
Calling the Automated Attendant ............................................................ 3-25
Checking/Deleting a Message.................................................................. 3-25
Exiting a Mailbox.................................................................................... 3-25
Forward to a Mailbox .............................................................................. 3-26
,VVXH
&KDSWHU
8VHU)HDWXUHVFRQW
G
Getting Recorded Help ............................................................................ 3-26
Listening Options .................................................................................... 3-27
Listening to Messages ............................................................................. 3-27
Mailbox Greeting/Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb................................... 3-28
Mailbox Name......................................................................................... 3-28
Message Notification............................................................................... 3-28
Recording a Conversation........................................................................ 3-29
Recording a Future Delivery Message ..................................................... 3-29
Recording a Message............................................................................... 3-30
Recording a Paging Message ................................................................... 3-31
Recording Options................................................................................... 3-31
Requesting a Return Receipt ................................................................... 3-32
Security Code.......................................................................................... 3-32
Time and Date......................................................................................... 3-32
Transfer to a Mailbox .............................................................................. 3-33
,VVXH
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
u
Y
Alphabetical Feature List
ACD Announcement Mailbox....................................................................... 3-10
Announcement Mailbox................................................................................ 3-10
Announcement Message ............................................................................... 3-14
Announcing, Call................................................................................... 3-5, 3-22
Answering Schedule Override......................................................................... 3-5
Answering Schedules...................................................................................... 3-6
Archive ........................................................................................................ 3-18
Auto Forward................................................................................................ 3-22
Auto Help ..................................................................................................... 3-22
Auto Time-Stamp ......................................................................................... 3-22
Automated Attendant Do Not Disturb ........................................................... 3-28
Automated Attendant Routing Options ........................................................... 3-7
Automated Attendant, Blocking...................................................................... 3-6
Automated Attendant, Calling....................................................................... 3-25
Automated Attendant, Overview..................................................................... 3-1
Automatic Disk Maintenance........................................................................ 3-18
Automatic Message Erase/Save .................................................................... 3-14
Automatic Routing for Rotary Dial Callers ..................................................... 3-5
Backup and Listen ........................................................................................ 3-27
Backup Database .......................................................................................... 3-18
Backup Recording ........................................................................................ 3-31
Bilingual Voice Prompts................................................................................. 3-3
Blocking Automated Attendant Calls .............................................................. 3-6
Broadcast Message ....................................................................................... 3-14
Call Announcing.................................................................................... 3-5, 3-22
Call Blocking.................................................................................................. 3-6
Call Parking/Paging ............................................................................... 3-9, 3-31
Call Routing Mailbox ................................................................................... 3-10
Call Routing Options ...................................................................................... 3-7
Call Screening (Announcing)................................................................. 3-5, 3-22
Call Waiting .......................................................................................... 3-6, 3-23
Caller ID....................................................................................................... 3-23
Caller ID Automatic Transfer ......................................................................... 3-6
Calling (Logging On to) a Mailbox............................................................... 3-24
Calling the Automated Attendant.................................................................. 3-25
Checking a Message ..................................................................................... 3-25
Compatibility, NVM-22.................................................................................. 3-1
Conversation Record..................................................................................... 3-29
Customization of Voice Prompts..................................................................... 3-3
Database Backup and Restore ....................................................................... 3-18
Date/Time of Message .................................................................................. 3-27
Date/Time of Recording ............................................................................... 3-31
Date/Time, System ....................................................................................... 3-21
De-Archive ................................................................................................... 3-18
Defragmentation, Disk.................................................................................. 3-18
Deleting a Message....................................................................................... 3-25
Diagnostics ................................................................................................... 3-18
Directory Dialing................................................................................... 3-7, 3-11
Directory Dialing Mailbox............................................................................ 3-11
Directory Dialing Message............................................................................ 3-14
Disk Defragmentation................................................................................... 3-18
Disk Maintenance ......................................................................................... 3-18
Distribution List............................................................................................ 3-11
Distribution Mailbox..................................................................................... 3-14
Do Not Disturb, Auto Attendant.................................................................... 3-28
u
YL
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
,VVXH
End Recording .............................................................................................. 3-31
Erase Message .............................................................................................. 3-27
Erase Recording............................................................................................ 3-31
Exit Listen Mode .......................................................................................... 3-27
Exiting a Mailbox ......................................................................................... 3-25
Fast Forward (Go Ahead).............................................................................. 3-27
FAX Machine Transfer ................................................................................... 3-9
Flexible Answering Schedules ........................................................................ 3-6
Flexible Call Routing...................................................................................... 3-7
Flexible Mailbox Numbering Plan ............................................................... 3-11
Forced Unscreened Transfer ........................................................................... 3-8
Forward, Auto............................................................................................... 3-22
Forward a Message ....................................................................................... 3-27
Forward to a Mailbox.................................................................................... 3-26
Future Delivery Mailbox............................................................................... 3-11
Future Delivery Message .............................................................................. 3-11
Go Ahead and Listen .................................................................................... 3-27
Go to a Mailbox.............................................................................................. 3-7
Greeting, Mailbox......................................................................................... 3-28
Guest Mailbox .............................................................................................. 3-12
Hang Up ......................................................................................................... 3-7
Hardware, NVM-22 ........................................................................................ 3-2
Held Messages.............................................................................................. 3-27
Help, Auto .................................................................................................... 3-22
History Trace Viewer.................................................................................... 3-19
Instruction Menu........................................................................................... 3-14
Length, Message........................................................................................... 3-15
Listen Mode, Message ......................................................................... 3-15, 3-27
Listening Options.......................................................................................... 3-27
Logging On to a Mailbox....................................................................... 3-7, 3-27
Mailbox Greeting/Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb ........................................ 3-28
Mailbox Name ..................................................................................... 3-14, 3-28
Mailbox Numbering Plan ............................................................................. 3-11
Mailbox, Going to a........................................................................................ 3-7
Maintenance, Disk ........................................................................................ 3-18
Make Call to Message Sender ....................................................................... 3-27
Message Center Mailbox............................................................................... 3-12
Message Length............................................................................................ 3-15
Message Listen Mode .......................................................................... 3-15, 3-27
Message Notification ........................................................................... 3-15, 3-28
Message Playback Direction ................................................................ 3-15, 3-27
Message Retention........................................................................................ 3-16
Message Storage Limit ................................................................................. 3-16
Message Waiting Lamp ................................................................................ 3-16
Message, Quick .............................................................................................. 3-7
Name, Mailbox ............................................................................................. 3-14
Next Call Routing Mailbox........................................................................... 3-12
Notification, Message .......................................................................... 3-15, 3-28
NVM-22 Compatibility................................................................................... 3-1
NVM-22 Hardware ......................................................................................... 3-2
NVM-22 Specifications .................................................................................. 3-2
Paging ................................................................................................. 3-9, 3-31
Parking/Paging....................................................................................... 3-9, 3-31
Pause/Resume Listening ............................................................................... 3-27
,VVXH
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
u
YLL
Pause/Resume Recording.............................................................................. 3-31
Playback Direction............................................................................... 3-15, 3-27
Ports In/Out of Service.................................................................................. 3-19
Port Self Test ................................................................................................ 3-19
Programming NVM-22 ................................................................................. 3-19
Prompts .......................................................................................................... 3-3
Quick Message ............................................................................................... 3-7
Re-initialization, System............................................................................... 3-21
Recording a Conversation ............................................................................. 3-29
Recording a Future Delivery Message........................................................... 3-29
Recording a Message .................................................................................... 3-30
Recording a Paging Message ........................................................................ 3-31
Recording Conversation Beep....................................................................... 3-16
Recording End .............................................................................................. 3-31
Recording Options ........................................................................................ 3-31
Recording Time/Date.................................................................................... 3-31
Reply to a Message....................................................................................... 3-27
Reports ........................................................................................................ 3-19
Requesting a Return Receipt......................................................................... 3-32
Restore Database .......................................................................................... 3-18
Retention, Message....................................................................................... 3-16
Return Receipt.............................................................................................. 3-32
Reverse Listen .............................................................................................. 3-27
Rotary Dial Routing........................................................................................ 3-5
Routing Options.............................................................................................. 3-7
Save Message ............................................................................................... 3-27
Screen Saver ................................................................................................. 3-20
Screened Transfers to an Extension................................................................. 3-7
Screening, Call ...................................................................................... 3-5, 3-22
Security Code ........................................................................................ 3-5, 3-22
Shutting Down the System............................................................................ 3-21
Specifications, NVM-22 ................................................................................. 3-2
Subscriber Mailbox....................................................................................... 3-12
System Administrator Mailbox ..................................................................... 3-13
System Re-initialization................................................................................ 3-21
System Time and Date.................................................................................. 3-21
System Version Number ............................................................................... 3-21
Telephone System Compatibility, NVM-22 .................................................... 3-1
Terminate Call................................................................................................ 3-7
Time-Stamp, Auto ........................................................................................ 3-22
Time/Date of Message .................................................................................. 3-27
Time/Date of Recording ............................................................................... 3-31
Time/Date, System ....................................................................................... 3-21
Trace ........................................................................................................ 3-19
Transfer Calls to a FAX Machine.................................................................... 3-9
Transfer to a Mailbox ..................................................................................... 3-7
Transfer to an Extension ................................................................................. 3-7
Trunk Mailboxes........................................................................................... 3-13
Unscreened Transfers to an Extension.................................................... 3-14, 3-7
Version Number, System .............................................................................. 3-21
Voice Compression Rate............................................................................... 3-16
Voice Mail...................................................................................................... 3-1
Voice Prompt Customization .......................................................................... 3-3
Voice Prompt Overview.................................................................................. 3-3
u
YLLL
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
,VVXH
Voice Prompts, Bilingual................................................................................ 3-3
Volume Up/Down/Restore ............................................................................ 3-27
Welcome Message ........................................................................................ 3-17
,VVXH
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
u
L[
u
[
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
,VVXH
Introducing NVM-22
$ERXW190&RPSDWLELOLW\
NVM-22 provides an Automated Attendant, and Voice Mail for the
following phone systems:
n
ONYX VS and BUSINESSCOM DS01/DS100 Family
n
Alliance - S, Alliance - M/L
n
NITSUKO 124i
See also the NVM-22 Specifications for more details on the NVM-22
product line.
,QWKH,QVWDOODWLRQDQG%DVLF3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGHVHHDOVR
Chapter 1 for installation instructions
$ERXWWKH$XWRPDWHG
$WWHQGDQW
The Automated Attendant answers your company's incoming calls and lets the
caller press one more keys on their Touch Tone phone to route (process) their
own call. The Automated Attendant can answer all lines or only some lines -it's programmable. One common setup is to have the Automated Attendant
greet a caller with a recorded Welcome Message and Instruction Menu. A
typical Welcome Message is: Thank you for calling company ABC. A
typical Instruction Menu is:
Please dial the extension number you wish to reach. Or:
n
Press 1 for the company administrative manager (that is, any
specific extension).
n
Press 2 to reach someone by dialing their name.
n
Press 3 to hear an announcement about our holiday hours.
n
Press 4 to record a message for the purchasing manager.
n
Press * to record a message for anyone in the company.
n
Press # to log on to your mailbox.
n
Press 9 to hang up your call
Using the Flexible Answering feature (also called Answering Schedule
Tables) you can have the Automated Attendant greet callers one way during
the day, another way at night, another way during the weekend, etc. You
simply program the day/date and time that a specific greeting should play.
Chapter 4
$ERXW9RLFH0DLO
The Voice Mail system lets outside callers leave recorded messages for the
people in your company, and it lets people in your company leave recorded
messages for each other. The messages get stored in each person's personal
(Subscriber) voice mailbox.
A Subscriber accesses the Voice Mail System by calling their voice mailbox from inside or outside the company. After calling, a Subscriber presses codes
on their Touch Tone phone to listen to their messages, record and send a
message, check to see if a recipient has listened to their message, record a
mailbox name/greeting and more.
Subscriber Mailboxes, Chapter 3
,QWKH8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
All the features
190
3RUWV
H[SDQGDEOHXSWRSRUWVZLWKDSRUW
H[SDQVLRQFDUGDQG0HPR3OXJ
6SHFLILFDWLRQV
,VVXH
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
u
Introducing NVM-22
9RLFH6WRUDJH
H[SDQGDEOHXSWRZLWKD0HPR3OXJ
0DLOER[HV
H[SDQGDEOHXSWRZLWKD0HPR
3OXJ
7HOHSKRQH6\VWHP,QWHUIDFH
)RUHDFKSRUW$SKRQHV\VWHP$QDORJ
6WDWLRQ3RUWZLWK'70)GHFRGHU
'LUHFW7HUPLQDO$FFHVV
&XVWRPHUSURYLGHG$16,FRPSDWLEOHRU
GXPE56&WHUPLQDO
5HPRWH7HUPLQDO$FFHVV
&XVWRPHUSURYLGHGH[WHUQDOPRGHP
(OHFWULFDO5HTXLUHPHQWV
9$&+]
(QYLURQPHQWDO5HTXLUHPHQWV
) &
°
°
5RRP7HPSHUDWXUH
+XPLGLW\
QRQFRQGHQVLQJ
'XVW
1RYLVLEOHDFFXPXODWLRQZLWKLQKRXUV
5HOLDELOLW\
'HVLJQHGWRPHHWKRXUV07%)
6DIHW\$SSURYDOV
8/&6$
(0,(PLVVLRQV
&RPSOLHVZLWK)&&SDUWFODVV$
625FODVV$
5HJLVWUDWLRQV
)&&
&RPSOLHVZLWK)&&SDUW
'2&
&RPSOLHVZLWK'2&&6
190&DELQHW'LPHQVLRQV
/HQJWK
u
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
:LGWK
'HSWK
:HLJKW
,VVXH
About the Voice Prompts
9RLFH3URPSW2YHUYLHZ
NVM-22 provides voice prompts to guide people in using the system. The
voice prompts are step-by-step recorded instructions that tell people what
codes to press on their Touch Tone phone to access the NVM-22 features.
The codes are easy to remember because they match the first letter (s) of
the feature name. Two prompts that illustrate the coding are as follows:
To Listen to your messages,
press L. To Record and Send a message, press R S. And the caller
does not have to listen to the entire voice prompt before dialing a code.
If the caller forgets what to press or presses a code and hears, That is an
invalid entry, the caller should just wait a few seconds without pressing
anything. NVM-22 repeats the choices or will play the voice prompt: For a
help message, press zero. Pressing zero provides a recorded help message.
And, a user can turn off some of the voice prompts, if desired. Users
frequently do this when they get familiar with the system.
If desired, the System Administrator can re-record all the voice prompts
in the system so that company greetings, names, and prompts are all in
the same voice.
$YDLODELOLW\
See the two features below
Before you look in the Programming Guide, see the two Voice Prompt
features below.
,QWKH8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
Changing Auto Help (Lets user turn off some of the voice prompts)
9RLFH3URPSW
&XVWRPL]DWLRQ
Lets the voice prompts be re-recorded. If a substitute prompt is recorded
then erased, NVM-22 reverts back to using the default (factory-installed)
prompt.
Customizing System Voice Prompts, Chapter 9.
%LOLQJXDO9RLFH3URPSWV
Lets NVM-22 play voice prompts in two languages (e.g., English and
Spanish). English voice prompts, which are factory installed, are considered
"Language 1." The prompts for the second language ("Language 2") must
be recorded by the System Administrator. More specifically:
The System Administrator can:
n
Use the NVM-22 feature, System Prompt Customization, to record
voice prompts for "Language 2." If desired, the System
Administrator can also re-record the voice prompts for factory
installed language (Language 1).
,VVXH
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
u
%LOLQJXDO9RLFH3URPSWVFRQW
G
n
n
n
n
Assign Language 1 or Language 2 to all Automated
Attendant prompts.
Assign Language 1 or Language 2 to all the Automated
Attendant prompts that play on a specific trunk. This
language setting overrides the above setting.
Assign Language 1 or Language 2 to a dialpad key. This lets
Auto Attendant callers press the key to select the language
they want to hear.
Assign Language 1 or Language 2 to a Subscriber, Guest, or
Message Center Mailbox. NVM-22 plays the assigned
language when a person calls (logs on to) these mailboxes to,
for example, listen to their messages.
Customizing System Voice Prompts, Chapter 9
System Options (Default bilingual mode), Chapter 2
Subscriber/Message Center/Guest/Trunk Mailboxes (Bilingual mode),
Chapter 3
Customizing Routing Options Using a Dial Action Table (LANG1 &
LANG2), Chapter 4
u
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
,VVXH
Automated Attendant Features
$QVZHULQJ6FKHGXOH
2YHUULGH
Lets the System Administrator override, from any Touch Tone
Telephone, the answering schedule (company greeting and dialing
options) that is in effect (see also Flexible Answering Schedules in this
chapter). For example, if the company must temporarily close due to
bad weather, the System Administrator can use any Touch Tone
phone to re-route calls to an Announcement Mailbox that says, Our
offices are closed due to the storm. Please call again.
Overriding the Answering Schedule, Chapter 9
$XWRPDWLF5RXWLQJIRU
5RWDU\'LDO&DOOHUV
Handles Automated Attendant callers who are using a rotary dial
phone (that is, callers who cannot press a dialpad key to route their
call). NVM-22 can automatically send these callers to whichever
destination the System Administrator chooses. Some typical
destinations include the company operator or a Message Center
Mailbox. A Message Center Mailbox lets the caller leave a message
without dialing codes.
Customizing Routing Options Using a Dial Action Table, Chapter 4
&DOO$QQRXQFLQJ
Lets the Automated Attendant screen calls for the Subscribers (extension
users). First, the Auto Attendant asks a caller to record their name. Then
the Auto Attendant calls the Subscriber and tells them who is calling by
playing the recorded name. The Subscriber can accept the call or send it
back to the Auto Attendant. Callers who return to the Auto Attendant can
leave a message or use another dialing (routing) option. (See also Call
Announcing in Chapter 6 of this directory.)
In the VS/DS01/DS100 systems, the Automated Attendant can announce a
call to an extension even when it is busy. NVM-22 breaks into the
extension's call (as long as the extension is not in the Handsfree mode or in
the process of making a call) and announces the Automated Attendant
caller. If the extension cannot be broken into, NVM-22 can send Call
Waiting beeps to the extension to let the user know there is another call.
To pick up the call, the extension user puts their current call on Hold and
answers the flashing line for the waiting caller.
Subscriber Mailboxes (Call Announcing), Chapter 3
System Options (Off-hook Call Announce string), Chapter 2
,Q8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
Changing the Call Announcing Option
,VVXH
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
u
&DOO%ORFNLQJ
Prevents a Subscriber extension from receiving Automated Attendant calls.
NVM-22 says, Extension XXX is not available, then lets the caller leave a
message or use another option. With special programming, NVM-22 can
automatically reroute the blocked callers to other extensions or mailboxes.
Subscriber Mailboxes (Block auto att.), Chapter 3
&DOO:DLWLQJ
Lets an Automated Attendant caller send a signal (beeps) to a busy
Subscriber extension, then wait for a reply. If the Subscriber does not
pick up the call, NVM-22 lets the caller leave a message.
Subscriber Mailboxes (Call Waiting), Chapter 3
,Q8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
Changing the Call Waiting Option
&DOOHU,'$XWRPDWLF7UDQVIHU
Lets the Auto Attendant "read" an incoming telephone number and then
transfer that call to a specific extension or mailbox. The caller does not
hear the Automated Attendant Welcome Message or Instruction Menu nor
does the caller have to dial anything.
For example, suppose the president of the company has extension 300 and
he frequently receives calls from telephone number 333-1111. With Caller
ID Automatic Transfer, NVM-22 can automatically transfer calls from 3331111 to extension 300.
This feature is available only on phone systems that have the Caller I.D. feature.
)OH[LEOH$QVZHULQJ
6FKHGXOHV
Lets the System Administrator program the Automated Attendant to greet
callers in a variety of ways: one way during the weekdays, another way at
night, another way during the weekends, etc. The System Administrator
simply records the greetings, then programs the day/date and time each one
should play.
For example, the System Administrator could program this set of greetings
for a line:
n
Starting at 9 AM, Monday - Friday, the Automated Attendant says:
Thank you for calling XYZ company. Please dial the extension you wish
to reach or stay on the line for assistance.
n
Starting at 5PM, Monday - Thursday, the Automated Attendant
says:
Thank you for calling XYZ Company. Our office is closed and will reopen at 9:00 tomorrow morning. To leave a message, press one.
Otherwise, please call again tomorrow.
n
Starting at 5PM, Friday, the Automated Attendant says:
Thank you for calling XYZ company. Our offices are closed for the
weekend. Our normal business hours are 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM,
Monday through Friday. We look forward to helping you then.
u
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
,VVXH
)OH[LEOH$QVZHULQJ
6FKHGXOHVFRQW
G
NVM-22 allows 16 sets of greetings (like the set of 3 above). A set of
greetings is called an Answering Schedule Table. Each Answering
Schedule Table can have 20 day/date/time schedules.
You can assign a different Answering Schedule Table to each port, if desired.
NVM-22 uses a port's AST to answer all the lines that use the port. And on
some phone systems, NVM-22 lets you assign an AST to a line. This is great
if you have one line for Sales and another for Technical Service. Each line
can have its own greeting.
Customizing Answering Options Using an Answering Schedule Table, Chapter 4
)OH[LEOH&DOO5RXWLQJ
Lets an Automated Attendant caller press one or more keys on their Touch
Tone phone to route (send) their own call to an extension, department, etc.
The System Administrator can set up a menu of routing options for callers.
The routing options include:
n
Transfer to an extension
There are Screened, Unscreened, and Monitored Transfers. The
difference lies in how NVM-22 handles incomplete transfers:
- With a screened transfer, NVM-22 transfers the call to the extension
then checks to see if the extension picks up the call. If the extension
user does not pick up the call (busy, no answer, etc.), NVM-22 plays the
extension status (Extension XXX does not answer), then lets the caller
leave a message or select another routing option. After leaving a
message, the caller can return to the Automated Attendant, dial another
extension, and more (it depends on how the extension's Next Call Routing
Mailbox is programmed).
If the extension user's mailbox greeting is recorded and turned on,
NVM-22 will not make the screened transfer. NVM-22 immediately
plays the greeting, then lets the caller leave a message or dial another
routing option. If the greeting is off, NVM-22 transfers the call. If the
extension user does not pick up, NVM-22 plays the greeting instead of
the extension status message
- With an unscreened transfer, NVM-22 transfers the call to the
extension and releases it. If the extension user does not pick up, the call
is handled by the phone system.
- With a monitored transfer, NVM-22 transfers the call to the extension
and releases it as long as the extension rings once. If the extension is
busy or there is reorder tone at the extension, NVM-22 takes back the
call and lets the caller leave a message or select other dialing options.
In addition, a Subscriber, Guest, or Message Center extension can
be programmed as a Transfer-only mailbox. This lets a caller
make a screened or monitored transfer to the extension, but not
leave a message. If the transfer is incomplete, the caller gets other
dialing options. This is used for transfers to FAX machines.
,VVXH
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
u
)OH[LEOH&DOO5RXWLQJFRQW
G
n
7UDQVIHUWRDQ$XWRPDWLF&DOO'LVWULEXWLRQ*URXS
If all extensions are busy in the group, the caller can wait for
an available extension.
n
*RWRDPDLOER[
Once the caller accesses the mailbox, the caller can use the
features of that mailbox.
n
6HOHFW9RLFH3URPSWVLQ$QRWKHU/DQJXDJH
In bilingual NVM-22 systems, an Automated Attendant caller
can press a single code to switch from one language to the other.
n
5HFRUGD0HVVDJHIRUD6SHFLILF([WHQVLRQ8VHU
The caller hears the extension user's mailbox greeting (standard or
personal) and can leave a message after the tone. After leaving
the message, the caller can return to the Automated Attendant or
re-route their call to another destination.
n
5HFRUGD4XLFN0HVVDJHIRU$Q\([WHQVLRQ8VHU
A caller dials a single-digit code, then a person's extension number
to leave a message in that person's mailbox. No need to call the
person's extension first. After leaving the message, the caller can
return to the Automated Attendant or reroute their call to a preprogrammed destination.
n
$FFHVVWKH'LUHFWRU\'LDOLQJIHDWXUH
A caller dials a few letters in a person's name to transfer to that
person's extension. Or, the caller could dial T-R-A-I-N, for
example, to connect to an announcement about train schedules.
n
$FFHVV/RJ2QWRWKH9RLFH0DLO6\VWHP
A caller dials a single-digit code, then their mailbox number
to access their messages and all the Voice Mail features.
n
+DQJXSWKH&DOO
When a caller presses the Hangup key, NVM-22 says
Goodbye and terminates the call.
n
3HUIRUPQRDFWLRQ8QGHILQHG5RXWLQJ
When a caller presses an Undefined key, NVM-22 says That
is an invalid entry, and repeats the dialing instructions.
Customizing Routing Options Using a Dial Action Table, Chapter 4
System Options (Time limit for dialing commands, Limit on
dialing command attempts, Transfer string), Chapter 2
Subscriber Mailboxes (Transfer-only Mailbox), Chapter 3
)RUFHG8QVFUHHQHG7UDQVIHU
Forces all Automated Attendant transfers to a particular extension
(Subscriber, Guest, or Message Center) to be unscreened transfers. An
unscreened transfer works like this: NVM-22 transfers the call to the
extension and releases it. If the transfer is incomplete, the phone
system determines where the call goes, not NVM-22.
Subscriber/Guest/Message Center Mailboxes (Forced unscreened
transfer), Chapter 3
u
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
,VVXH
3DJLQJ
Parks (holds) an Automated Attendant caller who is trying to reach a
Subscriber, then pages that Subscriber. NVM-22 makes the page
using the Subscriber's recorded Paging Message. A typical Paging
Message is: John, you have a call. The Subscriber can then pick up
the call from any extension by dialing the pickup code used in the
phone system. The Paging feature is very useful for a Subscriber who
is frequently away from their desk.
Paging works one way if the Subscriber's recorded Paging
Message is on and another way if it is off:
n
If the Paging Message if on, NVM-22 immediately parks an
Automated Attendant caller and pages the Subscriber.
NVM-22 does not try to ring the extension.
n
If the Paging Message is off, NVM-22 calls the extension. If
the extension does not answer, NVM-22 says: Extension
XXX (or name) does not answer, then lets the caller leave a
message, park and page, or select other routing options.
Paging is also available to VS and DS01 callers who dial a
Subscriber's direct line while the Subscriber's unanswered calls
are forwarded to their mailbox.
Subscriber Mailboxes (Park/Paging String), Chapter 3
,Q8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
About Paging and the Paging Message
7UDQVIHU&DOOVWRD)$;
0DFKLQH
Lets the Automated Attendant handle an incoming FAX
transmission. When the Automated Attendant detects FAX
carrier tone instead of the expected Touch Tone digit, NVM-22
can transfer the call to the company FAX machine so that the
FAX transmission can come through.
This feature is not available for the Alliance phone systems.
Customizing Answering Options Using an Answering Schedule
Table, Chapter 4
,VVXH
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
u
Mailboxes
$&'$QQRXQFHPHQW
0DLOER[
An ACD (Automatic Call Distribution) Mailbox lets you record a
customized ACD Announcement for an ACD group.
A sample ACD Announcement might be: Thank you for calling. All our
technicians are currently with customers. Please hold, and a technician
will be with you shortly.
See also Trunk Mailboxes (in Chapter 3 of this guide) for more ACD features.
ACD Announcement Mailboxes, Chapter 3
$QQRXQFHPHQW0DLOER[
Plays announcements to Automated Attendant callers. The System
Administrator records the desired announcements. Typical announcements
include meeting schedules, new product information, etc. The
announcement can play up to 10 times. After the announcement plays,
NVM-22 can:
n
Say Goodbye and hang up. Or,
n
Return the caller to the Automated Attendant dialing options.
Announcement Mailboxes, Chapter 3
&DOO5RXWLQJ0DLOER[
Lets an Automated Attendant caller press one or more dialpad keys on a
Touch Tone phone to route their own call to the desired location or feature.
The Call Routing Mailbox is at the heart of the Automated Attendant. A
Call Routing Mailbox uses the following three things:
n
The Dial Action Table assigns a particular action (call routing option)
to each dialpad key (0-9, *, #). For example, you could assign the
option Screened Transfer to Extension 306 to key 7. This lets a caller
press key 7 to transfer to extension 306. For a list of the routing options,
see Flexible Call Routing in Chapter 1. NVM-22 allows 100 distinct
Dial Action Tables.
NVM-22 also lets you assign an action to the TIMEOUT function.
NVM-22 automatically performs the TIMEOUT action if a caller does
not press a dialpad key within a certain amount of time. The main
purpose of the TIMEOUT function is to handle rotary dial callers.
n
A recorded Welcome Message greets the callers. A typical
Welcome Message is: Thank you for calling XYZ Company.
n
A recorded Instruction Menu lets callers know their dialing
options (that is, the routing options in the Dial Action Table).
A Call Routing Mailbox can also be assigned to a Subscriber and Message
Center Mailboxes to provide "secondary" routing options. See Next Call
Routing Mailbox in this chapter.
Call Routing Mailboxes, Chapter 3
Customizing the Automated Attendant, Chapter 4
u
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
,VVXH
Mailboxes
'LUHFWRU\'LDOLQJ0DLOER[
Lets an Automated Attendant caller press a dialpad key to route their
own call, much like a Call Routing Mailbox (see above). The
difference between the two mailboxes is in the way they handle
name-dialing (that is, calling an extension or mailbox by dialing its
programmed name). A Directory Dialing Mailbox lets a caller namedial right away. A Call Routing Mailbox requires a caller to press a
single key before dialing the name. The Directory Dialing Message
tells the caller what name to dial. A sample message might be: For
customer service, dial S-E-R-V.
Directory Dialing Mailboxes, Chapter 3
'LVWULEXWLRQ0DLOER[/LVW
Lets a Subscriber or Guest Mailbox user record a message once and
have NVM-22 send it to a Distribution List, which is a list of
mailboxes. After recording the message, the sender enters one
mailbox -- the Distribution Mailbox associated with the Distribution
List. NVM-22 then distributes the message to each mailbox on the
list.
NVM-22 also allows Automated Attendant callers to record a message
for a Distribution List.
NVM-22 can accommodate 100 different lists of mailboxes. The total
number of mailboxes on all lists combined cannot exceed the
maximum number of mailboxes in the system.
Distribution Mailboxes, Chapter 3
Distribution Lists, Chapter 5
)OH[LEOH0DLOER[1XPEHULQJ
3ODQ
Lets the System Administrator number the Subscriber and Trunk
Mailboxes to match the current phone system numbering plan.
Installing NVM-22, Chapter 1
Creating and Accessing Mailboxes, Chapter 3
)XWXUH'HOLYHU\0DLOER[
Lets a mailbox user record a message and have NVM-22 send it to any
mailbox at a future date and time. This makes it easy for mailbox users to
remind themselves or other people of appointments, meetings, etc. If
necessary, the mailbox user can cancel the message before NVM-22 sends it.
Future Delivery Mailbox, Chapter 3
,QWKH8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
Recording a Future Delivery Message
,VVXH
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
u
Mailboxes
*XHVW0DLOER[
Lets an outside vendor (a "guest") use a NVM-22 mailbox for receiving
and (optionally) sending messages. The guest can use the Guest Mailbox
from inside or outside the company.
Guest Mailboxes, Chapter 3
0HVVDJH&HQWHU0DLOER[
Lets an Automated Attendant caller leave a message without dialing
codes. A Message Center Mailbox is primarily for callers who are using a
rotary dial phone. At some point in the day, someone in the company
must call the Message Center Mailbox and forward each message to the
appropriate person's mailbox.
Message Center Mailboxes, Chapter 3
1H[W&DOO5RXWLQJ0DLOER[
Provides callers with routing options after they enter a Subscriber or
Message Center Mailbox to leave a message; or, after they log on to these
mailboxes (to listen to the messages). For example, the Next Call Routing
Mailbox lets a caller dial another extension after leaving a message in a
Subscriber Mailbox. The Next Call Routing Mailbox is like a secondary
Automated Attendant.
Subscriber/Message Center Mailboxes (Next Call Routing mailbox,
Alternate Next CRMB dial option), Chapter 3
6HFXULW\&RGH'HIDXOW
Gets assigned to all Subscriber Mailboxes during installation, if desired. To
call (log on to) their mailbox for the first time, a Subscriber must dial the
Mailbox Default Security Code. Once logged on, the Subscriber can change
the Security Code.
System Options (Mailbox Default Security Code), Chapter 2
6XEVFULEHU0DLOER[
Gets assigned to an extension so the extension user can receive messages
and use other NVM-22 features. An extension user can call their
Subscriber Mailbox from any extension or from outside the company.
After calling, the Subscriber can use all the features described in User
Features section of this guide.
Subscriber Mailboxes, Chapter 3
u
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
,VVXH
Mailboxes
6\VWHP$GPLQLVWUDWRU
0DLOER[
Provides access to the features on the System Administrator Menu.
The System Administrator Menu lets the System Administrator record
Announcement Messages, Broadcast Messages, Instruction Menu,
plus more. Any Subscriber Mailbox can be specially programmed as
a System Administrator Mailbox.
Subscriber Mailboxes (System Admin.), Chapter 3
Using the System Administrator Options, Chapter 9
7UXQN0DLOER[
Gets assigned to a trunk number in the telephone system. A Trunk
Mailbox lets a trunk have its own answering schedule and voice
prompt language. See also Flexible Answering Schedules in Chapter
2 of this guide and Bilingual Voice Prompts in Chapter 1 of this
guide.
In addition, unanswered unscreened transfers to ACD groups can now
be routed to Trunk Mailboxes. Since a Trunk Mailbox can have an
answering schedule, this allows the unanswered ACD calls to be
handled differently depending on day/date/time.
Trunk Mailboxes, Chapter 3
,VVXH
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
u
System Messaging and Recording Options
$QQRXQFHPHQW0HVVDJH
Plays in an Announcement Mailbox. Announcement Messages are
information-only messages such as business hours, daily specials,
movie schedules, etc.
Recording an Announcement Message, Chapter 9
System Options (Silence Limit for recording), Chapter 2
$XWRPDWLF0HVVDJH
(UDVH6DYH
Lets NVM-22 automatically erase or save a message that has been
listened to all the way through. This applies to messages in a
Subscriber, Message Center, or Guest Mailbox.
Subscriber/Guest/Message Center Mailboxes, (Auto erase/save of
message), Chapter 3
%URDGFDVW0HVVDJH
Plays to all Subscriber, Message Center, Guest, and Future Delivery
Mailboxes. NVM-22 plays the Broadcast Message when a person
calls (logs on to) one of these mailboxes, right before the prompt, You
have ___ messages. A Broadcast Message commonly serves as a
bulletin board for company employees.
Recording a Broadcast Message, Chapter 9
'LUHFWRU\'LDOLQJ0HVVDJH
Tells a caller what letters (name) to dial to call an extension or mailbox.
The System Administrator can record a Directory Dialing Message for an
Extension Name Directory in a Call Routing Mailbox or for a Directory
Dialing Mailbox itself. For example, if you set up a Directory Dialing
Mailbox to provide information about new products, you may wish to
record a message something like this: For information on software
products, dial S-N-E-W. For information on hardware products, dial HN-E-W. To exit, press only the pound key.
Recording a Directory Dialing Message, Chapter 9
,QVWUXFWLRQ0HQX
Tells an Automated Attendant caller what to dial to route their call. The
System Administrator records an Instruction Menu for a Call Routing
Mailbox. The Instruction Menu is based on the Dial Action Table
assigned to the Call Routing Mailbox.
Recording an Instruction Menu, Chapter 9
0DLOER[1DPH
u
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
Plays instead of the mailbox or extension number. For example:
Suppose the System Administrator records the name "Joe Smith" for
Subscriber Mailbox 10. If extension 10 is busy, NVM-22 says, Joe
Smith is busy instead of Extension 10 is busy.
,VVXH
0DLOER[1DPHFRQW
G
Recording Mailbox Names, Chapter 9
0HVVDJH/HQJWK
Lets the System Administrator set the maximum length for messages
(from 1 to 999 seconds). There are two types of message lengths:
n
Non-subscriber Message Length sets the maximum length of a message
that an outside caller leaves in a mailbox.
n
Subscriber Message Length sets the maximum length for any type of
message except one that an outside caller leaves.
System Options (Subscriber/Non-Subscriber Msg. Length), Chapter 2
0HVVDJH/LVWHQ0RGH
This option selects the type of messages that play when a person listens
to the messages in a Subscriber, Guest, or Message Center Mailbox.
NVM-22 can play New, Saved, Held (partially listened to), or All
messages. The user can override the listen mode on a per call basis.
Subscriber/Guest/Message Center Mailboxes (Msg listen mode),
Chapter 3
0HVVDJH1RWLILFDWLRQ
Dials a programmed phone number when a Subscriber, Message
Center, or Guest Mailbox receives a message. Message Notification
can dial up to 3 different numbers daily. The mailbox user selects the
time that NVM-22 should start and stop calling each number.
NVM-22 can dial the following types of numbers:
n
Extension
n
Local or long distance telephone numbers
n
Radio pager (with or without an announcer)
n
Digital pagers. The display shows the phone and mailbox number sending
the message; also, the total number of messages
NVM-22 also lets the user select:
Whether they will receive notification calls for all messages or
only messages from a specific mailbox
n
Whether they will have to enter their Mailbox Security Code when they
receive messages at a non-pager number
n
Message Notification Options, Chapter 5
Subscriber/Message Center/Guest Mailboxes (Msg Notification), Chapter 3
,QWKH8VHU
V*XLGHVVHHDOVR
Message Notification
0HVVDJH3OD\EDFN'LUHFWLRQ
,VVXH
Sets the order in which messages play back in a mailbox
n
FIFO (first in, first out) plays messages in the order they were left
n
LIFO (last in, first out) plays the last (most recent) message first,
then the one left before that, etc.:
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
u
0HVVDJH3OD\EDFN'LUHFWLRQ
FRQW
G
0HVVDJH5HWHQWLRQ
Subscriber/Message Center/Guest Mailboxes (Msg playback
FIFO/LIFO), Chapter 3
Determines how long NVM-22 retains a message in a mailbox. This
applies to any message that NVM-22 or the mailbox user does not
erase. When the retention time expires, NVM-22 erases the message.
The retention time can range from 1-90 days or NVM-22 can retain
the message indefinitely.
Subscriber/Message Center/Guest Mailboxes (Message Retention),
Chapter 3
0HVVDJH6WRUDJH/LPLW
Sets the maximum number of messages that a mailbox can store, from
1-1000. This feature applies to Subscriber, Guest, Message Center,
and Future Delivery Mailboxes
Subscriber/Guest/Message Center/Future Delivery Mailboxes,
(Number of msg), Chapter 3
0HVVDJH:DLWLQJ/DPS
Flashes at an extension when there are new messages in the
extension's mailbox.
System Options (Lamp On string, Lamp Off string), Chapter 2
Port Options (Allow Lamp callouts), Chapter 2
Subscriber/Guest/Msg Center Mailboxes (Msg Wait Lamp), Chapter 3
5HFRUGLQJ&RQYHUVDWLRQ
%HHS
Plays a beep and the voice prompt, Recording, when a person records
a conversation at their extension.
Subscriber/Guest/Message Center Mailboxes, (Recording
Conversation Beep), Chapter 3.
9RLFH&RPSUHVVLRQ5DWH
Compresses messages in one of two ways:
n
To favor sound quality
n
To favor storage capacity
Configuring NVM-22 in favor of message storage capacity increases
the amount of message storage time in the system by 25%.
Install NVM-22, Chapter 1
u
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
,VVXH
:HOFRPH0HVVDJH
Greets Automated Attendant callers. The Welcome Message is
commonly referred to as a company greeting. A typical Welcome
Message is "Thank you for calling XYZ Company." The System
Administrator can record a Welcome Message for any Call Routing,
Message Center Mailbox, or Directory Dialing Mailbox.
Recording a Welcome Message, Chapter 9
,VVXH
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
u
System Administration and Maintenance
$UFKLYHDQG
'H$UFKLYH
Archive compresses and saves the NVM-22 database to a directory on
the hard disk. De-Archive replaces the active NVM-22 database with
the archived database on the hard disk.
Maintenance, Chapter 7
'DWDEDVH%DFNXS
DQG5HVWRUH
Lets the System Administrator backup the NVM-22 database via a
modem.
'LDJQRVWLFV
Shows the activity on each Voice Mail port as it happens. The screen
shows the following information for each port:
n
Call State
This shows the state of a call that the port is handling.
n
Line Card State
This shows the state of the port card.
n
Func Code
This shows the function code associated with the port.
n
Mailbox
This is the mailbox using the port.
n
Tone type
This is the type of tone present on the port.
n
Prompt
This is the voice prompt playing on the port.
n
Digits
These are the digits being dialed on the port.
Diagnostics, Chapter 8
'LVN0DLQWHQDQFH
"Cleans up" the hard disk in order to optimize call processing time.
NVM-22 automatically shuts down the system at the programmed
time to perform the maintenance tasks on its hard disk.
NVM-22 can perform two types of maintenance tasks:
n
Daily Maintenance checks and corrects hardware disk errors.
This occurs once a day at the programmed time.
n
Weekly Maintenance defragments the disk files to optimize call
processing time. This occurs once a week on the programmed
day and time.
The System Administrator can also manually activate disk
defragmentation at the desired time.
System Options, Chapter 2
u
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
,VVXH
+LVWRU\7UDFH)LOH9LHZHU
Captures NVM-22 system history (events) in a file that can be viewed
page by page or line by line. The Trace Viewer also displays the date
(once an hour), the time each event occurred, and a diamond marker
(©) to indicate the most recent event.
The Trace Viewer file can store up to 3.5 MB of data. When the file
reaches maximum size, the Trace Viewer goes back to the beginning
of the file and records the new events over the old events.
NVM-22 also provides a Trace in real time.
Diagnostics, Chapter 8
3RUWV,Q2XWRI6HUYLFH
Lets the System Administrator place a Voice Mail port in or out of service.
Port Options, Chapter 2
3RUW6HOI7HVW
Tests the ports. First, NVM-22 takes the port off hook and listens for dial
tone. If no dial tone exists, this constitutes a failure. If dial tone exists,
NVM-22 dials a digit on the port to see if the digit breaks dial tone. If
dial tone does not get broken, this constitutes a failure.
You can have NVM-22 automatically test the ports at regular intervals
or you can manually test the port any time you want.
System Options, Chapter 2
Port Options, Chapter 2
3URJUDPPLQJ
190
Can be done through a customer-provided or ANSI-compatible or dumb
serial (RS-232C) terminal or a modem. To minimize the amount of required
programming, NVM-22 is pre-installed at the factory with a default
database.
Chapter 1
5HSRUWV
,VVXH
Show the database options, messaging options, errors, etc. in an easy-to-read
format. The reports can be printed and/or viewed on the screen. The reports
are listed below:
n
Port Usage
Shows how the ports have been used - for incoming calls, message
notification calls, and/or Message Waiting lamp updates
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
u
5HSRUWVFRQW
G
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Mailbox Options
Shows how the mailboxes have been programmed
Mailbox Directory (by Type)
Groups the mailboxes according to type (e.g., all the Subscriber
Mailboxes are grouped together)
Mailbox List (Numerical)
Lists the mailbox numbers numerically
Mailbox Message Usage
Shows how much disk space a mailbox's messages are using, the
total number of messages in a mailbox, and the date the oldest
message was left. This report also shows the total percentage of
disk space available for messages.
Mailbox Call Handling Flags
Shows whether the following features are enabled for a mailbox:
Mailbox Greeting, Page Greeting, Mailbox Name, Call
Announcing, Call Waiting.
Mailbox Access
Shows how many times a mailbox has been accessed
Callout Log
Shows information about each Message Notification call that
NVM-22 has made for a mailbox. For each call, you see the port
used for the call, the date/time of the call, the duration of the call,
the status of the call (e.g., busy), and the number dialed.
Distribution Lists
Shows the mailboxes on each Distribution List
Automated Attendant (per Port/Trunk)
Shows the answering schedules Table assignment each port or
trunk (see also Flexible Answering Schedules in Chapter 1).
Error/Activity Log
Shows system errors/activity/resets and the time they occur. The
log also shows when all ports are busy. The log gets updated
every minute.
All Reports
This shows all reports
Reports, Chapter 6
6FUHHQ6DYHU
Prolongs the life of the NVM-22 monitor. The monitor screen will go
blank if no one touches a key on the keyboard for 60 minutes. To
restore the screen, you press any key.
Chapter 1
u
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
,VVXH
6KXWWLQJ'RZQWKH6\VWHP
Ensures the integrity of the database should a need arise to turn off or
reset NVM-22.
Chapter 1
6\VWHP
Re-initializes the NVM-22 database to its default configuration.
5HLQLWLDOL]DWLRQ
6\VWHP7LPHDQG'DWH
Sets the time and date for the NVM-22 system. The time and date
and can be reset at any time.
Setting the System Time/Date, Chapter 9
6\VWHP9HUVLRQ1XPEHU
Plays from the System Administrator Menu. A technician may need
the system version number to properly troubleshoot a problem.
Getting the System Version Number, Chapter 9
,VVXH
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
u
User Features
$XWR)RUZDUG
With Auto Forward, NVM-22 can automatically forward a user's messages
to another person's mailbox -- a "partner mailbox." This way, if the user
goes on vacation, the partner can immediately respond to any messages
the vacationing user receives without having to call that mailbox.
2SHUDWLRQ
Call mailbox + Press O P + Press A F
,QWKH8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
Changing the Auto Forward Option
Subscriber/Guest/Msg Center Mailboxes (Auto Forwarding), Chapter 3
$XWR7LPH6WDPS
After playing a message, NVM-22 can automatically play the time and
date that the message was left and the name (or number) of the message
sender. If Auto Time-Stamp is off, a user must press T I during or after a
message to get this information.
2SHUDWLRQ
Call mailbox + Press O P + Press A T
,QWKH8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
Changing the Auto Time-Stamp Option
$XWR+HOS
Auto Help is the automatic "mini" menu of options that plays right after a
user calls their mailbox, listens to a message, pauses recording or exceeds
the recording limit. The user can turn Auto Help on or off depending on
their preference.
2SHUDWLRQ
Call mailbox + Press O P + Press A H
,QWKH8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
Changing Auto Help
&DOO$QQRXQFLQJ
A mailbox user can turn Call Announcing on or off for Automated Attendant
callers. When on, the Automated Attendant asks the caller to record their
name. Then the Automated Attendant calls the mailbox user's extension and
announces the caller's name. The extension user can press 1 to accept the
call hang up, which re-routes the call back to the Automated Attendant.
In the VS/DS01/DS100 systems, the Auto Attendant can announce a call to
an extension even when it is busy. NVM-22 breaks into the extension's call
(if possible) and announces the Automated Attendant caller. If the
extension cannot be broken into, NVM-22 can send Call Waiting beeps to
the extension to let the user know there is another call. To pick up the call,
the extension user puts their current call on Hold and answers the flashing
line for the waiting caller.
u
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
,VVXH
User Features
&DOO$QQRXQFLQJFRQW
G
2SHUDWLRQ
Call mailbox + Press O P + Press C A
,QWKH8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
Changing the Call Announcing Option
Subscriber Mailboxes (Call Announcing), Chapter 3
System Options (Off-hook Call Announce string), Chapter 2
&DOOHU,'
Identifies the telephone number of the outside caller who left a
message in a Subscriber, Guest or Message Center Mailbox. This
enhances the message listening options as follows:
n
The message recipient can now press TI and hear the outside telephone
number of the message sender.
n
The message recipient can press MC to make an immediate call to
the message sender's telephone number as long as that number is a
dialable number. The Central Office handling the call determines what
type of caller ID digits are sent.
Some phone systems automatically provide Caller I.D. information to
Subscriber, Guest, and Message Center Mailboxes and some phone systems
do not. If the phone system does not automatically provide Caller I.D. info,
NVM-22 can be programmed to ask the caller to enter their phone number
just before they leave a message. NVM-22 will then associate the number
with the message and the enhanced TI and MC options apply.
2SHUDWLRQ
See above paragraphs
,QWKH8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
Using the Listening Options (for TI and MC)
,Q3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
Callout Options (Insert leading 1 for C.I.D.), Chapter 5
Subscriber/Guest/Message Center Mailboxes (Ask Caller's Number),
Chapter 3
&DOO:DLWLQJ
A user can turn Call Waiting on or off for Automated Attendant callers.
When on, Call Waiting lets Automated Attendant callers send a signal
(beeps) to the user's extension while it's busy. If the extension user does not
pick up the call, NVM-22 lets the caller leave a message.
2SHUDWLRQ
Call mailbox + Press O P + Press C W
,QWKH8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
Changing the Call Waiting Option
Subscriber Mailboxes (Call Waiting string), Chapter 3
,VVXH
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
u
User Features
&DOOLQJ/RJJLQJ2Q
WRD0DLOER[
A user can call (log on to) their mailbox from:
n
Their own extension
n
A co-worker's extension
Outside their company, through the Automated Attendant
n
Outside the company, through a direct line to their extension (if
they have one) as long as their calls are forwarded to their
mailbox
Logging on gives users access to their messages and the Voice Mail
features.
2SHUDWLRQ
The 4 methods listed below correspond to the 4 methods listed in the
feature description above, respectively.
n
n
n
n
For VS/DS01/DS100, from a keyset: Press Message Key + Dial
Security Code (if requested)
For VS/DS01/DS100, from a Single Line: Dial * 6 + Dial
Security Code (if requested)
For Alliance: Press # key + Dial Security Code (if requested)
For NITSUKO 124i, from a keyset: Press VM key (or press
idle CALL key, dial *8) + Dial security code (if requested)
For NITSUKO 124i, from a Single Line: Dial * 8 + Dial security
code (if requested)
Get Intercom dial tone + Dial Voice Mail master extension
number + Wait for prompt + Dial your mailbox number (if
requested) + Dial Security Code (if requested)
Dial NVM-22 telephone number + Wait for company
greeting + Press # + Dial your mailbox number + Dial Security
Code (if requested)
For VS/DS01/DS100 Keysets Only: Call direct line + Wait for
greeting + Press # before the beep + Dial Security Code (if
requested)
When logging on to a mailbox that has a security code, a person can
dial * during the prompt Please enter your security code to go back to
the prompt Please enter your mailbox number. This way, a person
can log on to their own mailbox from any extension without having to
know the Voice Mail master extension number.
System Options (Time limit for mailbox logon, Limit on mailbox logon
attempts, Wait for protocol digits), Chapter 2
Subscriber/Guest/Message Center Mailboxes (Use Remote Logon as
Direct Logon, 3.0)
,QWKH8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
Calling Your (Subscriber) Mailbox
Calling a Guest Mailbox
Calling a Message Center Mailbox
Calling a Future Delivery Mailbox
u
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
,VVXH
User Features
&DOOLQJWKH$XWRPDWHG
$WWHQGDQW
A person can call the Automated Attendant:
n
From outside the company
n
After leaving a message through the Automated Attendant
n
After exiting their mailbox
n
Through a direct line to their own extension. Their calls must be
forwarded to their mailbox and their mailbox must have a Next Call
Routing Mailbox.
2SHUDWLRQ
The 4 methods listed below correspond to the four methods listed in
the feature description above, respectively.
n
Dial the phone number of Automated Attendant
n
Press #
n
Press *
n
Call direct line + Wait for greeting + Press * before the beep
,QWKH8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
Calling the Automated Attendant
Customizing the Automated Attendant, Chapter 4
Subscriber, Message Center, Guest Mailboxes (Next Call Routing
mailbox), Chapter 3
System Options (Wait for protocol digits), Chapter 2
&KHFNLQJ'HOHWLQJD
0HVVDJH
After a person records and sends a message, they can check to see if the
recipient listened to it. NVM-22 lets the message sender check any
message that they recorded using the following methods: RS (Record and
Send), MF (Message Forward), FD (Future Delivery). If the recipient has
not listened to the message, the message sender can delete it. NVM-22 also
lets the message sender listen to the message before they delete it.
2SHUDWLRQ
Call mailbox + Press C M
,QWKH8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
Checking/Deleting a Message
([LWLQJD0DLOER[
Mailbox users can exit their mailbox by hanging up or by pressing a
single key. If they press the exit key, they can then:
n
Change their mind and return to their mailbox
n
Go to the Automated Attendant
2SHUDWLRQ
Press X to exit, then # to return to the mailbox
Press X to exit, then * to return to the Automated Attendant
,QWKH8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
Exiting NVM-22
Subscriber Mailboxes (Next Call Routing Mailbox), Chapter 3
,VVXH
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
u
User Features
)RUZDUGWRD0DLOER[
A mailbox user can forward their incoming calls to their mailbox.
NVM-22 answers the call and lets the callers leave a message. This
feature is typically for users who have direct lines and systems that
are set up for unscreened Automated Attendant transfers.
2SHUDWLRQ
For VS/DS01/DS100:
To forward: Get Intercom dial tone + Press # + Dial Voice Mail
master extension number + Press 1 to forward unanswered ringing
calls, or 2 for busy and unanswered ringing calls, or 3 for all calls +
Hang up
To cancel: Get intercom dial tone + Press # + Hang up
For Alliance:
To forward: Press Ftr key + Dial 61 to forward all calls or 62 to
forward on busy/no-answer + Dial Voice Mail master extension +
Press Ftr
To cancel: Press Ftr key + Dial 61 or 62 (whichever you used) +
Press Ftr key
For NITSUKO 124i:
To forward/cancel from a keyset: Press idle CALL key + Dial code
(*22, *26, or *24 for Forward Busy, No-Answer, All) or press Call
Forward Key + To enable, Dial 1, then VM master extension. To
disable, dial 0 + Hang Up
To forward/cancel from a Single Line: Lift handset + Dial Call
Forwarding code (see above) + Dial VM master extension + Dial 1
to enable or 0 to disable + Hang up
,QWKH8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
Forwarding Your Calls to Your Mailbox
*HWWLQJ5HFRUGHG+HOS
Mailbox users can get recorded help if they press an incorrect code or
forget what to press.
2SHUDWLRQ
Press 0
,QWKH8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
Getting Recorded Help
u
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
,VVXH
User Features
/LVWHQLQJ2SWLRQV
While listening to a message or after it plays, a user can:
n
Press R E to record a reply
n
Press M F to have the message forwarded to other mailboxes
n
Press M C to make an Intercom call to the sender of the message
n
Press T I to hear the time, date, and sender of the message
n
Press S A to save or E to erase the message
n
Press L to listen to the next message
n
Press R L to reverse the listening order
n
Press * to pause listening, then press * again to resume listening
n
Press B to back up in the message. The length of the backup
interval is system programmable. By default it is 5 seconds.
n
Press B B to back up to the beginning of the message and replay it
n
Press G to go ahead in the message. The length of the go-ahead
interval is system programmable. By default it is 5 seconds.
n
Press V U or V D to turn the listening volume up or down
n
Press V N to restore volume to normal
n
Press # to exit the listening mode
n
Press 1N, 1S, 1H, 1A to listen to new, saved, held or all messages,
respectively. A held message is a message that has not been
listened to completely. The 1N, 1S, 1H, 1A commands can also
be used right after a user calls their mailbox.
2SHUDWLRQ
See above
,QWKH8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
Using the Listening Options
Subscriber/Guest/Message Center Mailboxes (Name, Msg playback
FIFO/LIFO, Msg listen mode, Auto erase/save of messages), Chapter 3
System Options (Message backup/go-ahead time), Chapter 3
/LVWHQLQJ
A user can listen to their messages after they call their mailbox.
WR0HVVDJHV
2SHUDWLRQ
Call mailbox + Press L to listen to a message, then L again for the next
,QWKH8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
How You Know You Have Messages
Listening to Your Messages
Subscriber/Guest/Message Center Mailboxes (Msg Wait Lamp,
Number of msg, Msg playback FIFO/LIFO, Msg listen mode, Auto
erase/save of messages, Message retention), Chapter 3
,VVXH
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
u
User Features
0DLOER[*UHHWLQJ$XWR
$WWHQGDQW'R1RW'LVWXUE
A user can record up to 3 personal greetings for their mailbox. NVM-22 only
plays the greeting that is active. A typical greeting is, Hello. I'm away from
my desk right now. Please leave a message at the tone and I will get back to
you as soon as I can.
If Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb is on, Automated Attendant transfers do not
ring the user's extension. Instead, NVM-22 immediately plays the greeting
and lets the caller leave a message.
If Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb is off, Automated Attendant transfers will
try the extension user's phone. If the extension user does not answer, is busy
on a call, or in Do Not Disturb, NVM-22 plays the greeting and lets the caller
leave a message.
After leaving a message, a caller can use other routing options. For
example, a caller can dial another extension. It depends on how the mailbox
user's Next Call Routing Mailbox is programmed.
2SHUDWLRQ
Call mailbox + Press G
,QWKH8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
Recording a Mailbox Greeting
System Options (Greeting for quick msg/mailbox trf)
Subscriber/Message Center Mailboxes (Next Call Routing Mailbox), Chapter 3
0DLOER[1DPH
A user can record a name for their mailbox. The name plays in voice
prompts instead of their extension or mailbox number.
2SHUDWLRQ
Call mailbox + Press R N
,QWKH8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
Recording a Mailbox Name
Recording Mailbox Names, Chapter 9
0HVVDJH1RWLILFDWLRQ
Dials a programmed telephone number when a Subscriber, Message Center,
or Guest Mailbox receives a message. Message Notification can dial up to
3 different numbers daily. The mailbox user selects the time of day that
NVM-22 should start and stop calling each number.
NVM-22 can dial the following types of numbers:
n
Extension
n
Local or long distance telephone numbers
n
Radio pager (with or without an announcer)
n
Digital pagers. The digital display can show the telephone number and
mailbox number sending the message; also, the total number of messages
in the mailbox.
u
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
,VVXH
User Features
0HVVDJH1RWLILFDWLRQ
FRQW
G
NVM-22 also lets the user select:
n
Whether they will receive notification calls for all messages or
only messages from a specific mailbox
n
Whether they will have to enter their Mailbox Security Code
when they receive messages at a non-pager number
2SHUDWLRQ
Call mailbox + Press O P + Press N
,QWKH8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
Using Message Notification
Subscriber/Guest/Message Center Mailboxes (Msg Notification)
Chapter 3
Message Notification Options, Chapter 5
Port Options (Allow Msg Notification callouts), Chapter 2
5HFRUGLQJD
&RQYHUVDWLRQ
A mailbox user can record a telephone conversation at their extension
and store it in their mailbox.
2SHUDWLRQ
Press RECORD key to start and stop recording (On a NITSUKO 124i:
Hookflash, dial 154 to record; hang up to stop.)
,QWKH8VHU
V*XLGH
Recording a Conversation
Subscriber/Guest/Message Center Mailboxes (Recording conversation
beep), Chapter 3
5HFRUGLQJD)XWXUH
'HOLYHU\0HVVDJH
A user can record a message and have NVM-22 send it to other
mailboxes (up to 10) at a future date and time. The user enters the
mailbox numbers to receive the message, then the date and time that
NVM-22 should send the message. If necessary, a user can log on to
the Future Delivery Mailbox and erase the Future Delivery Message
before NVM-22 sends it.
2SHUDWLRQ
Call mailbox + Press F D
,QWKH8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
Recording a Future Delivery Message
Future Delivery Mailbox, Chapter 3
,VVXH
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
u
User Features
5HFRUGLQJD0HVVDJH
A user can record a message:
n
After they call an extension through the Automated Attendant and
can't get through
n
After they make an Intercom call and can't get through
n
After they call the Automated Attendant, without calling a
person's extension ("Quick Message")
n
By calling their own mailbox. After they record the message,
they simply enter the mailbox number or name to receive the
message, up to 10. Or, they can send the message to a preprogrammed Distribution List, which can contain any number of
mailboxes. By entering only the number or name of a single
mailbox, called the Distribution Mailbox, users can send a
message to all mailboxes on a corresponding Distribution List.
n
By calling the Automated Attendant and accessing a Distribution
Mailbox. For details on Distribution Mailboxes/Lists, see the
previous bullet.
2SHUDWLRQ
The 5 methods below correspond to the five descriptions listed above
(respectively).
n
Follow the voice prompts
n
For VS/DS01/DS100: Press Message Key + Record message after
the tone + Hang up
For Alliance: Dial 3 + Record message after the tone + Hang up
For NITSUKO 124i: Press VM key (if no key, dial 8) + Record
message after the tone + Hang up
n
Call Automated Attendant + Wait for answer + Press * + Dial
extension number + Record message + Hang up
n
Call mailbox + Dial R S + Follow voice prompts
n
Call Automated Attendant + Access Distribution Mailbox +
Record message + Hang up
,QWKH8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
Recording a Message
System Options (Silence limit for recording ), Chapter 2
Subscriber, Guest, Message Center Mailboxes (Name), Chapter 3
Customizing Routing Options Using a Dial Action Table (Quick
Message), Chapter 4
u
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
,VVXH
User Features
5HFRUGD3DJLQJ0HVVDJH
If an extension user has a recorded Paging Message, NVM-22 parks
(holds) a caller at that extension, then pages the extension user. The
Paging Message is simply a message that the user must record to page
themselves. For example, John Smith should record a Paging
Message something like this: John Smith. You have a call at your
extension. Once the page plays, the paged party can pick up the call
from any extension by dialing the phone system's Personal Park Orbit
or Pickup code.
If the Paging Message is on, NVM-22 pages immediately. If the
Paging Message is off, NVM-22 rings the extension as usual. If the
extension user does not answer after a pre-programmed number of
rings, NVM-22 gives the caller the paging option. If the extension
user does not pick up the call, NVM-22 lets the caller leave a message
or return to a menu of dialing options.
2SHUDWLRQ
Call mailbox + Press P G to record a Paging Message
,QWKH8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
About Paging and the Paging Message
Subscriber Mailboxes (Call Park/Paging string)
5HFRUGLQJ2SWLRQV
While recording a message, a mailbox user can:
n
Press * to pause recording, then press * again to resume recording
n
Press B to back up and listen to the recording. The length of the
backup interval is programmable. By default, it is 5 seconds.
n
Press B B to back up to the beginning and listen to the recording
n
Press E to erase the recording
n
Press T I to hear the time and date of the recording
n
Press # to end the recording
In addition, an Automated Attendant caller who is recording a
message can press * to pause the recording, then press 0 for the
following recording options:
n
Press * to pause recording, then press * again to resume recording
n
Press L to listen to the recording
n
Press E to erase the recording
n
Press # to end the recording and send the message
2SHUDWLRQ
See above
,QWKH8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
Using the Recording Options
,VVXH
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
u
User Features
5HTXHVWLQJD5HWXUQ
5HFHLSW
After recording a message, a person can request that NVM-22
automatically place a return receipt in their mailbox as soon as the
recipient listens to their message. The return receipt lets the message
sender know the exact date and time that their message was listened
to. If the message sender does not get a return receipt, they know for
sure that the recipient has not listened to their message and there is no
need to use the Checking a Message feature.
A return receipt consists of two things: the voice prompt, The
following return receipt arrived on (date/time) from (name or
mailbox number), followed by the message that was listened to. A
message sender can request a return receipt after recording a message
using the following methods: RS (Record and Send), MF (Message
Forward While Listening), or FD (Future Delivery).
2SHUDWLRQ
Call mailbox + Record a message using RS, MF, or FD + Press #
when done recording + Press * R
,QWKH8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
Requesting a Return Receipt
6HFXULW\&RGH
A user can change their mailbox security code for privacy. If they
forget their security code, the System Administrator can erase it so the
user can assign a new one.
2SHUDWLRQ
Call mailbox + Press O P + Press S
,QWKH8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
Changing Your Security Code
Subscriber/Guest/Message Center Mailboxes (Security Code)
Chapter 3
7LPHDQG'DWH
A user can call their mailbox and get the time and date that is
programmed in the NVM-22.
2SHUDWLRQ
Call mailbox + Press O P + Press T I
,QWKH8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
Getting the Time and Date
Setting the System Date/Time, Chapter 9
Set System Date/Time, Chapter 7
u
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
,VVXH
User Features
7UDQVIHUWRD0DLOER[
A user can transfer an outside call to a co-worker's mailbox so the caller
can leave a message. Handy when a co-worker is out of the office.
2SHUDWLRQ
For VS/DS01/DS100:
Press Transfer key (if none, press Intercom key) + Press Message key +
Dial Mailbox Number + Hang up
For Alliance:
For keysets: Press HOLD + Dial VM Access Code (79) + Dial
extension or press its DSS key + Press Transfer key + Hang up
For Single Line: Hookflash + Dial VM Access Code (79) + Dial
extension + Hang up
For NITSUKO 124i:
Method 1 for Keysets: Press HOLD + Press VM key + Call extension
(by dialing, One-Touch key, or DSS Console key) + Hang up.
Method 2 for Keysets: Press DSS Console key + Press VM key +
Hang up
From Single Line: Hookflash + Dial VM master extension + Dial
mailbox + Hang up.
,QWKH8VHU
V*XLGHVHHDOVR
Transferring a Call to a Mailbox
System Options (Wait for protocol digits, Greeting for qck
msg/mailbox transfer), Chapter 2
,VVXH
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
u
User Features
u
)HDWXUH'LUHFWRU\
,VVXH
NVM-22
System Guide
SECTION 4:
Programming Guide
About This Guide
1
The Terminal Programming Guide describes NVM-22 features and shows
you how to program (customize) them using an RS-232C terminal.
Chapter 1 shows you how to use the terminal/monitor to move around the
NVM-22 menus and database.
Chapters 2-5 show you how to customize the NVM-22 feature database.
Each feature has two subheadings:
l 'HVFULSWLRQ explains the feature in general and mentions related
features and recordings, if any.
l $ERXWWKH2SWLRQV describes the specific programmable feature
options, along with their default settings, program entry codes, and
any pertinent notes.
Chapter 6 describes the system reports.
Chapter 7 describes maintenance features
Chapter 8 describes diagnostics functions.
Chapter 9 shows you how to use the options on the System Administrator
Menu.
1
This guide does not describe the NVM-22 features that the Subscribers (extension users) can activate from
a telephone. For these feature descriptions, see the NVM-22 Feature Directory (in this binder) or the User's Guide.
,VVXH
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
L
Table of Contents
4-1
About the Main Menu..................................................................................... 4-3
Using a Menu ................................................................................................. 4-3
Using the System Password ............................................................................ 4-4
Moving Around the Database ......................................................................... 4-4
The NVM-22 Menu Tree ................................................................................ 4-5
Getting Help ................................................................................................... 4-6
Shutting Down NVM-22................................................................................. 4-6
Exiting NVM-22............................................................................................. 4-6
Remotely Calling NVM-22............................................................................. 4-7
&KDSWHU
0RYLQJ$URXQG([LWLQJDQG5HPRWHO\&DOOLQJ190 &KDSWHU
&XVWRPL]LQJ6\VWHPDQG3RUW2SWLRQV ................................................... 4-9
System Options..............................................................................................4-11
Tenant 1 Site ID...............................................................................4-11
System password..............................................................................4-11
Time limit for mailbox logon ...........................................................4-11
Limit on mailbox logon attempts .....................................................4-11
Auto disk maintenance time.............................................................4-12
Silence limit for recording ...............................................................4-12
Mailbox Default Security Code........................................................4-13
Time limit for dialing commands .....................................................4-13
Limit on dialing command attempts .................................................4-13
Subscriber msg length ......................................................................4-14
Nonsubscriber msg length ................................................................4-14
Greeting for qck msg/mailbox trf .....................................................4-14
Hold retrieval string .........................................................................4-14
External Hold retrieval string ...........................................................4-15
Lamp On string ................................................................................4-15
Lamp Off string ...............................................................................4-16
Hang Up string.................................................................................4-17
Transfer string..................................................................................4-17
External Transfer string....................................................................4-17
Ringdown string...............................................................................4-18
Tenant 1 FAX detect dial string .......................................................4-19
Call pickup string.............................................................................4-19
Off hook Call Announce string.........................................................4-20
Min entry for Directory Dialing .......................................................4-20
Play Ext. Number For Dir. Dialing...................................................4-21
Eliminate recording silence..............................................................4-21
Flash timer.......................................................................................4-21
Hang up timer ..................................................................................4-21
Wait for first protocol digit ..............................................................4-22
Wait for subsequent protocol digits ..................................................4-22
Wait after last protocol digit ............................................................4-22
Message backup/go-ahead time........................................................4-22
Page/Meet-me page hold timer.........................................................4-23
Default Bilingual mode....................................................................4-23
Immediate Self Test of Port (s) ........................................................4-24
Port Self Test Timer.........................................................................4-25
Port Options...................................................................................................4-26
In Service.........................................................................................4-26
Allow Msg Notification Callouts......................................................4-26
Allow Lamp Callouts .......................................................................4-26
Extension .........................................................................................4-27
Answering Schedule Table...............................................................4-27
Self Test...........................................................................................4-27
Clear Port’s failure...........................................................................4-28
,VVXH
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
LLL
Table of Contents
&KDSWHU
u
LY
&XVWRPL]LQJ0DLOER[2SWLRQV 4-31
The Default Mailbox Numbering Plan ...........................................................4-33
Creating and Accessing a Mailbox.................................................................4-34
Deleting a Mailbox ........................................................................................4-35
Call Routing Mailboxes .................................................................................4-36
Type ................................................................................................4-37
Name ...............................................................................................4-37
Department ......................................................................................4-38
Dial Action Table ............................................................................4-38
Rings before redirect trf ...................................................................4-39
Directory List...................................................................................4-39
Directory List to use.........................................................................4-40
Play Default Messages .....................................................................4-40
Subscriber Mailboxes ....................................................................................4-41
Type ................................................................................................4-41
Security Code ..................................................................................4-42
Name ...............................................................................................4-42
Department ......................................................................................4-43
Extension .........................................................................................4-43
Msg Wait Lamp ...............................................................................4-43
Next Call Routing mailbox ..............................................................4-43
Block Auto att..................................................................................4-44
System Admin. ................................................................................4-45
Msg Notification ..............................................................................4-45
Number of msg ................................................................................4-49
Msg playback FIFO/LIFO ................................................................4-49
Msg listen mode...............................................................................4-49
Directory List...................................................................................4-50
Forced unscreened transfer...............................................................4-50
External Extension...........................................................................4-50
Park/Paging string............................................................................4-51
Call Waiting string...........................................................................4-53
Call Announcing ..............................................................................4-54
Auto Forwarding..............................................................................4-56
Auto erase/save of messages ............................................................4-57
Message retention ............................................................................4-57
Recording conversation beep ...........................................................4-57
Transfer only Mailbox......................................................................4-57
Bilingual mode ................................................................................4-58
Use Remote Logon as Direct Logon.................................................4-58
Alternate Next CRMB dial option....................................................4-59
Ask Caller’s Number........................................................................4-60
Trunk Mailboxes ...........................................................................................4-61
Type ................................................................................................4-62
Name ...............................................................................................4-62
Department ......................................................................................4-62
Extension .........................................................................................4-62
Directory List...................................................................................4-63
Bilingual mode ................................................................................4-63
Message Center Mailboxes ............................................................................4-64
Type ................................................................................................4-65
Security Code ..................................................................................4-65
Name ...............................................................................................4-66
Department ......................................................................................4-66
Extension .........................................................................................4-66
Msg Wait Lamp ...............................................................................4-67
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
,VVXH
Table of Contents
Message Center Mailboxes (cont’d)
Number of msg ................................................................................4-71
Msg listen mode...............................................................................4-71
Directory List...................................................................................4-72
External Extension ...........................................................................4-72
Auto Forwarding..............................................................................4-73
Bilingual mode ................................................................................4-74
Guest Mailboxes............................................................................................4-76
Type ................................................................................................4-76
Security Code ..................................................................................4-77
Name ...............................................................................................4-77
Department ......................................................................................4-78
Extension .........................................................................................4-78
Msg Wait Lamp ...............................................................................4-78
Number of msg ................................................................................4-82
Record reply only.............................................................................4-83
Msg listen mode...............................................................................4-83
Directory List...................................................................................4-83
Auto Forwarding..............................................................................4-85
Bilingual mode ................................................................................4-86
Distribution Mailboxes ..................................................................................4-88
Type ................................................................................................4-88
Name ...............................................................................................4-89
Department ......................................................................................4-89
Distribution List...............................................................................4-89
Directory List...................................................................................4-90
Announcement Mailboxes .............................................................................4-91
Type ................................................................................................4-91
Security............................................................................................4-92
Name ...............................................................................................4-92
Department ......................................................................................4-92
Repeat announcement ......................................................................4-92
Hang up after announcement............................................................4-93
Directory List...................................................................................4-93
,VVXH
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
Y
Table of Contents
ACD Announcement Mailboxes ....................................................................4-94
Type ................................................................................................4-94
Name ...............................................................................................4-94
Department ......................................................................................4-94
Directory List...................................................................................4-95
Directory Dialing Mailboxes..........................................................................4-96
Type ................................................................................................4-99
Name ...............................................................................................4-99
Department ......................................................................................4-99
Dial Action Table ..........................................................................4-100
Rings before redirect transfer .........................................................4-100
Directory List.................................................................................4-100
Directory List to use.......................................................................4-101
Time limit for dialing commands ...................................................4-101
Future Delivery Mailboxes ..........................................................................4-102
Type ..............................................................................................4-102
Security Code ................................................................................4-103
Name .............................................................................................4-103
Department ....................................................................................4-103
Number of msg ..............................................................................4-103
Directory List.................................................................................4-103
&KDSWHU
&XVWRPL]LQJWKH$XWRPDWHG$WWHQGDQW ................................................4-105
Customizing Answering Options Using an Answering Schedule Table ........4-107
Schedule # Day (s) or Date.............................................................4-109
Schedule # Time ............................................................................4-109
Schedule # Mailbox .......................................................................4-109
How the Automated Attendant Handles Calls: A Flowchart Summary........4-113
Customizing Routing Options Using a Dial Action Table ............................4-115
Key Action.....................................................................................4-115
Key Number ..................................................................................4-129
TIMEOUT Action & Number ........................................................4-129
&KDSWHU
&XVWRPL]LQJ&DOOHU,'$XWRPDWLF7UDQVIHU0HVVDJH1RWLILFDWLRQ 4-131
DQG'LVWULEXWLRQ/LVWV
Caller ID Automatic Transfer ......................................................................4-133
Caller I.D. match string..................................................................4-133
Caller I.D. action string..................................................................4-133
Message Notification Options......................................................................4-134
Digital pager callback number .......................................................4-134
Delay before dialing digital pager ..................................................4-134
Delay before pager announcement .................................................4-135
Acc. dgts before local callout.........................................................4-135
Acc. dgts before long distance callout ............................................4-135
Wait between pager callouts ..........................................................4-136
Wait between non-pager callouts ...................................................4-136
Number of callout attempts ............................................................4-136
Wait between RNA callouts ...........................................................4-136
Wait between BUSY callouts.........................................................4-137
Send pager callouts until ack..........................................................4-137
Number of rings per callout............................................................4-137
Insert leading 1 for C.I.D. ..............................................................4-137
Enable callout report ......................................................................4-137
Distribution Lists .........................................................................................4-138
u
YL
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
,VVXH
Table of Contents
................................................................4-139
Reports ......................................................................................................4-141
Port Usage .....................................................................................4-142
Mailbox Options ............................................................................4-142
Mailbox Dir. (by Type) ..................................................................4-142
Mailbox List (Numerical)...............................................................4-142
Mailbox Message Usage ................................................................4-143
Mailbox Call Handling Flags .........................................................4-143
Mailbox Access..............................................................................4-144
Caller I.D. Table ............................................................................4-144
Callout Log....................................................................................4-144
Distribution Lists ...........................................................................4-145
Automated Attendant per Port........................................................4-145
Automated Attendant per Trunk.....................................................4-145
Error/Activity Log .........................................................................4-145
All Reports.....................................................................................4-145
&KDSWHU
9LHZLQJDQG3ULQWLQJ5HSRUWV
&KDSWHU
8VLQJ0DLQWHQDQFH ..................................................................................4-147
Maintenance ................................................................................................4-149
Set System Time ............................................................................4-149
Set System Date.............................................................................4-149
Set Auto Disk Maintenance............................................................4-149
Run Disk Defragmentation.............................................................4-150
Set Ports In/Out of Service.............................................................4-150
Set Up Serial Communications Ports..............................................4-151
Remotely Backup/Restore the Database .........................................4-152
Archive Database...........................................................................4-152
De-Archive Database .....................................................................4-153
Establish Link with COM Port 1 ....................................................4-153
Shut Down Voice Mail System ......................................................4-153
&KDSWHU
8VLQJ'LDJQRVWLFV ...................................................................................4-155
Port Activity ................................................................................................4-157
Port ................................................................................................4-157
Call State .......................................................................................4-157
Line Card State ..............................................................................4-158
Func Code......................................................................................4-158
Mailbox .........................................................................................4-159
Tone Type......................................................................................4-159
Prompt ...........................................................................................4-160
Digits .............................................................................................4-160
Trace ...........................................................................................................4-161
History Trace File Viewer ...........................................................................4-162
,VVXH
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
YLL
Table of Contents
&KDSWHU
........................163
Recording a Broadcast Message...................................................................4-165
Recording a Welcome Message ...................................................................4-166
Recording an Instruction Menu....................................................................4-168
Recording a Directory Dialing Message.......................................................4-170
Recording an Announcement Message.........................................................4-172
Recording Mailbox Names ..........................................................................4-173
Overriding the Answering Schedule.............................................................4-174
Customizing the System Voice Prompts ......................................................4-175
Setting the System Time..............................................................................4-176
Setting the System Date...............................................................................4-177
Getting the System Version Number............................................................4-178
Preparing for Power-Down: Shutting Down the System ..............................4-179
8VLQJWKH2SWLRQVRQWKH6\VWHP$GPLQLVWUDWRU0HQX
/LVWRI)LJXUHV
Figure 1: NVM-22 Menu Tree ....................................................................... 4-5
Figure 2: Chaining Directory Dialing Mailboxes ..........................................4-98
Figure 3: How the Automated Attendant Handles Calls ..............................4-113
u
YLLL
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
,VVXH
Chapter 1
0RYLQJ$URXQG([LWLQJDQG5HPRWHO\&DOOLQJ190
About the Main Menu..................................................................................... 4-3
Using a Menu ................................................................................................. 4-3
Using the System Password ............................................................................ 4-4
Moving Around the Database ......................................................................... 4-4
The NVM-22 Menu Tree ................................................................................ 4-5
Getting Help ................................................................................................... 4-6
Shutting Down NVM-22................................................................................. 4-6
Exiting NVM-22............................................................................................. 4-6
Remotely Calling NVM-22............................................................................. 4-7
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
Chapter 1
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
Moving Around, Exiting, and Remotely Calling NVM-22
$ERXWWKH0DLQ0HQX
When you start up NVM-22, you will see the MAIN Menu below.
******* SYSTEM 22 MAIN Menu *******
3UHVVFRPPDQGEHORZ
7RXVH
<RXZLOOJHWWKLV
,1
,QVWDOO6\VWHP
,167$//!
&8
&XVWRPL]H'DWDEDVH
&86720,=(!
53
9LHZ3ULQW5HSRUWV
5(32576!
0$
0DLQWHQDQFH
0$,17(1$1&(!
',
'LDJQRVWLFV
',$*1267,&6!
6'
WKHQSUHVV(QWHU
SURPSWDWWKHFXUVRU
> After you select a command, the system may ask you for a password
(except when you use RP). The communications manager can give
you the password.
> For help on using the “Help” command: Press H, space, H, Enter
•
lets you view the current installation settings, set ports,
Voice Compression Rate, default database, Subscriber/Trunk Mailboxes,
and default bilingual mode. See also the Installation and Basic
Programming Guide.
,QVWDOO6\VWHP
lets you change the database to meet the customer’s
communications needs. See Chapters 2-5.
&XVWRPL]H'DWDEDVH
lets you view (display) or print system reports. See also
Chapter 6, Viewing and Printing Reports. The View/Print Reports Menu
will be referred to as the Reports Menu in this guide.
9LHZ3ULQW5HSRUWV
lets you set the system time/date, disk maintenance, NVM-22
port status, and COM port parameters. It also lets you shut down the
system and remotely backup and restore the database. See also
Maintenance in Chapter 7.
0DLQWHQDQFH
'LDJQRVWLFV lets you monitor port activity and do a system trace. See also
Diagnostics in Chapter 8.
lets you shut down the Voice Mail
System. If you do not do a shutdown before a power-down, the database
may become corrupted.
6KXW'RZQWKH9RLFH0DLO6\VWHP
8VLQJD0HQX
The chart below shows you how to use the menus.
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
7R
'RWKLV
Select a menu item
Press its command, then ENTER
Exit a menu (except
Main Menu)
Press E (you return to Main Menu)
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
8VLQJD0HQXFRQWªG
To further specify what you want to program, NVM-22 lets you enter
codes after you press a menu command. For example, you can press DAT
for the Dial Action Tables or you can press DAT 3 to access Dial Action
Table 3. For instructions on how to enter codes after a menu command,
you must view the Help screen for the menu command as follows: Press
H, space, menu command, Enter.
8VLQJWKH6\VWHP3DVVZRUG
When you select commands IN, CU, MA, or DI on the Main Menu, NVM22 may ask you to enter a password. The default password is CTL. To
change the password, use the Customize Database Menu, System Options.
0RYLQJ$URXQGWKH'DWDEDVH
The chart below shows you how to move around the database and screens.
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
7R
3UHVV
Enter data
Data codes, ENTER to go next
option or TAB to go to previous
option
Enter “Yes”
Y
Enter “No”
N
Make no change to displayed
data and go to next option
ENTER
Make no change to displayed
data and go to previous
option
TAB
Erase a mistake
BACKSPACE
Exit
ESC
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
7KH1900HQX7UHH
Install System (IN)
(See Installation and
Basic Programming Guide)
Customize Database (CU)
(Chapters 2-5)
View/Print Reports (RP)
(Chapter 6)
Main
Menu
Maintenance (MA)
(Chapter 7)
Diagnostics (DI)
(Chapter 8)
Phone Systems
Install Voice Mail Ports Only
Install Voice Compression Rate Only
View Current Settings
Language Selections (Not used)
Exit to Main Menu
System Options (SO)
Port Options (PO)
Mailbox Options (MO, space, MBX #)
Answering Schedule Table (AST)
Dial Action Table (DAT)
Caller I.D. Table (CID)
Callout Options (CO)
Distribution Lists (DL, space, list #, space, A or D)
Exit to Main M
Port Usage (PU)
Mailbox Options (MO)
Mailbox Directory (by Type) (MD)
Mailbox List (Numerical) (ML)
Mailbox Message Usage (MU)
Mailbox Call Handling Flags (MC)
Mailbox Access (MA)
Callout Log (CL)
Distribution Lists (DL)
Auto Attendant per Port/Trunk (AAP/AAT)
Error/Activity Log (ER)
All Reports (AL)
Exit to Main Menu (E)
Set System Time (T)
Set System Date (DT)
Set Auto Disk Maintenance Time (DM)
Run Disk Defragmentation (DD)
Set Ports In/Out of Service (PS)
Set Up Serial Communication Ports (COMM, space, port #)
Remotely Backup/Restore Database (BR)
Archive Database (ARC)
De-Archive Database (DARC)
Establish Link with COM Port 1 (LINK) (Not used)
Shut Down the Voice Mail System (SD)
Port Activity (PA)
History Trace (TR)
History Trace File Viewer (TV)
Shut Down Voice Mail System (SD)
(Chapter 1)
Figure 1: NVM-22 Menu Tree
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
*HWWLQJ+HOS
The Help command lets you request a Help screen when the cursor is at a
prompt (e.g., the CUSTOMIZE-> prompt).
To:
Do this:
See the menu of
commands you can
enter at a prompt
Press H, ENTER
See a help screen for a
specific menu command
Press H, space, command, ENTER
Hide the menus
(or re-show them)
Press H, space, -A, ENTER
See the Help screen that
contains all of these Help
options
Press H, space, H, ENTER
There is an additional Help command for the Mailbox Options (MO)
command on the Customize Database Menu. If you type HMOX, where
X is a mailbox type, NVM-22 will display the general Help screen for
Mailbox Options and all the options available to mailbox type X. The
codes you can enter for mailbox types are listed below:
S
Subscriber
G
Guest
MC
Message Center
UD
Undefined
A
Announcement
D
Distribution
FD
Future Delivery
DD
Directory Dialing
CR
Call Routing
T
Trunk
ACD
Automatic Call Distribution
When you make a mistake in using a command or entering data,
NVM-22 automatically displays an abbreviated Help message.
6KXWWLQJ'RZQ190
Before you turn off NVM-22 power, you must shut down the system. If
you do not, the system database may become corrupted.
7RVKXWGRZQ190IURPWKH0DLQ0HQX
Press SD, ENTER.
Follow the instructions on the screen.
([LWLQJ190
Using a special password, you can exit NVM-22 from the Main Menu and
go to the PC operating system. The password is different than the system
password. To get the password for exiting, call the technical support staff
at Nitsuko America.
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
([LWLQJ190FRQWªG
7RH[LW190IURPWKH0DLQ0HQX
Press E, ENTER.
Press Y.
Type the password, press ENTER. After a few seconds, you see
the DOS prompt, C:\VM.
5HPRWHO\&DOOLQJ190
After you install NVM-22, you can connect a modem to NVM-22
COM 1, then call into the modem to do remote programming and
maintenance.
To establish remote (modem) communications with NVM-22:
At the NVM-22 installation site: Connect an RS-232C cable to
NVM-22 COM 1 on the NVM-22 cabinet and to the modem.
Connect a telephone line to the modem.
Set the serial communications parameters of NVM-22 COM 1 using
the Maintenance item on the MAIN Menu.
At the remote site, connect your modem, terminal, and telephone line.
Call the NVM-22 system. Wait for carrier tone.
Press ENTER at the remote terminal. You will see the MAIN Menu or
the prompt, MAIN MENU ->, or another prompt in the same format.
If you see a prompt, you can get the corresponding menu by pressing
H, then Enter.
You can now program the system.
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
Chapter 2
&XVWRPL]LQJ6\VWHPDQG3RUW2SWLRQV
System Options..............................................................................................4-11
Tenant 1 Site ID...............................................................................4-11
System password..............................................................................4-11
Time limit for mailbox logon ...........................................................4-11
Limit on mailbox logon attempts .....................................................4-11
Auto disk maintenance time.............................................................4-12
Silence limit for recording ...............................................................4-12
Mailbox Default Security Code........................................................4-13
Limit on dialing command attempts .................................................4-13
Subscriber msg length ......................................................................4-14
Nonsubscriber msg length ................................................................4-14
Greeting for qck msg/mailbox trf .....................................................4-14
Hold retrieval string .........................................................................4-14
External Hold retrieval string ...........................................................4-15
Lamp On string ................................................................................4-15
Lamp Off string ...............................................................................4-16
Hang Up string.................................................................................4-17
Transfer string..................................................................................4-17
External Transfer string....................................................................4-17
Ringdown string...............................................................................4-18
Tenant 1 FAX detect dial string .......................................................4-19
Off hook Call Announce string.........................................................4-20
Call pickup string.............................................................................4-19
Min entry for Directory Dialing .......................................................4-20
Play Ext. Number For Dir. Dialing...................................................4-21
Eliminate recording silence..............................................................4-21
Flash timer.......................................................................................4-21
Hang up timer ..................................................................................4-21
Wait for first protocol digit ..............................................................4-22
Wait for subsequent protocol digits ..................................................4-22
Wait after last protocol digit ............................................................4-22
Message backup/go-ahead time........................................................4-22
Page/Meet-me page hold timer.........................................................4-23
Default Bilingual mode....................................................................4-23
Immediate Self Test of Port (s) ........................................................4-24
Port Self Test Timer.........................................................................4-25
Port Options...................................................................................................4-26
In Service.........................................................................................4-26
Allow Msg Notification Callouts......................................................4-26
Allow Lamp Callouts .......................................................................4-26
Extension .........................................................................................4-27
Self Test...........................................................................................4-27
Clear Port’s failure...........................................................................4-28
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
Customizing System and Port Options
6\VWHP2SWLRQV
The System Options are the options that you can customize for the
entire NVM-22 system.
'HVFULSWLRQ
N/A
127(6
7RDFFHVV6\VWHP2SWLRQVIURPWKH0DLQ0HQX
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
Select Customize Database Menu.
Type password, if system asks for it, press ENTER.
Default password is CTL. To change it, use System Options.
Select System Options. The options are described below.
7HQDQW6LWH,'
This is the name of the NVM-22 installation site.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
ä
:
None
Up to 25 characters, including blanks and punctuation
N/A
6\VWHPSDVVZRUG
This is the password you enter after you select any of the following four
items on the MAIN Menu: Install (System), Customize (Database),
Maintenance, or Diagnostics.
'()$8/7:
CTL (all upper case letters)
(175,(6
Up to 6 characters (upper or lower case make a difference)
You will not have to re-enter the password every time you
these items unless you do not make any terminal entries for 10
minutes or you select the Install Menu.
127(6
ä
7LPHOLPLWIRUPDLOER[ORJRQ
When a person tries to call (log on to) a mailbox, this option determines
how long NVM-22 waits for the person to dial a valid mailbox number
and/or security code before repeating the prompt, Please enter your
mailbox number (security code).
(175,(6
5 seconds
1-99 seconds
127(6
For instructions on calling a mailbox, see the User’s Guide.
'()$8/7
ä
/LPLWRQPDLOER[ORJRQDWWHPSWV
When a person tries to call (log on to) a mailbox, this option determines
how many chances a person has to enter a valid mailbox number and/or
security code before NVM-22 says Goodbye and disconnects them.
(175,(6
3 times
1-99 times
127(6
For instructions on calling a mailbox, see the User’s Guide.
'()$8/7
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
:
:
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
6\VWHP2SWLRQVFRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
$XWRGLVNPDLQWHQDQFHWLPH
This is the time of day that NVM-22 automatically shuts down to
perform daily and weekly maintenance tasks on its hard disk.
l Daily Maintenance checks and corrects hardware disk errors. To
enable Daily Maintenance, enter the time that it should occur in the
field Auto disk maintenance time.
l Weekly Maintenance defragments the disk files to optimize call
processing time. To enable Weekly Maintenance, enter the time that
it should occur in the field, Auto disk maintenance time and the day
that is should occur in the field Day for auto disk defragmentation
(below).
default:
entries:
None
HH:MM
N - None (no daily or weekly maintenance)
HH = hour (00-23)
MM = minutes (00-59)
No one can use NVM-22 while the maintenance tasks are
taking place. When they are complete, NVM-22 restarts and
you see the Main Menu on the terminal. The whole process
typically takes less than 10 minutes.
notes:
If the programmed maintenance time arrives and an NVM-22
port is busy, NVM-22 waits 5 minutes. If any port is still busy
at the end of 5 minutes, NVM-22 skips the maintenance tasks.
'D\IRUDXWRGLVNGHIUDJPHQWDWLRQ
This option lets you select the day that weekly maintenance (disk
defragmentation) should occur.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
ä
Disk defragmentation can be initiated manually (at any time) using
the Maintenance Menu (see Chapter 7).
6LOHQFHOLPLWIRUUHFRUGLQJ
This is the amount of time a person can be silent while recording
before NVM-22 pauses the recording and says: Recording has been
paused due to silence.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
None
Su-Sa (for example, Fr = Friday)
N - None (no disk defragmentation)
5 seconds
1-25 seconds
To have NVM-22 eliminate silence, see these System Options:
Eliminate recording silence and Delay before eliminating
silence.
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
This Security Code gets assigned to all Subscriber Mailboxes you
manually create after you start up the system for the first time.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
Subscribers must enter this Security Code in order to
successfully call (log on to) their mailbox for the first time
(see Calling Your Subscriber Mailbox in the User’s Guide).
Once logged on, the Subscriber can change the Security Code
(see Changing Your Security Code in the User’s Guide).
127(6
ä
7LPHOLPLWIRUGLDOLQJFRPPDQGV
When NVM-22 plays a voice prompt (e.g., Enter your new security code),
this option determines how long NVM-22 waits for the caller to dial
something. If the caller does not dial anything within the time limit,
NVM-22 replays the voice prompt.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
ä
u
&KDSWHU
5 seconds
1-99 seconds
This option does not apply to Please enter your mailbox
number or Please enter your security code. The time limit
for these two commands is governed by Time limit for
mailbox logon (page 4-11).
There is a separate Time limit for dialing commands for Call
Routing and Directory Dialing Mailboxes. It overrides this
time limit in System Option. To set the time limit for Call
Routing and Directory Dialing Mailboxes, use Customize
Database Menu, Mailbox Options.
/LPLWRQGLDOLQJFRPPDQGDWWHPSWV
When NVM-22 plays a voice prompt (e.g., Enter your new security code),
this option determines the number of chances a person has to enter a valid
code before NVM-22 says Goodbye and disconnects them.
'()$8/7:
3times
(175,(6
1-99 times
127(6
,VVXH
The Mailbox Default Security Code assigned during
installation
Up to 6 digits (0-9)
This option does not apply to Please enter your mailbox
number (security code). See instead the System Option called
Limit on mailbox logon attempts 4-(page 11).
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
6XEVFULEHUPVJOHQJWK
This is the maximum length for a message that an internal caller
leaves in a mailbox and for any recording a person makes after calling
(logging on to) a mailbox (e.g., Greeting, Welcome Message, etc).
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
This option does not apply to mailbox names. The maximum
length for mailbox names is 10 seconds.
127(6
ä
1RQVXEVFULEHUPVJOHQJWK
This is the maximum length for a message that an outside caller leaves in
a mailbox.
'()$8/7:
120 seconds
(175,(6
1-9999 seconds
N/A
127(6
ä
*UHHWLQJIRUTFNPVJPDLOER[WUI
This option determines whether a mailbox’s greeting will play when:
n
On outside caller leaves a Quick Message in that mailbox. Quick
Message lets a caller press a single key, then an extension number to
leave a message in that extension’s mailbox. No need to first call the
extension.
n
An intercom caller leaves a message at an extension by pressing the
MSG key after making the intercom call.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
ä
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
Y
Y - Yes
N - No
For more information on Quick Message, see Customizing
Routing Options Using a Dial Action Table in Chapter 4.
REC1 (not REC2) must be used in the Dial Action Table.
If this option is enabled, the mailbox greeting will play as
long as it is recorded; it does not have to be turned on.
+ROGUHWULHYDOVWULQJ
This string retrieves an incomplete screened transfer to a non-external
extension so the Automated Attendant can further process the call. For
information on screened transfers, see Customizing Routing Options Using
a Dial Action Table in Chapter 4.
'()$8/7
120 seconds
1-9999 seconds
:
FPW*7
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
ä
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
+ROGUHWULHYDOVWULQJFRQWªG
(175,(6
A non-external extension (Subscriber, Guest, Message Center)
is an extension that has not been flagged as an External
Extension in Mailbox Options.
127(6
ä
To set the Flash time (if the Hold Retrieval string requires
one), use Customize Database Menu, System Options.
([WHUQDO+ROG5HWULHYDO6WULQJ
This is the string that NVM-22 uses to retrieve a screened External
Transfer.
'()$8/7:
No entry
(175,(6
N
- None
Up to 20 digits including the codes below:
F
- Flash
W
- Wait for dial tone
S
- Wait for any type of sound
P
- Pause (Pauses 2 sec, dial next digit)
M
- Monitored pause (Pauses 2 sec, dials next digit
if no busy/reorder tone; otherwise, ends call.)
A
- Analyzed pause (Pauses 2 sec, dials next digit
An External Transfer is a transfer to an extension that has
been flagged as an External Extension. See also the
System Option, External Transfer String above.
127(6
ä
/DPS2QVWULQJ
This string turns on the Message Lamp at an extension. Enter the string
that the phone system uses. The string must include an “X.”
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
N - None
Up to 20 digits including the codes below. Use the string
your phone system uses to take a call off of Hold.
F - Flash
W - Wait for dial tone
S - Wait for any type of sound
P - Pause (System pauses 2 sec, dial next digit)
M - Monitored pause (System pauses 2 sec, dials
next digit only if no busy/reorder tone. If
busy/reorder tone, system terminates the call.)
A - Analyzed pause (System pauses 4 sec, dials
busy/reorder tone, system terminates call.)
#XG
N - None
Up to 20 digits including the codes below.
F - Flash
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
ä
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
/DPS2QVWULQJFRQWªG
(175,(6
P - Pause (Pauses 2 sec, dial next digit)
M - Monitored pause (Pauses 2 sec, dials next digit only
if no busy/reorder tone; otherwise, terminates call.)
A - Analyzed pause (Same as monitored pause except
that the pause is 4 sec)
X - NVM-22 replaces the “X” with an extension
number. This way NVM-22 knows which
extension should have its lamp turned on. A “Lamp
On string” must include an “X.”
G - Number of Messages in a Mailbox (Shows on a
Display phone)
$ - Escape code
To set the Flash time (if you must enter one in the string), use
Customize Database Menu, System Options.
127(6
To enable Lamp callouts for a port, use the Customize
Database Menu, Port Options.
To enable the Message Lamps for a mailbox, use Customize
ä
/DPS2IIVWULQJ
This string turns off a Message Lamp at an extension. Enter the string
used by the phone system. The string must include an “X” (see below).
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
#XOO
N - None
Up to 20 digits including the codes below. Use the string
your phone system uses to take a call off of Hold.
F - Flash
X - NVM-22 replaces the “X” with an extension
number. This way NVM-22 knows which
extension should have its lamp turned off. A “Lamp
Off string” must include an “X.”
To set the Flash time (if you must enter one in the string), use
To enable Lamp callouts for a port, use the Customize
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
+DQJ8SVWULQJ
This string of codes hangs up (terminates) an NVM-22 call.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
If the Hang Up string matches a mailbox number or the first
few digits of a mailbox number, you must do one of 3 things:
n
Not use the mailbox number
n
Change the mailbox number
n
Change the Hang Up string in the phone system
127(6
ä
7UDQVIHU6WULQJ
This is the string of codes that NVM-22 dials to transfer a call to a
Subscriber, Guest, or Message Center extension that has not been
flagged as an External Extension.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
ä
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
999
Up to 20 digits (Use Hang Up string in phone system)
N - No entry
Depends on phone system (many phone systems use FP)
N
- None
F - Flash
M - Monitored pause (Pauses 2 sec, dials next digit
A - Analyzed pause (Pauses 2 sec, dials next digit
Extension numbers are flagged as External Extensions
by using the Customize Database Menu, Mailbox Options.
See also Subscriber, Guest, and Message Center
Mailboxes in Chapter 3.
To set the Flash time (if you must enter one in the string), use Customize
Database Menu, System Options.
([WHUQDO7UDQVIHU6WULQJ
This is the string that NVM-22 dials to transfer a call to a Subscriber,
Guest, or Message Center extension that has been flagged as an External
Extension.
'()$8/7:
No entry
(175,(6
N
- No entry
F
- Flash
W
S
P
- Pause (Pauses 2 sec, dial next digit)
M
- Monitored pause (Pauses 2 sec, dials next digit
A
- Analyzed pause (Pauses 2 sec, dials next digit
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
([WHUQDO7UDQVIHU6WULQJFRQWªG
To set up Auto Attendant transfers to extensions, see
Customizing Routing Options Using a Dial Action Table
in Chapter 4.
127(6
To flag an extension number as an External Extension, use
the Customize Menu, Mailbox Options.
If the external extensions are in the same numbering plan
as the non-external extensions, do the following if you
need screened transfers to one and unscreened transfers to
others:
n Enable screened transfers (TRF). To do this, use the
Customize Menu, Dial Action Tables.
n Enable Forced unscreened transfers for the external
extensions. To do this, use the Customize Menu,
Mailbox Options.
If the external extensions are not in the same numbering
plan as the non-external extensions, do the following if
you want screened transfers to one and unscreened
transfers to others:
n
Enable screened transfers (TRF) for the non-external
extensions. To do this, use the Customize Menu, Dial
Action Tables.
n
Enable unscreened transfers (UTRF) to the external
extensions. To do this, use the Customize Menu,
Dial Action Table.
See also External Hold Retrieval string (below).
ä
5LQJGRZQVWULQJ
This is the string that the system dials (to force an extension to ring)
so that certain features will work correctly. This string must match
the programmed Ringdown string in the telephone system.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
1
N - None
F - Flash
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
5LQJGRZQVWULQJFRQWªG
127(6
ä
7HQDQW)$;GHWHFWGLDOVWULQJ
This is the string that NVM-22 automatically dials when the Automated
Attendant answers an outside call and detects FAX carrier tone. You
typically enter the extension number of the company FAX machine. This
way, NVM-22 will transfer the call to the FAX machine and the FAX
transmission can come through.
'()$8/7:
None
(175,(6
N - None
F - Flash
127(6
ä
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
To set the Flash time (if you must enter a Flash in the string),
use Customize Database Menu, System Options.
The Ringdown string does not apply to the Alliance.
NVM-22 completes the transfer only if:
l The calling FAX machine sends a CNG tone
(1100Hz, with an on/off time of .5/3 sec.
l The Auto Attendant answers using a Call Routing
Mailbox (see Chapter 4).
l The Time limit for dialing commands for the Call
Routing Mailbox must be set to at least 30 seconds.
l The receiving FAX machine is connected to an
extension in the NVM-22 phone system.
NVM-22 automatically flashes the line before dialing the FAX
detect dial string. Therefore, there is no need to enter a Flash
as part of the dial string.
To set Flash time, use Customize Database Menu, System
Options.
The FAX detect dial string does not apply to Alliance phone
systems.
&DOOSLFNXSVWULQJ
(Not used)
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
2IIKRRN&DOO$QQRXQFHVWULQJ
(Applies to VS/DS01/DS100 Phone Systems only)
This is the string that NVM-22 dials when Call Announcing (Option 2
or 3) is in use at a busy Subscriber extension.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
1P@A|3
N - None
Up to 10 digits including the “Special Codes” below.
Place the digits and/or Special Codes in the following
format:
n For Option 2: XP@A
n For Option 3: XP@A|Y
The format codes mean the following:
X - Code (s) in phone system that activate off-hook
signaling
P - Pause 2 secs to allow the phone system to cut into the
busy call (P is a Special Code)
@ - Say Call Announce prompts: Hello. I have a call
for (Subscribers’ extension number or recorded
mailbox name) from (name that the caller recorded)
A - Pause 4 secs to see if there is still busy tone (A is a
Special Code)
| - This codes means “If busy code is detected at the
extension, dial the string that follows |.”
Y - This string sends Call Waiting beeps to an extension.
Special Codes:
F - Flash
M - Monitored pause (Pauses 2 sec, dials
busy/reorder tone, system terminates the call.)
A - Analyzed pause (Pauses 4 sec, dials
busy/reorder tone, system terminates call.)
@ Say Call Announce prompts (Hello. I have a call for...)
|
If busy tone is detected, dial string that follows |.
For more information on Call Announcing, see Subscriber
127(6
ä
0LQHQWU\IRU'LUHFWRU\'LDOLQJ
This is the minimum number of letters that a caller must dial when
name-dialing an extension or mailbox.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
4 letters
2-10 letters
This applies to a Directory Dialing Mailbox (Chapter 3) and
an Extension Name Directory (Chapter 4).
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
3OD\([W1XPEHU)RU'LU'LDOLQJ
This option determines which voice prompts play after an Auto
Attendant caller name-dials an extension through a Call Routing or
Directory Dialing Mailbox. If this option is enabled, NVM-22 will
play the extension number after the extension user’s name.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
Yes
Y - Yes
N - No
ä
(OLPLQDWHUHFRUGLQJVLOHQFH
This option lets NVM-22 eliminate (erase) silence from a recording.
(175,(6
N
Y - Yes
N - No
127(6
See also Delay before eliminating silence below.
'()$8/7
:
'HOD\EHIRUHHOLPLQDWLQJVLOHQFH
This is the amount of silence NVM-22 leaves in a silent interval when
the option Eliminate recording silence (above) is enabled.
(175,(6
75 (1.2 sec)
15-999 (1 = 16ms)
127(6
N/A
'()$8/7
ä
:
)ODVKWLPHU
This is the length of a Flash.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
To have a new Flash timer value take effect, you must shut
down the system, turn it off, then turn it back on. To shut
down the system, use the SD command on the Main Menu.
127(6
ä
75 (.75 sec)
1-999 (1 = 10ms)
+DQJXSWLPHU
The Hang up timer is the amount of time that NVM-22 must stay on
hook in order for the phone system to recognize the time interval as a
“Hang up” instead of a Flash.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
150 (1.5 sec)
1-999 (1 = 10ms)
It is recommended that you enter a value equal to three times
the Flash value.
You can enter a hang up code (which is an “H”) in any string
that allows special codes (e.g., a pause).
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
:DLWIRUILUVWSURWRFROGLJLW
When a call comes from the phone system to an NVM-22 port, this wait
time is how long NVM-22 waits for the first digit of the call’s protocol
string. If NVM-22 does not receive the first digit within this wait time,
NVM-22 handles the call using the Answering Schedule Table assigned
to the call’s port. This wait time is determined by the phone system.
The default value below should work for most phone systems.
(175,(6
1 sec
0-99 sec
127(6
N/A
'()$8/7
ä
:DLWIRUVXEVHTXHQWSURWRFROGLJLWV
After NVM-22 receives the first digit of a call’s protocol string, this
wait time is how long NVM-22 waits for each subsequent digit. If
NVM-22 does not receive each subsequent digit within this wait time,
NVM-22 handles the call using the Answering Schedule Table
assigned to the call’s port. This wait time is determined by the
telephone system. The default value below should work for most
telephone systems.
(175,(6
3 sec
0-99 sec
127(6
N/A
'()$8/7
ä
:
:
:DLWDIWHUODVWSURWRFROGLJLW
After NVM-22 receives the last digit of a call’s protocol string, this wait
time is how long NVM-22 waits for the “Hang Up” string. If NVM-22
does not receive the “Hang Up” string within this wait time, NVM-22
handles the call in the way designated for that protocol string. This wait
time is determined by the telephone system. The default value below
should work for most telephone systems.
'()$8/7:
1 sec
(175,(6
0-99 sec
N/A
127(6
ä
0HVVDJHEDFNXSJRDKHDGWLPH
This option determines how many seconds NVM-22 backs up or fast
forwards a message when the user presses B (to back up) or G (to “go
ahead”).
(175,(6
5 seconds
1-60 seconds
127(6
N/A
'()$8/7
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
:
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
ä
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
3DJH0HHWPHSDJHKROGWLPHU
(Applies only to Alliance Phone Systems)
This is the amount of time that a person has to pick up a call after NVM22 pages them using the Paging/Meet-Me Paging.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
ä
25 sec
1-240 sec
See also Subscriber Mailboxes (Call Park/Paging string) in
Chapter 3.
'HIDXOW%LOLQJXDOPRGH
If NVM-22 will be using voice prompts in two languages, the Default
bilingual mode is the language that NVM-22 uses for all the system
voice prompts that play to the following types of callers:
(1) An Automated Attendant caller on any port (2) People who call
NVM-22 by dialing a Voice Mail extension number from an
extension, and (3) Callers who are sent to NVM-22 by the phone
system (i.e, recalls). A few of these voice prompts are as follows:
Please hold a moment., and Extension XXX is busy. To leave a
message press 1. For other options press 2., etc.
NVM-22 refers to the two languages you are going to use as Language 1
and Language 2. To figure out which is which, see the list below.
Language 1 is the language that appears closest to the top of the list and
Language 2 is the language that appears next closest to the top.
For example: If the two languages are Portuguese and French, Language 1
would be French and Language 2 would be Portuguese.
English
Spanish
French
Italian
German
Russian
Portuguese
Greek
Polish
Norwegian
Swedish
Belgian
Dutch
Swiss
Japanese
Chinese
Thai
Korean
Arabic
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
ä
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
'HIDXOW%LOLQJXDOPRGH
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
Language 1
L - toggle between languages. That is, pressing L would
toggle between Language 1 and Language 2.
To let a caller press a key to switch languages, use Customize
Database Menu, Dial Action Table (see also Chapter 4).
The language assigned to an Auto Attendant caller’s trunk
overrides the Default bilingual mode. To assign a language to
a trunk, use Customize Database Menu, Mailbox Options.
Assign the language to the Trunk Mailbox (see also Chapter
3).
To assign a language to a Subscriber, Guest, Message Center
Mailbox, use Customize Database Menu, Dial Mailbox
Options (see also Chapter 3).
To record prompts for language 1 or 2, use the System
Administrator Menu (see also Chapter 9).
ä
,PPHGLDWH6HOI7HVWRI3RUWV
This option activates an immediate port Self Test. The test consists of
two-parts: (1) NVM-22 takes the port off hook and listens for dial tone. If
no dial tone exists, this constitutes a failure. If dial tone exists, (2) NVM22 dials a digit on the port to see if the digit breaks dial tone. If dial tone
does not get broken, this constitutes a failure.
'()$8/7:
N
(175,(6
N - None
A - Test all ports
1-4 - Test ports 1-4 respectively
127(6
The Port Activity screen (Call State field) shows the word
Testing during the test and Failed if the port fails the test.
NVM-22 will not use a failed port until you clear the failure.
To clear a port’s failure, use Port Options on Customize
Database Menu.
st
Program the Port Option, Extension. NVM-22 dials the 1
digit of the port’s extension to perform the second part of the
test.
The system can also automatically test the ports at regular
intervals. See Port Self Test timer (below).
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
3RUW6HOI7HVWWLPHU
This is how often NVM-22 performs an automatic Port Self Test.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
15 min
0-9999 min
The timer does not apply to Immediate Self Test of Port (s)
(above).
To have NVM-22 automatically test a port, use Port Options
on the Customize Database Menu. See also Port Options in
this chapter.
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
3RUW2SWLRQV
'HVFULSWLRQ
The Port Options let you customize each NVM-22 port.
N/A
127(6
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
7RDFFHVV3RUW2SWLRQVIURPWKH0DLQ0HQX
Select Port Options. The options are described below.
ä
,Q6HUYLFH
This option lets you take a port in or out of service.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
ä
:
Each installed port is in service
Y - Yes (In Service)
N - No (Out of Service)
You can also take a port in or out of service using the
Maintenance Menu.
$OORZ0VJ1RWLILFDWLRQFDOORXWV
This option allows Msg Notification calls through the port.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
Yes
Y - Yes
N - No
To enable Msg Notification callouts for a mailbox, use
Customize Database Menu, Mailbox Options.
127(6
To customize Msg Notification callouts, use Customize
Database Menu, Callout Options.
For a description of Message Notification, to turn it on/off,
and to set up the notification schedule, mode, and numbers,
see Message Notification in the User’s Guide.
ä
$OORZ/DPSFDOORXWV
This option allows the port to be used for updating (turning on/off) the
Msg Waiting Lamps at the extensions.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
:
Y only for highest-numbered installed port (e.g., if 4 ports
are installed, port 4 allows Lamp updates).
Y - Yes
N - No
To set the Lamp On string and Lamp Off string for the system,
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
3RUW2SWLRQVFRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
$OORZ/DPSFDOORXWVFRQWªG
127(6
ä
:
NVM-22 can send out more than one Message Notification
call at a time (as long as notification callouts are allowed for
more than one port). For example, suppose notification
callouts are allowed for ports 1 and 2. This lets NVM-22
simultaneously send two different Message Notification calls:
One callout for Mailbox A on port 1 and another callout for
Mailbox B on port 2.
([WHQVLRQ
This is the extension number (in the phone system) that is physically
connected to the port. If you do not assign an extension number to the
port, several features may not work correctly.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
ä
:
None
Extension numbers connected to NVM-22 ports
N - None
N/A
This is the Answering Schedule Table (AST) that NVM-22 uses to answer
all trunks that use the port.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
ä
:
1
1-16
N - None
To set up the Answering Schedule Table, use Customize
Database Menu, Answering Schedules.
6HOI7HVW
This option activates or prevents a port Self Test. If activated, NVM-22
will test the port at regular intervals. The test consists of two-parts: (1)
NVM-22 takes the port off-hook and listens for dial tone. If no dial tone
exists, this constitutes a failure. If dial tone exists, (2) NVM-22 dials a
digit on port to see if the digit breaks dial tone. If dial tone does not get
broken, this constitutes a failure.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
:
N
N - No
Y - Yes
The Port Activity screen (Call State field) shows the word
Testing during the test and Failed if the port fails the test.
NVM-22 will not use a failed port until you clear the port’s
failure. To clear a port’s failure, see the next Port Option
(below).
To set test intervals, use the System Option, Port Self
Test timer.
To have NVM-22 test the port right away and only once, use
the System Option, Immediate Self Test of Ports.
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
3RUW2SWLRQVFRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
6HOI7HVWFRQWªG
127(6
ä
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
Make sure the Port Option, Extension, has been programmed.
NVM-22 dials the first digit of the port’s extension number to
perform the second part of the test.
&OHDU3RUWªVIDLOXUH
This option clears the failure condition from a port that failed a Port Self
Test (see option above).
'()$8/7:
N
(175,(6
N - No
Y - Yes
127(6
:
:
If you do not clear a failure, NVM-22 will not use the port.
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
Chapter 3
&XVWRPL]LQJ0DLOER[2SWLRQV
The Default Mailbox Numbering Plan ...........................................................4-33
Creating and Accessing a Mailbox.................................................................4-34
Deleting a Mailbox ........................................................................................4-35
Call Routing Mailboxes .................................................................................4-36
Type ................................................................................................4-37
Name ...............................................................................................4-37
Department ......................................................................................4-38
Dial Action Table ............................................................................4-38
Rings before redirect trf ...................................................................4-39
Directory List...................................................................................4-39
Directory List to use.........................................................................4-40
Play Default Messages .....................................................................4-40
Subscriber Mailboxes ....................................................................................4-41
Type ................................................................................................4-41
Security Code ..................................................................................4-42
Name ...............................................................................................4-42
Department ......................................................................................4-43
Extension .........................................................................................4-43
Msg Wait Lamp ...............................................................................4-43
Block Auto att..................................................................................4-44
System Admin. ................................................................................4-45
Number of msg ................................................................................4-49
Msg listen mode...............................................................................4-49
Directory List...................................................................................4-50
Park/Paging string............................................................................4-51
Call Waiting string...........................................................................4-53
Call Announcing ..............................................................................4-54
Auto Forwarding..............................................................................4-56
Bilingual mode ................................................................................4-58
Trunk Mailboxes ...........................................................................................4-61
Type ................................................................................................4-62
Name ...............................................................................................4-62
Department ......................................................................................4-62
Extension .........................................................................................4-62
Directory List...................................................................................4-63
Bilingual mode ................................................................................4-63
Message Center Mailboxes ............................................................................4-64
Type ................................................................................................4-65
Security Code ..................................................................................4-65
Name ...............................................................................................4-66
Department ......................................................................................4-66
Extension .........................................................................................4-66
Msg Wait Lamp ...............................................................................4-67
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
Chapter 3
Message Center Mailboxes (cont’d)
Number of msg ................................................................................4-71
Msg listen mode...............................................................................4-71
Directory List...................................................................................4-72
Auto Forwarding..............................................................................4-73
Bilingual mode ................................................................................4-74
Guest Mailboxes............................................................................................4-76
Type ................................................................................................4-76
Security Code ..................................................................................4-77
Name ...............................................................................................4-77
Department ......................................................................................4-78
Extension .........................................................................................4-78
Msg Wait Lamp ...............................................................................4-78
Number of msg ................................................................................4-82
Record reply only.............................................................................4-83
Msg listen mode...............................................................................4-83
Directory List...................................................................................4-83
Auto Forwarding..............................................................................4-85
Bilingual mode ................................................................................4-86
Distribution Mailboxes ..................................................................................4-88
Type ................................................................................................4-88
Name ...............................................................................................4-89
Department ......................................................................................4-89
Distribution List...............................................................................4-89
Directory List...................................................................................4-90
Announcement Mailboxes .............................................................................4-91
Type ................................................................................................4-91
Security............................................................................................4-92
Name ...............................................................................................4-92
Department ......................................................................................4-92
Repeat announcement ......................................................................4-92
Hang up after announcement............................................................4-93
Directory List...................................................................................4-93
ACD Announcement Mailboxes ....................................................................4-94
Type ................................................................................................4-94
Name ...............................................................................................4-94
Department ......................................................................................4-94
Directory List...................................................................................4-95
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
Chapter 3
Directory Dialing Mailboxes..........................................................................4-96
Type ................................................................................................4-99
Name ...............................................................................................4-99
Department ......................................................................................4-99
Dial Action Table ..........................................................................4-100
Rings before redirect transfer .........................................................4-100
Directory List.................................................................................4-100
Directory List to use.......................................................................4-101
Time limit for dialing commands ...................................................4-101
Future Delivery Mailboxes ..........................................................................4-102
Type ..............................................................................................4-102
Security Code ................................................................................4-103
Name .............................................................................................4-103
Department ....................................................................................4-103
Number of msg ..............................................................................4-103
Directory List.................................................................................4-103
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
Chapter 3
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
Customizing Mailbox Options
7KH'HIDXOW0DLOER[1XPEHULQJ3ODQ
'HVFULSWLRQ
The NVM-22 installation procedure automatically creates certain
types of mailboxes. The mailbox numbers assigned to these
mailboxes depend on the extension numbering plan and, if Trunk
Mailboxes are allowed, the trunk numbering plan.
127(6
:
Right after you install NVM-22, you can look at the Reports
Menu, Mailbox Numeric List to see the default mailbox
numbering plan.
For more information on the installation procedure, see the
Installation and Basic Programming Guide.
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
N/A
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
&UHDWLQJDQG$FFHVVLQJ0DLOER[HV
'HVFULSWLRQ
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
To create a mailbox from scratch or to access existing mailboxes, you
use the Customize Database Menu, Mailbox Options. The mailbox
types are described in this chapter. NVM-22 accommodates 200
mailboxes. If the extension numbers in your phone system are 2 or 3
digits long, you must use 3-digit mailbox numbers in the range of
000-998. If the extensions are 4 digits, you must use mailbox
numbers 0000-9998.
7RFUHDWHDPDLOER[IURPVFUDWFKRUWRDDFFHVVDQH[LVWLQJ
PDLOER[IURPWKH0DLQ0HQX
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
Find out which mailbox numbers are already used. To do this, select
View/Print Reports, then Mailbox List (Numerical) Report.
Select Customize Database on the Main Menu.
Use Mailbox Options as follows: Press MO, space, range of mailbox
numbers (#-#) or a single mailbox number, then press ENTER. This
accesses the selected range of mailboxes.
If a mailbox does not yet exist, you see:8QGHILQHG'R\RXZDQWWR
FUHDWHWKLVPDLOER[" Press Y, ENTER. You see the Type field. Press the
code for the type of mailbox you want to create, press ENTER. Now you
can customize the mailbox options.
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
'HOHWLQJD0DLOER[
'HVFULSWLRQ
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
To delete a mailbox, you use the Customize Database Menu, Mailbox
Options.
7RGHOHWHPDLOER[HVVWDUWLQJIURPWKH0DLQ0HQX
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
Select Customize Database.
Type the password, if the system asks for it, press ENTER.
When you see the Customize Database Menu:
Press MO, space, mailbox number or range of mailboxes (#-#) you wish
to delete, ENTER.
You see the mailbox types. The cursor is next to the Type option.
Press UD (for Undefined), press ENTER. This deletes the mailbox. If
you entered a range of mailboxes in step 3, pressing ENTER deletes the
mailbox and brings you to the next mailbox in the range. To delete it,
simply press UD again.
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
&DOO5RXWLQJ0DLOER[HV
'HVFULSWLRQ
A Call Routing Mailbox lets a caller press a dialpad key (0-9, *, #) on
their Touch Tone phone to route their own call to an extension,
mailbox, Voice Mail, etc. A Call Routing Mailbox uses the following
three things: A Dial Action Table, a Welcome Message, and an
Instruction Menu.
l A Dial Ac9tion Table assigns an action (routing option) to each dialpad
key. When a caller presses a dialpad key, NVM-22 performs the action
associated with the key. For example: If a caller presses Key 1, NVM22 looks at how Key 1 is programmed in the Dial Action Table. If Key
1 is programmed for “Screened Transfer to 306,” NVM-22 transfers the
caller to extension 306. For more information, see Customizing the
l
A Welcome Message greets the caller. A typical Welcome Message is:
Thank you for calling XYZ Company. To record a Welcome Message,
see Chapter 9.
l
An Instruction Menu lets a caller know their routing options (that is,
the routing options defined in the Dial Action Table). To record an
Instruction Menu, see Chapter 9.
127(6
:
To have the Automated Attendant provide routing options to
outside callers, you must assign a Call Routing Mailbox to an
Answering Schedule Table. For more information on Answering
Schedule Tables, see Chapter 4.
You can also assign a Call Routing Mailbox to Subscriber, and
Message Center Mailboxes. This Call Routing Mailbox is
referred to as a Next Call Routing Mailbox. For details, see the
descriptions for Subscriber and Message Center Mailboxes in
this chapter.
An extension user can transfer an outside caller to a Call Routing
Mailbox. See Transferring a Call to a Mailbox in the User’s
Guide. This type of transfer is allowed only if the Call Routing
Mailbox number falls into the extension numbering plan of the
phone system.
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
&DOO5RXWLQJ0DLOER[HVFRQWªG
2SWLRQV
7RDFFHVV&DOO5RXWLQJ0DLOER[HVIURPWKH0DLQ0HQX
ä
Use the Reports Menu, Mailbox Numeric List to find out the existing
Call Routing Mailbox numbers.
Select Mailbox Options. For details on how to use the Mailbox
Options item, see the beginning of this chapter.
7\SH
This is the field that lets you assign a mailbox type.
'()$8/7
NVM-22 is shipped with the following 16 default Call
Routing Mailboxes. They are assigned to the first four
schedules (Morn, Aft, Eve, Wkend) in Answering Schedule
Tables (AST) 1-4:
Morn:
Aft:
Eve:
Wkend:
AST 1
811
812
813
814
AST 2
821
822
823
824
AST 3
831
832
833
834
AST 4
841
842
843
844
NVM-22 also creates Call Routing Mailbox 810 and
assigns it to the Answering Schedule Override feature.
(175,(6
127(6
ä
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
S
MC
A
FD
CR
ACD
Subscriber
G
Guest
Message Center UD
Undefined
Announcement
D
Distribution
Future Delivery DD
Directory Dialing
Call Routing
T
Trunk
When you change a mailbox type, NVM-22 erases the mailbox’s
extension number and messages (if any).
1DPH
This option lets you assign a name to the Call Routing Mailbox. The name
appears in system reports. The name is also used for Directory Dialing. A
caller dials this name from a Directory Dialing Mailbox to reach this Call
Routing Mailbox. For more information on Directory Dialing, see Directory
Dialing Mailboxes in Chapter 3.
'()$8/7:
None
(175,(6
Up to 25 characters (numbers, letters, blanks, punctuation)
N - None
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
ä
2SWLRQV
1DPHFRQWªG
The first character must not be a blank or a punctuation mark if
name-dialing is allowed.
127(6
ä
ä
A caller can also dial this name from an Extension Name
Directory to transfer to this Call Routing Mailbox. See Chapter
4.
'HSDUWPHQW
This option lets you enter the name of the department associated with the
Call Routing Mailbox.
'()$8/7:
N
(175,(6
N - None
127(6
N/A
'LDO$FWLRQ7DEOH
This is the Dial Action Table (DAT) number associated with the Call
Routing Mailbox.
'()$8/7
: NVM-22 is shipped with the following Dial Action Tables
(DAT) and Call Routing Mailboxes in Answering Schedule
Tables (AST) 1-4.
AST 1:
AST 2:
Morn CR 811 DAT 1
Morn
CR 821 DAT 1
Aft
CR 812 DAT 1
Aft
CR 822 DAT 1
Eve
CR 813 DAT 2
Eve
CR 823 DAT 2
Wkend CR 814 DAT 2
Wkend CR 824 DAT 2
AST 3:
Morn
Aft
Eve
Wkend
CR 831
CR 832
CR 833
CR 834
DAT 1
DAT 1
DAT 2
DAT 2
AST 4:
Morn
Aft
Eve
Wkend
CR 841
CR 842
CR 843
CR 844
DAT 1
DAT 1
DAT 2
DAT 2
NVM-22 assigns DAT 3 to Call Routing Mailbox 810 (which is for
the Answering Schedule Override feature).
(175,(6
127(6
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
1-100
N - None
To set up a Dial Action Table, use Customize Database Menu,
Dial Action Table.
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
2SWLRQV
ä
5LQJVEHIRUHUHGLUHFWWUI
This is the number of times a screened transfer rings an extension
before NVM-22 takes the call back and lets the caller know their
dialing options (for example: To leave a message, press 1. For other
options, press 2.).
For more information on screened transfers, see Customizing Routing
Options Using a Dial Action Table in Chapter 4.
'()$8/7:
3 times
(175,(6
1-99 times
A screened transfer will not ring an extension at all if:
- The extension has the Paging Message or Auto
Attendant Do Not Disturb (AADND) on. To turn
either one off, see the User’s Guide (for AADND, see
Recording A Mailbox Greeting.)
- The Subscriber extension blocks Automated Attendant
transfers. To allow Auto Attendant transfers, disable the
Subscriber Mailbox option called, Block auto att.
The extension is busy, not installed, or in
Do Not Disturb. See Port Options in Chapter 2.
127(6
If a screened transfer rings an extension fewer times than
programmed in this field, you must increase one or both of the
following telephone system timers: Hold Recall and/or the
Rings Before Recall.
ä
'LUHFWRU\/LVW
This list code determines whether a caller can name-dial this Call
Routing Mailbox from:
l A Directory Dialing Mailbox (see also Chapter 3)
l Another Call Routing Mailbox that is programmed for an Extension
Name Directory (see also Chapter 4)
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
A
1-100 -
A-
N127(6
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
Allow caller to name-dial this Call Routing
Mailbox only from a Directory Dialing Mailbox
or Extension Name Directory that has a
Directory List to use entry of 1-100
(respectively) or “A”
Allow caller to name-dial this Call Routing
Mailbox from any Directory Dialing Mailbox or
Extension Name Directory except those with a
Directory list to use entry of “N”
Not allow caller to name-dial this Call Routing
Mailbox
To assign a Directory List to use entry to a Directory Dialing
Mailbox or to a Call Routing Mailbox that is programmed for an
Extension Name Directory, use Customize Database Menu,
Mailbox Options.
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
2SWLRQV
ä
'LUHFWRU\/LVWWRXVH
This list code determines the extensions (or mailboxes) that a caller
can name-dial from this Call Routing Mailbox. For more information
on name-dialing from a Call Routing Mailbox, see Customizing
Routing Options Using a Dial Action Table (Extension Name
Directory) in Chapter 4.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
A
1-100 AN-
To assign a Directory List entry to each mailbox, use Customize
127(6
ä
This is the amount of time a caller has to respond to voice prompts (or other
recorded instructions) that play in the Call Routing Mailbox. If the caller
does not dial a code within this time limit, NVM-22 replays the voice
prompt.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
5 seconds
0-99 seconds
This time limit overrides the Time limit for dialing commands in
System Options.
127(6
ä
Allow caller to name-dial only the extensions or
mailboxes with a Directory List entry of 1-100
Allow caller to name-dial extensions or
mailboxes with any Directory List entry
except “N”
Not allow caller to name-dial any extensions or
mailboxes
3OD\'HIDXOW0HVVDJHV
This option determines whether NVM-22 plays the default Welcome
Message and Instruction Menu for a new Call Routing Mailbox. The default
Welcome Message is Thank you for calling. The default Instruction Menu
is If you are calling from a touch tone phone, please dial the extension
number you wish to reach or dial 0 for assistance. If you are calling from a
rotary dial phone, please stay on the line for assistance.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
Y
Y - Yes
N -No
To customize (re-record) the Welcome Message and/or
Instruction Menu, use the System Administrator Menu (Chapter
9).
If the Play Default Messages option is enabled and you erase a
customized Welcome Message and/or Instruction Menu, NVM22 will automatically substitute the default recordings for the
Call Routing Mailbox. To make sure NVM-22 does not
substitute the default recordings, disable Play Default Messages.
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
6XEVFULEHU0DLOER[HV
A Subscriber Mailbox is a mailbox you assign to an extension so the
extension user can access the NVM-22 features. After calling (logging on
to) their Subscriber Mailbox, a Subscriber can record and listen to
messages, record a mailbox greeting and name, use Message Notification,
and more. For instructions on calling a Subscriber Mailbox and using its
features, see the User’s Guide.
'HVFULSWLRQ
127(6
:
The NVM-22 installation procedure automatically creates a
Subscriber Mailbox for each extension in the extension numbering
plan.
To have the Automated Attendant answer a call using a
Subscriber Mailbox or to let a caller press a key to get a
Subscriber Mailbox or extension, see Chapter 4.
An extension user can also transfer an outside caller to a Subscriber
Mailbox. See Transferring a Call to a Mailbox in the User’s Guide.
This type of transfer is allowed only if the Subscriber Mailbox
number falls into the extension numbering plan of the phone system.
To set a limit for the mailbox logon time and number of logon
attempts, use Customize Database Menu, System Options.
To record Subscriber Mailbox names or a Broadcast Message, use
System Administrator Menu (Chapter 9). The Broadcast Message
plays to all Subscriber, Message Center, Future Delivery and Guest
Mailboxes.
7RDFFHVV6XEVFULEHU0DLOER[HVIURPWKH0DLQ0HQX
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
Subscriber Mailbox numbers.
Select Mailbox Options. For details on how to use Mailbox Options, see the
beginning of this chapter. The Subscriber Mailbox Options are described
below.
7\SH
This option lets you assign a mailbox type.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
The Subscriber Mailbox numbers matches the extension numbers
S
Subscriber
G
Guest
MC Message Center UD
Undefined
A
Announcement
D
Distribution
FD
Future Delivery DD
Directory Dialing
CR
Call Routing
T
Trunk
ACD Automatic Call Distribution
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
6XEVFULEHU0DLOER[HVFRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
6HFXULW\&RGH
This code serves as a lock for the Subscriber Mailbox. Without
dialing the code, a person cannot call (log on to) the Subscriber
Mailbox.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
ä
Mailbox Default Security Code assigned during installation
N - None
A Subscriber can change their Security Code after calling their
mailbox (see the User’s Guide).
The first time you enter a Security Code, you see the digits on the
screen. If you return to it, you will notice that NVM-22 hides each
digit with a star for privacy. If a Subscriber forgets their code, you
can enter a new one on the screen and tell the Subscriber what it is.
Or, you can delete the Security Code and let the user assign it
through their mailbox.
1DPH
This option lets you assign a name to the Subscriber Mailbox. The
name appears in system reports. The name is also used for name-dialing
the Subscriber Mailbox or extension. That is, a caller dials this name
when using a Directory Dialing Mailbox, an Extension Name Directory,
or the RS, MF, or FD methods of recording a message.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
N
Up to 25 characters (numbers, letters, blanks, punctuation).
N - None
For name-dialing, the first character must not be a blank or
a punctuation mark.
For information on Directory Dialing Mailboxes, see Chapter 3.
127(6
For information on an Extension Name Directory, see
Customizing Routing Options Using a Dial Action Table in
Chapter 4. If you are going to set up a first-name directory,
enter the first name of the person associated with the Subscriber
Mailbox, then their last name. If you are going to set up a lastname directory, enter the person’s last name first.
For information on the RS (Record and Send), MF (Message
Forward while listening), or FD (Future Delivery) methods of
recording a message, see the User’s Guide.
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
'HSDUWPHQW
This option lets you enter the name of the Subscriber’s department.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
ä
([WHQVLRQ
This option lets you assign an extension to the Subscriber Mailbox. If
you do not assign an extension, Automated Attendant callers will not
be able to transfer to the Subscriber’s extension.
(175,(6
Same number as Subscriber Mailbox number
A unique extension number
127(6
N/A
'()$8/7
ä
:
0VJ:DLW/DPS
If enabled, the Message Lamp at a Subscriber’s extension lights when there
is a message in their mailbox that has not been listened to.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
ä
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
N
N - None
N/A
Y
Y - Yes
N - No
If a Subscriber receives a message while logged onto their
mailbox, NVM-22 does not turn on the Message Key until the
Subscriber exits their mailbox. NVM-22 will, however, play a
voice prompt to let the person know they have received new
messages. The Subscriber hears, You have received new
messages. NVM-22 plays this voice prompt if the person dials 9
to exit or if the person returns to the Main Menu of features
before exiting.
To enable Msg Lamp updates, use Customize Database Menu,
Port Options.
To set the Lamp On string and Lamp Off string, use Customize
Make sure an extension number is assigned to the Extension field
(see above).
1H[W&DOO5RXWLQJPDLOER[
This Call Routing Mailbox provides routing options:
l To callers who enter the Subscriber Mailbox to leave a message. During
or after the greeting, the caller can dial 0 to route their call to another
destination (e.g., the operator). You program the destination in the Next
Call Routing Mailbox’s Dial Action Table for Key 0. To let the callers
have more dialing options than
dialing 0, enable the option, Alternate CRMB dial option (see
page 4-59).
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
1H[W&DOO5RXWLQJPDLOER[FRQWªG
l
n
To Subscribers who dial 9 to exit their mailbox from an inside extension.
The Subscriber can then dial * to go to the Next Call Routing Mailbox.
Subscribers will know they can dial * because NVM-22 plays: To go to
the Automated Attendant, press the star key. NVM-22 plays the
Welcome Message and Instruction Menu for the Next Call Routing
Mailbox, then lets the caller dial a code to route their call. Enter the
routing options in the Next Call Routing Mailbox’s Dial Action Table.
To Subscribers who forward their direct lines to their mailbox. They can
call their line and dial * before the beep to connect to the Next Call
Routing Mailbox. The Subscriber hears its Welcome Message and
Instruction Menu and can dial a code to route their call. You enter the
routing options in the Next Call Routing Mailbox’s Dial Action Table.
In addition, if forwarded direct line caller hears, To leave a message,
press 1. To have the person paged, press 2. For other options, press 3.,
pressing 3 reroutes the call using the Key 0 Action of the Dial Action
Table. See also the Subscriber Mailbox option, Park/Paging string.
l
To a Subscriber whose mailbox blocks Automated Attendant transfers
(see Block auto att. below).
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
811
Any Call Routing Mailbox number
N - None
To create the Call Routing Mailbox that should be used as the
Next Call Routing Mailbox, use Customize Database Menu,
Mailbox Options. Make sure to assign a Dial Action Table to the
Call Routing Mailbox. For general information on Call Routing
Mailboxes, see Chapter 3.
To create the Dial Action Table with the desired routing options,
use Customize Database Menu, Dial Action Table.
To record a Welcome Message and Instruction Menu for the
Next Call Routing Mailbox, use System Administrator Menu
(Chapter 9).
ä
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
Remind the Subscriber to record a mailbox greeting that explains
the dialing options in the Next Call Routing Mailbox’s Dial
Action Table.
%ORFNDXWRDWW
If enabled, this option prevents a Subscriber extension from receiving
transfers from the Automated Attendant. The transferred caller immediately
hears, Extension xxx is unavailable. To leave a message, press 1. For
other options, press 2. If, however, you assign a Next Call Routing Mailbox
(see above) to the Subscriber Mailbox, NVM-22 reroutes the caller using the
Key 0 Action in the Next Call Routing Mailbox’s Dial Action Table.
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
ä
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
%ORFNDXWRDWWFRQWªG
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
Mailbox Options. Assign a Dial Action Table to it.
127(6
ä
6\VWHP$GPLQ
This option lets you convert the Subscriber Mailbox into a System
Administrator Mailbox. A System Administrator Mailbox has all the features
of a Subscriber Mailbox plus access to the features on the System
Administrator Menu (see Chapter 9).
st
'()$8/7:
1 ext in numbering plan is a System Administrator
(175,(6
Y - Yes
N - No
N/A
127(6
ä
N
Y - Yes
N - No
0VJ1RWLILFDWLRQ
If this option is enabled, NVM-22 can send out a Message
Notification call when the Subscriber Mailbox receives a message.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
Y
Y - Yes
N - No
Make sure you fill out the following three Message Notification
sub-options below (Local callouts, Long distance callouts,
Notification Number).
127(6
To customize the way Message Notification calls are sent, use
Customize Database Menu, Callout Options.
To enable/disable Message Notification calls for a port and to
assign the Voice Mail extension number to each installed port,
use Customize Database Menu, Port Options.
For a description of Message Notification, to turn it on/off, to set
up the notification schedule, mode, and numbers, use Message
Notification feature in User’s Guide. You can also set the mode,
security code requirement and numbers through terminal
programming (see sub-options below).
/RFDOFDOORXWV
If this option is enabled, NVM-22 can send out local Message Notification
calls for the Subscriber Mailbox. A local call is a number with 5-8 digits or a
1-800 number.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
N
Y - Yes
N - No
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
ä
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
0VJ1RWLILFDWLRQFRQWªG
/RFDOFDOORXWVFRQWªG
127(6
This option also determines whether a Subscriber can enter a
local notification number through their mailbox (see Message
Notification in the User’s Guide).
To enter the Acc. digits before local callouts, use Customize
Database Menu, Callout Options. NVM-22 dials the access
digits to get an outside line before dialing the local number.
/RQJGLVWDQFHFDOORXWV
If this option is enabled, NVM-22 can send out long distance Message
Notification calls for the Subscriber Mailbox. NVM-22 defines a long
distance call as a number with 9 or more digits. You can let NVM-22 send
out any long distance call or only calls to specific area codes.
'()$8/7:
N
(175,(6
Y - Yes
N - No
S - Allow calls to some (up to 4) area codes (if you
enter S, NVM-22 asks you to enter the area
codes)
127(6
This option also determines whether a Subscriber can enter a
long distance Message Notification number through their
mailbox (see Message Notification in the User’s Guide).
To enter the Acc. digits before long dist callouts, use Customize
Database Menu, Callout Options. NVM-22 dials thee access
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
/RQJGLVWDQFHFDOORXWVFRQWªG
127(6
1RWLILFDWLRQ1XPEHU
This option lets you enter three different Message Notification numbers for
the Subscriber Mailbox. The number that NVM-22 calls depends on the
schedule that the Subscriber assigns to the number (see Message Notification
in the User’s Guide).
For each Notification number, you must define the three fields that follow
(Call type, Notification mode, Security Code required).
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
(175,(6
127(6
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
Notification number 1: Subscriber extension
Notification number 2: None
N- None
Up to 30 digits including the codes below.
F
- Flash
W
S
P
- Pause (NVM-22 pauses 2 sec, dial next
digit)
M
- Monitored pause (NVM-22 pauses 2
sec, dials next digit only if no busy/reorder tone.
If busy/reorder, NVM-22 terminates the
call.)
A
- Analyzed pause (NVM-22 pauses 4 sec,
dials next digit only if no busy/reorder tone. If
busy/reorder tone, NVM-22 terminates
call.)
The Subscribers can also enter notification numbers and the
codes through their mailbox.
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
1RWLILFDWLRQ1XPEHUFRQWªG
To set the Flash time (if the notification number requires a
Flash), use Customize Database Menu, System Options.
If you enter a local or long distance number, make sure Local
callouts or Long distance callouts are allowed (see previous
options).
127(6
sub-options below (Call type, Notification mode, Security code
required).
&DOOW\SH
This option lets you enter the Call type for the notification number.
Normally, NVM-22 looks at the number of digits in the number and enters
the Call type for you. In some instances, you may have to change the Call
type. Simply check to see if the entry that NVM-22 makes is what you need.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
I
I - Internal
LO - Local
LD - Long Distance
N/A
1RWLILFDWLRQPRGH
This option lets you assign the Message Notification mode for the
notification number: extension, outside telephone (including a car phone),
radio pager, or digital pager.
'()$8/7:
Normal
(175,(6
N - Normal/Non-pager (Extension or Outside Telephone)
P - Radio Pager
D - Digital Pager
127(6
N/A
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
6HFXULW\&RGHUHTXLUHG
This option determines whether the Subscriber must enter their Security
Code after accepting a notification call at non-pager number. Dialing the
Security Code provides access to the Subscriber Mailbox.
'()$8/7:
No
(175,(6
Y - Yes
N - No
127(6
Subscribers can set this option through their mailbox (see
Message Notification in the User’s Guide).
ä This is the maximum number of messages the Subscriber Mailbox can
1XPEHURIPVJ
receive.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
To limit msg length, use Customize Database Menu, System
Options.
127(6
ä
32
1-1000
0VJSOD\EDFN),)2/,)2
This is the order in which NVM-22 plays a Subscriber’s messages. FIFO
(first in, first out) plays the first message first. LIFO (last in, first out) plays
the last (most recent) message first.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
F
F - FIFO
L - LIFO
During message playback, a Subscriber can override Msg
playback by pressing R L. NVM-22 reverts back to the Msg
playback mode when the Subscriber hangs up.
127(6
ä
0VJOLVWHQPRGH
This option selects the type of messages that will play when a person
presses 5 to listen to the messages in the Subscriber Mailbox. The
listen modes are as follows:
l New Messages
These are messages that have not been listened to.
l Saved Messages
These are messages that have been saved in a previous session.
l Held Messages
These are messages that have been partially listened to and not
saved in a previous session.
l All Messages
These are the new, saved, and held messages.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
:
A
N - New
S - Saved
A - All
H - Held
The user can override this listen mode on a per call basis (see
Listening to Your Messages in the User’s Guide).
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
'LUHFWRU\/LVW
This list code determines whether a caller can name-dial this
Subscriber Mailbox or extension from:
l A Directory Dialing Mailbox
l A Call Routing Mailbox that is programmed for an Extension Name
Directory.
For more information on Directory Dialing Mailboxes, see Chapter 3. For
more information on an Extension Name Directory, see Customizing Routing
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
A
1-100 -
A-
N127(6
ä
Allow caller to name-dial this Subscriber
Mailbox or extension only from a Directory
Dialing Mailbox or Extension Name
Directory with a Directory List to use entry
of 1-100 (respectively) or “A”
Allow caller to name-dial this Subscriber
Mailbox or extension from any Directory
Dialing Mailbox or Extension Name Directory
that does not have a Directory List to use
entry of “N”
Not allow caller to name-dial this Subscriber
Mailbox or extension
To assign a Directory List to use to a Directory Dialing Mailbox
or a Call Routing Mailbox, use Customize Database Menu,
Mailbox Options.
)RUFHGXQVFUHHQHGWUDQVIHU
This option forces all Automated Attendant transfers to the Subscriber
extension to be unscreened transfers. NVM-22 transfers the call and releases
it. An incomplete transfer is handled by the phone system.
'()$8/7:
N
(175,(6
Y - Yes
N - No
127(6
This option overrides a Dial Action Table with screened
transfers. For more info on transfers, see Customizing Routing
ä This option provides a way to distinguish between different types of
([WHUQDO([WHQVLRQ
Subscriber extensions in the same numbering plane.g., phone system
extensions 3000-3020 and Centrex extensions 3021-3030). You must enable
this option if NVM-22 will not be able to transfer a call to the extension by
using the Transfer string in System Options.
'()$8/7:
No
(175,(6
Y - Yes
N - No
127(6
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
If you enable External Extension, make an entry for
External Transfer string in System Options. If you
program screened transfers to the External Extensions,
set the External Hold retrieval string.
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
3DUN3DJLQJVWULQJ
This string is used for implementing the Paging feature. When an
Auto Attendant caller tries to make a screened transfer to a Subscriber
extension, the Paging feature parks (holds) the caller, then pages the
Subscriber. NVM-22 makes the page by playing the Subscriber’s
recorded Paging Message over a page zone in the phone system. A
typical Paging Message is: John Smith, you have a call. After
NVM-22 pages, the Subscriber can pick up the call from any
extension by dialing the appropriate call pickup code in the phone
system.
The Paging feature is available to these types of callers:
n
Automated Attendant callers
n
(For ONYX and BUSINESSCOM) Callers who dial the Subscriber’s
direct line when that line is forwarded to their mailbox using forwarding
code 1 (which forwards unanswered calls). For details, see the User’s
Guide.
More specifically, Paging works like this:
D When the recorded Paging Message is ON and an Automated
Attendant caller tries to reach the Subscriber extension:
NVM-22 says, Please Hold, then parks the caller and
pages the Subscriber. NVM-22 does not try to ring the
extension. The ON option does not apply to direct line
callers.
E
When the recorded Paging Message is OFF and an Automated
Attendant caller dials the Subscriber extension:
NVM-22 calls extension. If the extension does not
answer after a certain number of rings, NVM-22 says:
Extension XXX (or name) does not answer. To leave a
message press 1. To have the person paged, press 2. For other
options, press 3.
Pressing 1 lets the caller leave a message (the greeting plays if
it is recorded). After leaving a message, the caller can hang up,
press # for the Automated Attendant or press another code to reroute their call (see Screened Transfer to an Extension in Chapter 4).
Note: Automated Attendant callers who press # go to the Instruction
Menu for the Call Routing or Directory Dialing Mailbox that transferred
the call. Direct line callers who press # go to the Instruction Menu for the
Subscriber’s Next Call Routing Mailbox.
Pressing 2 parks the caller and pages the Subscriber.
Pressing 3 returns an Automated Attendant caller to the Instruction
Menu for the Call Routing or Directory Dialing Mailbox that
transferred the call. Pressing 3 routes a direct line caller by using the
Key 0 Action of the Subscriber’s Next Call Routing Mailbox, if one is
assigned.
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
ä
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
3DUN3DJLQJVWULQJ
If the Subscriber picks up the parked call within the NVM-22
Paging/Meet-Me Page Hold time, NVM-22 connects the caller to
the Subscriber. If the Subscriber does not pick up or if the Page
Zone is busy, NVM-22 plays: Extension XXX (or name) does
not answer. To leave a message press 1. To have the person
` paged, press 2. For other options, press 3. See step 1b for a
description of what happens when the caller presses 1, 2, or 3
(there is one difference: if a caller presses 3, NVM-22 routes the
caller using the Key 0 Action of the Subscriber’s Next Call
Routing Mailbox, if one is assigned).
'()$8/7
:
F*(Subscriber extension #)/FW1*
To break it down:
Park string = F*(Subscriber extension #)
For example: F*304 is the default for ext. 304
Paging string = FW1* (1* pages the All Call Page Zone)
(175,(6
127(6
N - None
Up to 20 digits including the codes below. Enter the
phone system’s Park string, a slash (/), then the phone
system’s Paging string.
F - Flash
H - Hangup
/ - Marks beginning of Paging string
For more information on screened transfers, see Chapter 4.
NVM-22 will not park and page:
- For unscreened transfers. See also Chapter 4.
- If Auto Attendant calls are blocked (page 4-Error! Bookmark not
defined.)
- If the Subscriber’s Paging Message is not recorded or if
Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb is on. See also the
User’s Guide (for Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb, see
Recording a Mailbox Greeting in the guide).
To set the Flash, Meet-Me Page hold or Hangup timers, use
To record a Paging Message, see the User’s Guide. If the default
Park/Paging string includes an “@” or” X,” record a Paging
Message similar to this: John Smith, you have a call at _____.
NVM-22 then plays Extension XXX.
The extension user picks up the call by dialing the Personal Park
Orbit Code.
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
&DOO:DLWLQJVWULQJ
This string lets an Automated Attendant caller send a signal (beeps) to
the Subscriber extension when it is busy. After sending the signal, the
caller can wait for the extension to become available.
More specifically, this is how Call Waiting works:
When an Automated Attendant caller tries to transfer (screened or
unscreened) to the Subscriber extension and it is busy, the Automated
Attendant says: Extension XXX (or name) is busy. To leave a message
press 1. To wait for the extension to become available, press 2. For
other options, press 3.
Pressing 1 lets the caller leave a message (the greeting plays if it is
recorded). After leaving the message, the caller can hang up, press # for
the Automated Attendant, or press a key to re-route their call. For
details, see Screened Transfer to an Extension in Chapter 4).
Pressing 2 sends the Call Waiting beeps to the busy extension and lets
the caller wait for the extension to become available.
Pressing 3 returns the caller to the Automated Attendant Instruction
Menu.
The waiting caller gets connected to the Subscriber extension as soon as the
Subscriber answers the Call Waiting beeps. If the Subscriber does not
answer the Call Waiting beeps (within a pre programmed time), NVM-22
lets the caller leave a message. The caller either hears the Subscriber’s
mailbox greeting or these two standard voice prompts: Extension XXX is
busy. At the tone, you can leave a message. After leaving a message, a
caller has the same options as listed under “Pressing 1...” above.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
FWXXX, where XXX is the Subscriber extension number
N - None
F - Flash
|
If busy, dial string that follows
/ - Marks beginning of Paging String (if you decide to
enter the Park/Paging string in the Call Waiting field)
For more information on screened and unscreened transfers, see
Chapter 4.
Call Waiting will not occur:
- If the Subscriber’s Paging Message or Auto Attendant Do Not
Disturb (AADND) is on. To turn them off, see the User’s Guide
(for AADND, see Recording a Mailbox Greeting.)
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
&DOO:DLWLQJVWULQJFRQWªG
127(6
ä
- If Call Waiting is off at the Subscriber Mailbox. To
turn it on, see also the User’s Guide.
- If Automated Attendant calls are blocked for the
Subscriber extension. See the Subscriber Mailbox
option, Block auto att.
The number of callers that can wait for the same extension is
determined by the telephone system.
To set the Flash time (if the Call Waiting string requires a
Flash), use Customize Database Menu, System Options.
If a busy Subscriber would rather be paged instead of receive
Call Waiting beeps, you can enter the Park/Paging string in the
Call Waiting string field. The Subscriber must still turn on Call
Waiting at their phone. This gives a caller the option to page the
busy Subscriber, not send beeps. For more information, see the
Subscriber Mailbox option, string.
&DOO$QQRXQFLQJ
This option lets NVM-22 announce an Automated Attendant caller to the
Subscriber extension. The Subscriber can accept or reject the call. There are
three Call Announcing Options. Options 1-3 apply to the VS/DS01/DS100
phone systems. Only Option 1 is available to the other phone systems.
Option 1 works as follows:
When a caller tries to make a screened transfer to the Subscriber
extension, NVM-22 says: At the tone, please record your name so that I
may announce your call. When you are done recording, press the pound
key.
When the caller presses the pound key, NVM-22 calls the extension. If
the caller does not press the pound key within a certain amount of time,
the Automated Attendant transfers the call anyway. (The time interval is
the Time limit for dialing commands for the Call Routing Mailbox
handling the call.)
When the Subscriber answers and says “Hello,” NVM-22 says this:
Hello. I have a call for (Subscriber’s extension XXX or name) from
(the caller’s recorded name). To accept this call, press 1. Otherwise,
hang up.
If the Subscriber dials 1, NVM-22 says, Connecting, then
connects the parties. If the Subscriber hangs up, the caller hears
the Subscriber’s mailbox greeting (if recorded) or these voice
prompts: Extension XXX (or name) is not available. To leave a
message, press 1. For other options, press 2.
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
ä
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
&DOO$QQRXQFLQJFRQWªG
If the greeting plays, a caller can leave a message, then hang up, press # for
the Automated Attendant Instruction Menu, or press a code to re-route their
call. For details, see Screened Transfer to an Extension in Chapter 4.
If the extension status message plays, the caller can press 1 to leave a
message, then hang up, press # for the Automated Attendant Instruction
Menu, or press a code to re-route their call (for details, see Screened Transfer
to an Extension in Chapter 4). Or, instead of pressing 1, the caller can press
2 to return to the Automated Attendant Instruction Menu.
n
n
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
Option 2 works like Option 1 if the extension is not busy. If the
extension is busy, NVM-22 attempts to break into the extension’s call by
dialing the phone system’s codes for Off-Hook Signaling. Then, after a
short pause, NVM-22 says: Hello. I have a call for (Subscriber’s
extension number or mailbox name) from (callers’ recorded name).
(The other person on the call will not hear the prompts.) This is what
happens next:
a) If after playing the prompts, NVM-22 still detects busy tone
(because the extension is Handsfree or making a call),
NVM-22 takes the call back and plays Extension XXX is
busy. To leave a message press 1. For other options, press
2. etc. or the prompts for Call Waiting or
Call Queuing if they are enabled at the extension.
b) If after playing the prompts, NVM-22 does not detect
busy tone (which means the extension user heard the Call
Announcing prompts), the extension user can:
- Put their current call on Hold and answer the flashing line
for the Call Announce.
- Do nothing (i.e., not respond to the Call Announcing
prompts). The phone system will handle the unanswered
transfer.
Option 3 works like Option 1 is the extension is not busy. If the
extension is busy, NVM-22 attempts to break into the extension’s call by
dialing the phone system’s codes for Off-Hook Signaling. Then, after a
short pause, NVM-22 says: Hello. I have a call for (Subscriber’s
extension number or mailbox name) from (callers’ recorded name).
(The other person on the call will not hear the prompts.) This is what
happens next:
a) If after playing the prompts, NVM-22 still detects busy tone
(because the extension is Handsfree or making a call),
NVM-22 sends Call Waiting beeps to the extension. If the
extension does not pick up the call within the Rings before
redirect trf time of the Call Routing Mailbox that handled the
Call Announce, NVM-22 plays: Extension XXX does not
answer. To leave a message press 1. For other options,
press 2.
b) If after playing the prompts, NVM-22 does not detect
busy tone (which means the extension user heard the Call
Announcing prompts), the extension user can:
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
&DOO$QQRXQFLQJFRQWªG
- Put their current call on Hold and answer the flashing line
for the Call Announce.
- Do nothing (i.e., not respond to the Call Announcing
prompts). The phone system will handle the call.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
N - No (disabled)
N - No
1 - Option 1
2 - Option 2
3 - Option 3
For Options 2 or 3, you must program the System Option, Off
hook Call Announce string.
For more information on screened transfers, see Chapter 4.
Call Announcing will not occur if:
- The transfer is unscreened.
- The Subscriber’s Paging Message or Auto Attendant Do
Not Disturb (AADND) is on. For details, see the User’s
Guide (for AADND, see Recording a Mailbox Greeting).
- Automated Attendant calls are blocked for the
Subscriber extension. See also the Subscriber Mailbox
option, Block auto att.
- The System Option, Ringdown string, is incorrect. To
enter the string, use Customize Menu, System Options.
- Call Announcing if off at the Subscriber Mailbox. See
also the User’s Guide.
- The correct extension number is not assigned to each
NVM-22 Port. To assign an extension, use
Customize Database Menu, Port Options.
ä
If a caller does not record their name and/or press the pound key,
NVM-22 gives the caller another chance to do so. If the person
still does not record a name and/or press the pound key, NVM22 does one of two things:
n
Says Goodbye and hangs up. This happens when the called
Subscriber Mailbox does not have a Next Call Routing
Mailbox with a programmed Key 0 Action.
n
Reroutes the caller using the Key 0 Action of the
Subscriber’s Next Call Routing Mailbox.
$XWR)RUZDUGLQJ
This option determines how the Auto Forwarding option works for the
Subscriber Mailbox. Generally speaking, the Auto Forwarding option copies
the messages in the mailbox to another (partner) mailbox.
'()$8/7:
S
(175,(6
S - Fwd Save (Places message in both Subscriber’s
(i.e., initiator’s) mailbox and partner’s mailbox)
E - Fwd Erase (Places message only in partner’s mailbox)
N - None (Auto Forwarding not allowed)
127(6
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
For details on Auto Forwarding, see the User’s Guide
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
$XWRHUDVHVDYHRIPHVVDJHV
This option determines whether NVM-22 erases or saves a message
that has been completely listened to in the Subscriber Mailbox. The
erase/save occurs when a person exits the mailbox.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
ä
0HVVDJHUHWHQWLRQ
This option determines how long NVM-22 retains a message in the
Subscriber Mailbox. Message retention applies to any message that
NVM-22 or the Subscriber does not erase. When the retention time
expires, NVM-22 erases the message.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
ä
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
Indefinite
1-90 days
I - Indefinite (NVM-22 will not erase the
message)
N/A
5HFRUGLQJFRQYHUVDWLRQEHHS
This option determines whether NVM-22 plays the prompt, Recording, and a
beep when a person records a conversation at the mailbox’s extension. The
voice prompt and beep sound when the person presses the RECORD key.
'()$8/7:
Yes
(175,(6
Y - Yes
N - No
127(6
ä
E
E - Erase
S - Save
To override the auto erase/save setting during or after message
playback, a Subscriber presses S A to save or E to erase the
message.
N/A
7UDQVIHURQO\0DLOER[
This option lets an Automated Attendant caller only transfer to the
Subscriber extension. The caller cannot leave a message for the Subscriber
(if the transfer is incomplete) nor use other Automated Attendant features
(e.g., Paging/Meet-Me Paging, Call Waiting, Quick Message). If the transfer
is incomplete, NVM-22 lets the caller know the extension status (e.g.,
Extension ____is busy) and automatically returns the caller to the Welcome
Message for the Call Routing or Directory Dialing Mailbox that transferred
the call. The Transfer-only Mailbox option is commonly used for Hunt
Group extension numbers, extensions with FAX machines, or single line
extensions that should not receive messages through the Automated
Attendant. Make sure you enter the desired extension number in the
Extension field (see page 4-43).
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
ä
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
7UDQVIHURQO\0DLOER[FRQWªG
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
ä
N
Y - Yes
N - No
A telephone can be installed for the extension assigned to the
Transfer-only Mailbox, though it is not necessary.
Make sure you enter the desired extension number in the
Extension field (see page 4-43).
A person can call (log on to) a Transfer-only Mailbox from an
extension and record and send a message (by pressing RS) to the
Transfer-only Mailbox (see User’s Guide).
%LOLQJXDOPRGH
If NVM-22 will be using voice prompts in two languages, the Bilingual mode
is the language that NVM-22 uses for all the voice prompts that play after a
person calls (logs on to) the Subscriber Mailbox (e.g., You have ___
messages. To listen to your messages....). '()$8/7:
Language 1
(175,(6
L - Toggle between Language 1 and Language 2
This language setting overrides the ones in System Options,
Trunk Mailboxes, Dial Action Tables.
127(6
To record prompts for language ½, see Customizing the System
Voice Prompts in Chapter 9 of this guide.
ä
8VH5HPRWHORJRQDV'LUHFWORJRQ
This option lets a Subscriber log on to their mailbox by dialing any NVM-22
extension number from their Subscriber extension. The Subscriber does not
have to dial their Subscriber Mailbox number.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
No
Y - Yes
N - No
For instructions on calling (logging on to) a Subscriber Mailbox,
see the User’s Guide.
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
$OWHUQDWH1H[W&50%GLDORSWLRQ
This option enhances the dialing options provided by the Subscriber’s
Next Call Routing Mailbox.
n
Option 1 lets a caller use the routing options assigned to Keys 0-9 of the
Next Call Routing Mailbox’s Dial Action Table. When the caller enters
the mailbox, NVM-22 plays the Subscriber’s Mailbox Greeting (and
possibly a pre-recorded voice prompt), then a beep. The beep signifies
that NVM-22 is in record mode. The caller can then record a message
and/or press a key (0-9) to select one of the routing options.
n
Option 2 lets a caller use the routing options assigned to Keys 0-9, *, #,
and the TIMEOUT function of the Next Call Routing Mailbox’s Dial
Action Table. When the caller enters the mailbox, NVM-22 plays the
Mailbox Greeting, which must be recorded, and possibly a pre-recorded
voice prompt like Start recording at the tone. When you are done, press
the pound key or hang up (it depends on how the caller entered the
mailbox). Then there is silence, which means that NVM-22 is waiting
for the caller to dial a digit (that is, select one of the routing options).
n
“None” lets the caller use the Key 0 Action of the Next Call Routing
Mailbox’s Dial Action Table. When the caller enters the mailbox,
NVM-22 plays the Subscriber’s Greeting (and possibly a pre-recorded
voice prompt), then a beep. The beep signifies that NVM-22 is in record
mode. The caller can then record a message and/or dial 0.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
None
N - None
1 - Option 1
2 - Option 2
Make sure the Subscriber Mailbox has a Next Call Routing
Mailbox.
The Subscriber’s Mailbox Greeting must explain the routing
options in the Next Call Routing Mailbox’s Dial Action Table.
Moreover, the Mailbox Greeting must be recorded in order for
Option 2 to work as described above. Otherwise, Option 2 will
work like Option 1 instead.
If Option 2 is selected and you want the caller to be able to press
a key to record a message, assign the REC2 Action to that key in
the Dial Action Table. The REC2 Action says Recording
followed by a beep, then lets a caller record a message. (REC1
plays the greeting and a beep. There is no need to use REC1
since the caller has already heard the Mailbox Greeting.)
If Option 2 is selected and a caller presses an Undefined Routing
key, NVM-22 sends the caller to the Welcome Message and
Instruction Menu for the Next Call Routing Mailbox. For this
reason, you may wish to record the dialing options in the
Instruction Menu. Or, see below.
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
ä
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
$OWHUQDWH1H[W&50%GLDORSWLRQFRQWªG
127(6
ä
If Option 2 is selected and some keys will have no assigned
Action, you can assign REC1 nnn to a key, where nnn is the
Subscriber Mailbox number. This sends the caller back to the
Mailbox Greeting or Welcome Message.
$VN&DOOHUªV1XPEHU
This option determines whether NVM-22 asks a caller to enter their
telephone number just before they leave a message in the Subscriber
Mailbox. NVM-22 will ask the caller to enter their number right after the
Mailbox Greeting plays. If the caller enters a number, the Subscriber can
make a call to the message sender while listening to their message by just
pressing MC (Make Call). There is no need to exit the mailbox to make the
call.
'()$8/7:
None
(175,(6
Y - Yes
N - No
127(6
The Subscriber’s Mailbox Greeting must be recorded.
The Ask Caller’s Number option is intended for phone systems
that do not already provide a caller ID feature.
NVM-22 plays the caller’s number if the Subscriber presses TI
(Msg Time/Date/Sender) during the caller’s message.
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
7UXQN0DLOER[HV
'HVFULSWLRQ
A Trunk Mailbox is a mailbox that gets assigned to any trunk that
NVM-22 should answer. A Trunk Mailbox assignment is necessary
only if you want NVM-22 to answer the trunk using an Answering
Schedule Table that is different from the Answering Schedule Table
assigned to the port that answers the trunk.
127(6
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
u
&KDSWHU
There is another use for Trunk Mailboxes. Unanswered
unscreened transfers to ACD groups can now be routed to Trunk
Mailboxes. Since a Trunk Mailbox can have an Answering
Schedule Table, this allows the unanswered ACD calls to be
handled differently depending on day/date/time. To set it up, do
the following:
n
Create an ACD group. Make sure the ACD master number
has a circuit type, but no phone installed.
n
Create a Subscriber Mailbox whose number matches the
ACD master number. In the Subscriber’s Extension field,
enter the ACD master number.
n
In the NVM-22 Dial Action Table, set up unscreened
transfers (UTRF) to the ACD group. Or, for the Subscriber
Mailbox that has the ACD master number, enable Forced
unscreened transfer.
n
Make sure the overflow extension for the ACD master
number is a Terminal Hunt Group. Again, the Terminal
Hunt Group number must have a circuit type, but no phone
installed. Then, create a Trunk Mailbox whose number
matches the Terminal Hunt Group number. For example, if
the Terminal Hunt Group number is 333, create Trunk
Mailbox 333. Assign the desired Answering Schedule Table
to the Trunk Mailbox.
n
Make sure that the NEXT EXT IN HUNT for the Terminal
Hunt Group is the Voice Mail master extension number.
n
Reset the Queues (FC1)
7RDFFHVV7UXQN0DLOER[HVIURPWKH0DLQ0HQX
,VVXH
:
Trunk numbers.
Options item, see the beginning of this chapter. The Trunk
Mailbox Options are described below.
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
7UXQN0DLOER[HVFRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
7\SH
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
When you change a mailbox type, NVM-22 erases the its
Extension number and messages (if any).
127(6
ä
1DPH
This option lets you enter a name for the Trunk Mailbox (e.g.,
WATS). The name appears in system reports.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
ä
A Trunk Mailbox for each trunk in the Trunk Numbering
Plan. See also NOTES above.
S
Subscriber
G
Guest
Undefined
A
Announcement
D
Distribution
FD
Future Delivery DD
Directory Dialing
CR
Call Routing
T
Trunk
None
N - None
N/A
'HSDUWPHQW
This option lets you enter the department for the Trunk Mailbox.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
None
N - None
N/A
ä This option lets you enter the number assigned to the trunk in
([WHQVLRQ
telephone system programming.
(175,(6
Same as trunk number
A unique trunk number
127(6
N/A
'()$8/7
ä
:
This option lets you assign an Answering Schedule Table (AST) to the
Trunk Mailbox. This AST overrides the port’s AST. For more
information on ASTs, see Chapter 4.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
N
1-16
N - None
To create an Answering Schedule Table, use Customize
Database Menu, Answering Schedule Table.
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
7UXQN0DLOER[HVFRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
'LUHFWRU\/LVW
Not used
(175,(6
N/A
N/A
127(6
N/A
'()$8/7
:
ä If NVM-22 will be using voice prompts in two languages, the Trunk
%LOLQJXDOPRGH
Mailbox Bilingual mode is the language that NVM-22 plays to
Automated Attendant callers who are using the trunk associated with
this Trunk Mailbox. A few of these voice prompts are as follows:
Please hold a moment, and Extension XXX is busy. To leave a
message press 1. For other options press 2., and Goodbye, etc.).
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
Language 1
A trunk’s Bilingual mode overrides the Default bilingual mode in
System Options.
To record prompts for Language 1 and/or 2, see Customizing the
System Voice Prompts in Chapter 9 of this guide.
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
0HVVDJH&HQWHU0DLOER[HV
'HVFULSWLRQ
A Message Center Mailbox lets an outside caller leave a recorded
message through the Automated Attendant without dialing any codes.
The caller hears the Message Center’s recorded Welcome Message
and a beep. After the beep sounds, the caller can leave a message. A
Message Center Mailbox is primarily a “catch-all” type of mailbox for
callers who dial the Automated Attendant from a rotary dial phone.
At some point in the day, someone in the company should call (log on to) the
Message Center Mailbox, listen to each message, and forward each one to
the appropriate person’s mailbox.
127(6
To record a Welcome Message for the Message Center Mailbox,
use the System Administrator Menu (Chapter 9).
To let callers reach a Message Center Mailbox through the
Automated Attendant, see Chapter 3.
For information on calling (logging on to) a Message Center
Mailbox, see the User’s Guide. A Message Center Mailbox has
access to all the features in the User’s Guide except these:
record and send a message (by pressing 77), record a reply to a
message (by pressing 73), record a mailbox greeting (by pressing
4), record a future delivery message (by pressing 33).
An extension user can transfer an outside caller to a Message
Center Mailbox. See Transferring a Call to a Mailbox in the
User’s Guide. This type of transfer is allowed only if the
Message Center Mailbox number falls into the extension
numbering Plan of the phone system.
To record names for the Message Center Mailboxes or to record
a Broadcast Message, use System Administrator Menu (Chapter
9). The Broadcast Message plays to all Subscriber, Message
Center, Future Delivery and Guest Mailboxes.
After leaving a message, a Touch Tone caller can press # to exit
the Message Center Mailbox and reroute their call. The way
NVM-22 reroutes the call depends on how the caller reached the
Message Center Mailbox. If the caller reached the Message
Center Mailbox through a Call Routing or Directory Dialing
Mailbox, pressing # sends them back to the Instruction Menu for
that mailbox. If a caller reached a Message Center Mailbox
through an Answering Schedule Table, pressing # sends the
caller to the Message Center’s Next Call Routing Mailbox.
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
0HVVDJH&HQWHU0DLOER[HVFRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
7RDFFHVV0HVVDJH&HQWHU0DLOER[HVIURPWKH0DLQ0HQX
ä
Message Center Mailbox numbers.
Options item, see the beginning of this chapter. The Message
Center Mailbox Options are described below.
7\SH
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
ä
127(6
&KDSWHU
Subscriber
G
Guest
Message Center UD
Undefined
Announcement
D
Distribution
Future Delivery DD
Directory Dialing
Call Routing
T
Trunk
extension number and messages (if any) .
This code serves as a “lock” for the Message Center Mailbox.
Without dialing the code, a person cannot call (log on to) the Message
Center Mailbox. After a person calls the Message Center Mailbox,
they can change the Security Code.
(175,(6
u
S
MC
A
FD
CR
ACD
6HFXULW\&RGH
'()$8/7
,VVXH
NVM-22 assigns the 8 default Message Center (MC) Mailboxes
shown in the chart below. NVM-22 divides them into four
groups to co-ordinate with the Answering Schedule Tables (1-4).
For example, if you assign AST 2 to a trunk for the Sales
Department, it is recommended that you use (though it is not
required) the AST 2 Message Center Mailboxes for the Sales
Department.
AST 1: MC 815-816
AST 3: MC 835-836
AST 2: MC 825-426
AST 4: MC 845-846
N
N - None
The first time you enter a Security Code, you see the digits on
the screen. If you return to it, you will not see the digits. NVM22 hides each digit with a star. If the person who usually
retrieves the messages from the Message Center Mailbox forgets
the Security Code, you can enter a new one on the screen and
tell the person what it is. Or, you can delete the Security Code
and let the person assign it through the mailbox.
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
ä This option lets you assign a name to the Message Center Mailbox.
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
1DPH
The name appears in system reports. The name is also used for namedialing the Message Center Mailbox or extension. That is, a caller
dials this name when using a Directory Dialing Mailbox, an Extension
Name Directory, or the RS, MF, or FD methods of recording a
message.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
N
N - None
a punctuation mark.
enter the first name of the person associated with the Message
Center Mailbox, then their last name. If you are going to set up
a last-name directory, enter the person’s last name first.
recording, see the User’s Guide.
ä
'HSDUWPHQW
This option identifies the department for the Message Center Mailbox.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
ä
([WHQVLRQ
This option lets you assign an extension to the Message Center
Mailbox. Assigning an extension:
l Lets Automated Attendant callers transfer to that extension and leave a
message if the transfer is incomplete.
l Lets a person use that extension to call (log on to) the Message Center
Mailbox.
l Allows a Message Waiting Lamp at that extension (see below)
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
N
N - None
N/A
No extension number
To let a caller transfer to the Message Center extension but not
be able to leave a message if the transfer is incomplete, enable
the Transfer-only Mailbox option for the Message Center
Mailbox.
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
0VJ:DLW/DPS
If enabled, the Message Lamp at the Message Center’s extension will
light when there is a message in the Message Center Mailbox that has
not been listened to (see also How You Know You Have Messages in
the User’s Guide).
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
Y
Y - Yes
N - No
If a Message Center Mailbox receives a message while someone
is logged onto it, NVM-22 does not turn on the Message Lamp
until the person exits the mailbox.
NVM-22 will, however, play a voice prompt You have received
new messages. NVM-22 plays this voice prompt if the person
dials 9 to exit or if the person returns to the Main Menu of
features before exiting.
To enable Msg Wait Lamp updates through a port, use
(see above).
ä
1H[W&DOO5RXWLQJ0DLOER[
This Call Routing Mailbox provides routing options:
To Touch Tone outside callers who enter the Message Center Mailbox to
leave a message. During or after the Welcome Message, the caller can
dial 0 to route their call to another destination (e.g., the operator). You
program the destination in the Next Call Routing Mailbox’s Dial Action
Table for Key 0. To let the callers have more dialing options than just
dialing 0, enable the option, Alternate CRMB dial option (see page 475).
l
l To a person who calls (logs on to) the Message Center Mailbox from an
extension. If they dial 9 to exit the mailbox, they can then dial * to be
connected to the Next Call Routing Mailbox. The person hears the
Welcome Message and Instruction Menu for the Next Call Routing
Mailbox and can dial a code to route their call. You program the routing
options in the Next Call Routing Mailbox’s Dial Action Table.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
811
Any Call Routing Mailbox Number
N - None
Mailbox Options. Assign a Dial Action Table to it.
To create the Dial Action Table with the desired routing options,
use Customize Database Menu, Dial Action Table
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
1H[W&DOO5RXWLQJ0DLOER[FRQWªG
127(6
ä
To record: (a) A Welcome Message and Instruction Menu for the
Next Call Routing Mailbox and (b) A Welcome Message for the
Message Center Mailbox, use System Administrator Menu
(Chapter 9).
0VJ1RWLILFDWLRQ
If this option is enabled, NVM-22 can send out a notification call when the
Message Center Mailbox receives a message.
'()$8/7
Y
(175,(6
Y - Yes
N - No
127(6
To allow callouts thru a port, and to assign the correct extension
to each port, use Customize Database Menu, Port Options.
To set the Flash duration (if you must enter a Flash in the
number), use Customize Database Menu, System Options.
For a description of Message Notification, to turn Message
Notification on/off, and to set up the notification schedule,
mode, and number, use Message Notification feature in User’s
Guide. You can also set the mode, security code requirement
and numbers through terminal programming (see sub-options
below).
Local callouts
If this option is enabled, NVM-22 can send out local notification calls for the
Message Center Mailbox. A local call is a number with 5-8 digits or a 1-800
number.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
N
Y - Yes
N - No
This option also determines whether a person can enter a local
notification number through the Message Center Mailbox (see
Database Menu, Callout Options. NVM-22 dials these digits to
get an local outside line.
See also notes under the main heading, Msg Notification.
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
If this option is enabled, NVM-22 can send out long distance notification
calls for the Message Center Mailbox. A long distance call is a number with
9 or more digits. You can let NVM-22 send out any long distance call or only
calls to specific area codes.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
N
Y - Yes
N - No
S - Allow calls to some (up to 4) area codes
This option also determines whether a person can enter a long
distance notification number through the Message Center
Mailbox (see Message Notification in the User’s Guide).
1RWLILFDWLRQ1XPEHU
the Message Center Mailbox. The number that NVM-22 calls depends on the
schedule that gets assigned to the number (see Message Notification in the
User’s Guide). For example: The person using the Message Center Mailbox
may want NVM-22 to call Notification number 1 only from 6PM to 8AM.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
N - None
F - Flash
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
1RWLILFDWLRQ1XPEHUFRQWªG
127(6
The numbers and the special codes can also be entered through
the Message Center Mailbox. See the User’s Guide.
To set the Flash time (if you must enter one in the number), use
options).
&DOOW\SH
Normally, NVM-22 looks at the number of digits in the notification number
and enters the correct Call type. In some instances, depending on the number
entered, NVM-22 may enter the wrong Call type. If this is the case, you will
have to manually enter the correct one.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
I
I - Internal
LO - Local
LD - Long Distance
1RWLILFDWLRQPRGH
This option lets you assign the notification mode for the Message Center
Mailbox. The mode is the type of notification number: extension, outside
telephone, radio pager, or digital pager.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
N
N - Normal/Non-pager (Extension or Telephone)
P - Radio Pager
D - Digital Pager
The notification mode can also be set through the Message
Center Mailbox (see Message Notification in the User’s Guide).
This option determines whether a person must enter the Message Center’s
Security Code after they accept a notification call at a
non-pager number.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
No
Y - Yes
N - No
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
6HFXULW\&RGHUHTXLUHGFRQWªG
This option can also be set through the Message Center Mailbox
(see Message Notification in the User’s Guide).
127(6
ä This is the number of messages the Message Center Mailbox can
1XPEHURIPVJ
receive.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
To set the message length limit, use Customize Database Menu,
System Options.
127(6
ä
0VJSOD\EDFN),)2/,)2
This is the order in which NVM-22 plays messages in a Message
Center Mailbox. FIFO (first in, first out) plays the first message first
while LIFO (last in, first out) plays the last message first.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
ä
presses 5 to listen to the messages in the Message Center Mailbox.
The listen modes are as follows:
l New Messages
l Saved Messages
l Held Messages
saved in a previous session. NVM-22 leaves these type of messages in
the mailbox.
l All Messages
:
(175,(6
127(6
u
&KDSWHU
F
F - FIFO
L - LIFO
N/A
0VJOLVWHQPRGH
'()$8/7
,VVXH
32
1-1000
:
A
N - New
S - Saved
A - All
H - Held
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
'LUHFWRU\/LVW
This list code determines whether a caller can name-dial this Message
Center Mailbox or extension from:
l A Call Routing Mailbox programmed for an Extension Name Directory.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
A
1-100 -
AN-
or to a Call Routing Mailbox that is programmed for an
Mailbox Options.
127(6
ä
Allow caller to name-dial this Message Center
Mailbox or extension only from a Directory
with a Directory List to use entry of 1-100
Allow caller to name-dial this Message Center
Mailbox or extension from any Directory
Not allow caller to name-dial this Message
Center Mailbox or extension
This option forces all Automated Attendant transfers to the Message Center
extension to be unscreened transfers. That is, NVM-22 transfers the call to
the Message Center extension and releases it. An incomplete transfer is
handled by the phone system.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
N
Y - Yes
N - No
Forced unscreened transfer overrides a Dial Action Table that is
set up for screened transfers (TRF). For more information on
transfers, see Customizing Routing Options Using a Dial Action
Table in Chapter 4.
127(6
To set the Transfer string, use Customize Database Menu,
System Options.
ä This option provides a way to distinguish between different types of Message
([WHUQDO([WHQVLRQ
Center extensions in the same numbering plane.g., phone system extensions
3000-3020 and Centrex extensions 3021-3030). You must enable this option
if NVM-22 will not be able to transfer a call to the extension by using the
Transfer string in System Options.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
No
Y - Yes
N - No
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
ä
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
([WHUQDO([WHQVLRQFRQWªG
If you enable External Extension, make an entry for External
Transfer string in System Options. If you program screened
transfers (i.e., TRF in the Dial Action Table) to the External
Extensions, make sure you make an entry in the External Hold
retrieval string in System Options.
127(6
ä
$XWR)RUZDUGLQJ
This option determines how Auto Forward works for the Message Center
Mailbox. Generally speaking, Auto Forward option copies the messages in
the Message Center Mailbox to another (partner) mailbox.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
ä
S
S - Fwd Save places msg in Msg Center & partner mailbox
E - Fwd Erase places msg only in partner’s mailbox
This option determines whether NVM-22 erases or saves a message that has
been completely listened to in the Message Center Mailbox. The
erase/save happens when a person exits the Message Center Mailbox.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
ä
0HVVDJHUHWHQWLRQ
This option determines how long NVM-22 retains a message in the
Message Center Mailbox. Message retention applies to any message
that NVM-22 or the mailbox user does not erase. When the message
retention time expires, NVM-22 automatically erases the message.
(175,(6
Indefinite
1-90 days
I - Indefinite (NVM-22 will not erase the message)
127(6
N/A
'()$8/7
ä
This option determines whether NVM-22 plays the voice prompt, Recording,
and a beep when a person records a conversation at the mailbox’s extension.
The voice prompt and beep sound when the person presses the RECORD key.
(175,(6
Yes
Y - Yes
N - No
127(6
N/A
'()$8/7
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
E
E - Erase
S - Save
To override the auto erase/save setting, a person simply presses
S A to save or E to erase the message.
:
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
7UDQVIHURQO\0DLOER[
Message Center extension. The caller cannot leave a message for the
Message Center extension (if the transfer is incomplete) nor use Quick
Message. If the transfer is incomplete, NVM-22 lets the caller know
the extension status (e.g., Extension ____is busy) and automatically
returns the caller to the Welcome Message for the Call Routing or
Directory Dialing Mailbox that transferred the call. The Transfer-only
Mailbox option is commonly used for transfers to Hunt Group
extension numbers, extensions with FAX machines, or single line
extensions that should not have receive messages through the
Automated Attendant.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
ä
N
Y - Yes
N - No
Make sure you enter the desired extension number in the
Extension field.
If desired, a telephone can be installed for the selected extension,
though it is not necessary.
A person can call (log on to) a Transfer-only Mailbox from an
extension. And, a person can record and send a message (by
pressing 7 7) to the mailbox (see User’s Guide).
%LOLQJXDOPRGH
If NVM-22 will be using voice prompts in two languages, the
Bilingual mode is the language that NVM-22 uses for all the voice
prompts that play after a person calls (logs on to) the Message Center
Mailbox (e.g., You have ___ messages. To listen to your
messages...). '()$8/7
:
(175,(6
Language 1
This language setting overrides the three other types of bilingual
(language) settings (in System Options, Trunk Mailboxes, and
Dial Action Tables).
127(6
To record prompts for language 1 and/or 2, see Customizing the
System Voice Prompts in Chapter 9.
ä
This option lets a person log on to the Message Center Mailbox by
dialing an NVM-22 extension number from the Message Center
extension. This way, the person does not have to dial the Message
Center Mailbox number to log on.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
No
Y - Yes
N - No
For instructions on calling (logging on to) a Message Center
Mailbox, see the User’s Guide.
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
$OWHUQDWH1H[W&50%GLDORSWLRQ
This option is available only if a Next Call Routing Mailbox is
assigned to the Message Center Mailbox. The entry “Option 1”
provides additional dialing (routing) options to Touch Tone callers
who enter the Message Center Mailbox to leave a message. The entry
“None” provides no options beyond the one provided by the Next Call
Routing Mailbox. Option 2 does not apply to Message Center
Mailboxes. More specifically, when a caller enters the Message
Center Mailbox:
n
Option 1 plays the Welcome Message and a beep, then automatically
goes into record mode. The caller can record a message and/or use the
routing options assigned to Keys 0-9 of the Next Call Routing Mailbox’s
Dial Action Table.
n
None plays the Welcome Message and a beep, then automatically goes
into record mode. The caller can record a message and/or use the
routing option assigned to Key 0 of the Next Call Routing Mailbox’s
Dial Action Table.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
The Welcome Message must explain the routing options in the
Next Call Routing Mailbox’s Dial Action Table.
127(6
ä
None
N - None
1 - Option 1
2 - Option 2 (Does not apply)
$VN&DOOHUªV1XPEHU
telephone number just before they leave a message in the Message Center
Mailbox. NVM-22 will ask the caller to enter their number right after the
Welcome Message plays. If the caller enters a number, NVM-22 associates
the number with the message that the caller leaves. Anyone who listens to
caller’s message can press MC during that message to make a call to that
person. There is no need to exit the mailbox to make the call.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
None
Y - Yes
N - No
The Welcome Message must be recorded.
that do not already provide a Caller ID feature.
NVM-22 plays the caller’s number if a person presses TI (Msg
Time/Date/Sender) during the caller’s message.
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
*XHVW0DLOER[HV
A Guest Mailbox is a mailbox you can reserve for an outside party,
typically a vendor. People can record and send messages to the Guest
Mailbox. The Guest can then call in through the Automated
Attendant and listen to them.
'HVFULSWLRQ
127(6
:
For instructions on calling (logging on to) a Guest Mailbox, see
the User’s Guide. A Guest Mailbox has access to all the features
in the User’s Guide unless you enable the programmable option:
Record reply only.
To let Automated Attendant callers dial a single-digit code to be
routed to a Guest Mailbox, see Customizing Routing Options
Using a Dial Action Table in Chapter 4.
An extension user can transfer an outside caller to a Guest
Mailbox. See Transferring a Call to a Mailbox in the User’s
Guide. This type of transfer is allowed only if the Guest
Mailbox number falls into the extension numbering plan of the
telephone system.
To record names for the Guest Mailboxes or to record a
Broadcast Message, use System Administrator Menu (Chapter 9).
The Broadcast Message plays to all Subscriber, Message Center,
Future Delivery and Guest Mailboxes.
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
7RDFFHVV*XHVW0DLOER[HVIURPWKH0DLQ0HQX
ä
Guest Mailbox numbers.
Options item, see the beginning of this chapter. The Guest Mailbox
Options are described below.
7\SH
'()$8/7
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
:
NVM-22 assigns the 8 default Guest (G) Mailboxes shown in the
chart below. NVM-22 divides them into four groups to coordinate with Answering Schedule Tables (AST) 1-4. For
example, if you assign AST 2 to a trunk for the Sales
Department, it is recommended that you use (though it is not
required) the AST 2 Guest Mailboxes for the Sales Department.
AST 1: G 817-818
AST 3: G 837-838
AST 2: G 827-828
AST 4: G 847-848
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
*XHVW0DLOER[HVFRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
7\SHFRQWªG
(175,(6
127(6
ä
S
MC
A
FD
CR
ACD
Subscriber
G
Guest
Message Center UD
Undefined
Announcement
D
Distribution
Future Delivery DD
Directory Dialing
Call Routing
T
Trunk
6HFXULW\&RGH
This code serves as a “lock” for the Guest Mailbox. Without dialing the
code, a Guest cannot call (log on to) the Guest Mailbox. A Guest can change
the Security Code after calling the Guest Mailbox.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
N
N - None
The first time you enter a Security Code, you see the digits on
the screen. If you return to it, you will not see the digits. NVM22 hides each digit with a star for privacy. If the Guest forgets
the Security Code, you can enter a new one on the screen and
tell the Guest what it is. Or, you can delete the Security Code
and let the user assign it through their mailbox.
ä This option lets you assign a name to the Guest Mailbox. The name appears
1DPH
in system reports. The name is also used for name-dialing the Guest Mailbox
or extension. That is, a caller dials this name when using a Directory Dialing
Mailbox, an Extension Name Directory, or the RS, MF, or FD methods of
recording a message.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
N
N - None
a punctuation mark.
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
ä
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
1DPHFRQWªG
127(6
enter the first name of the person associated with the Guest
Mailbox, then their last name. If you are going to set up a lastname directory, enter the person’s last name first.
recording a message, see the User’s Guide.
ä
'HSDUWPHQW
This option identifies the department associated with the Guest Mailbox.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
ä
([WHQVLRQ
This option lets you assign an extension to the Guest Mailbox. Assigning an
extension:
l Lets Automated Attendant callers transfer to that extension and leave
messages if the transfer is incomplete.
l Lets a person use that extension to call (log on to) the Guest Mailbox.
l Lets the Guest have a Message Waiting Lamp indication for messages in
their mailbox (see below).
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
ä
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
If you don’t want a caller to be able to leave a message after an
incomplete transfer to the Guest extension, enable the Transferonly Mailbox option for the Guest Mailbox.
If enabled, the Message Lamp at the Guest extension will light when there is
a message in the Guest Mailbox that has not been listened to (see also How
You Know You Have Messages in the User’s Guide).
(175,(6
u
No extension number
0VJ:DLW/DPS
'()$8/7
N
N - None
N/A
Y
Y - Yes
N - No
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
ä
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
0VJ:DLW/DPSFRQWªG
127(6
:
(see above).
If the Guest Mailbox receives a message while someone is
logged on to it, NVM-22 does not flash the Msg Lamp until the
person exits the mailbox. NVM-22 does, however, play the
voice prompt, You have received new messages. NVM-22 plays
this prompt if the person dials 9 to exit or returns to the Main
Menu before exiting.
To enable Msg Wait Lamp callouts for a port, use Customize
ä
0VJ1RWLILFDWLRQ
If this option is enabled, NVM-22 can send out Message Notification
calls when there are messages in the Guest Mailbox.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
Y
Y - Yes
N - No
assign the designated Keyset extension number to each port, use
To turn Message Notification on or off for a mailbox and to
select the notification schedule, number, and type, use Message
security code requirement and numbers through the sub-options
below.
/RFDOFDOORXWV
If this option is enabled, NVM-22 can send out local Message Notification
calls for the Guest Mailbox. A local call is a number with 5-8 digits or a 1800 number.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
N
Y - Yes
N - No
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
ä
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
/RFDOFDOORXWV
127(6
This option also determines whether a Guest can enter a local
Message Notification number through their Guest mailbox (see
Database Menu, Callout Options. NVM-22 dials the access
See also the notes under the main heading, Msg Notification.
If this option is enabled, NVM-22 can send out long distance Message
Notification calls for the Guest Mailbox. NVM-22 defines a long distance
call as a number with 9 or more digits. You can let NVM-22 send out any
long distance call or only calls to specific area codes.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
N
Y - Yes
N - No
S - Allow calls to some (up to 4) area codes (If you
enter S, you must enter the area codes)
Enabling or disabling this option also determines whether a
Guest can enter a long distance Message Notification number
through their Guest mailbox (see Message Notification in the
User’s Guide).
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
ä
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
1RWLILFDWLRQ1XPEHU
the Guest Mailbox. The number that NVM-22 calls depends on the schedule
that the Guest assigns to each number through their Guest Mailbox (see
Message Notification in the User’s Guide). For example, the Guest may
want NVM-22 to call Notification number 1 only from 6PM to 8AM.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
N - None
F - Flash
The notification numbers and the special codes can also be
entered through the Guest Mailbox (see the User’s Guide).
To set the duration of the Flash (if a notification number requires
one), use Customize Database Menu, System Options.
options).
&DOOW\SH
Normally, NVM-22 looks at the number of digits in the number and
enters the Call type for you. The only time you have to enter the Call
type is if NVM-22 enters the wrong one. This will happen when, for
example, the number is a Speed Dial code for a long distance call.
NVM-22 sees this code as an Internal call because it is less than five
digits, when actually it is a long distance call. In this case, you would
have to enter LD for the Call type.
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
ä
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
&DOOW\SHFRQWªG
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
I
I - Internal
LO - Local
LD - Long Distance
N/A
1RWLILFDWLRQPRGH
This option lets you assign the Message Notification mode for the Guest
Mailbox. The mode is the type of number NVM-22 calls: extension, outside
telephone (including a car phone), radio pager, or digital pager.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
N
N - Normal/Non-pager (Extension or Telephone)
P - Radio Pager
D - Digital Pager
The Guest can enter the notification mode through their mailbox
(see Message Notification in the User’s Guide).
If this option is enabled, a Guest must enter their Security Code after
accepting a notification call at a non-pager number. Entering the Security
Code provides access to the messages in the Guest Mailbox.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
ä
1XPEHURIPVJ
This is the number of messages the Guest Mailbox can receive.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
N
Y - Yes
N - No
The Guest can set this option through their mailbox (see
32
1-1000
To set the message length limit, use Customize Database Menu,
System Options.
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
5HFRUGUHSO\RQO\
If this option is enabled, a Guest can use their mailbox to record a
reply only (by pressing R E in the listen mode). The Guest will not be
able to record and send a message (by pressing R S) nor forward a
message (by pressing M F) in the listen mode.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
ä
0VJSOD\EDFN),)2/,)2
This is the order in which NVM-22 plays messages in a Guest
Mailbox. FIFO (first in, first out) plays the first message first. LIFO
(last in, first out) plays the last (most recent) message first.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
ä
F
F - FIFO
L - LIFO
N/A
0VJOLVWHQPRGH
presses L to listen to the messages in the Guest Mailbox. The listen
modes are as follows:
l New Messages
l Saved Messages
l Held Messages
saved in a previous session. NVM-22 leaves these type of messages in
the mailbox.
l All Messages
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
ä
N
Y- Yes
N - No
N/A
:
A
N - New
S - Saved
A - All
H - Held
'LUHFWRU\/LVW
This list code determines whether a caller can name-dial this Guest
Mailbox or extension from:
Directory.
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
ä
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
'LUHFWRU\/LVWFRQWªG
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
ä
A
1-100 - Allow caller to name-dial this Guest Mailbox or
extension only from a Directory Dialing Mailbox or
Extension Name Directory with a Directory List to
use entry of 1-100 (respectively) or “A”
AAllow caller to name-dial this Guest Mailbox or
extension from any Directory Dialing Mailbox or
Extension Name Directory that does not have a
Directory List to use entry of “N”
NNot allow caller to name-dial this Guest Mailbox or
extension
Mailbox Options.
This option forces all Automated Attendant transfers to the Guest extension
to be unscreened transfers. That is, NVM-22 transfers the call to the Guest
extension and releases it. An incomplete transfer is handled by the phone
system.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
N
Y - Yes
N - No
Forced unscreened transfer overrides a Dial Action Table that is
set up for screened transfers (TRF). For more information on
transfers, see Customizing Routing Options Using a Dial Action
Table in Chapter 4.
To set the Transfer string, use Customize Database Menu,
System Options.
ä This option provides a way to distinguish between different types of Guest
([WHUQDO([WHQVLRQ
extensions in the same numbering plane.g., phone system extensions 30003020 and Centrex extensions 3021-3030). You must enable this option if
NVM-22 will not be able to transfer a call to the extension by using the
Transfer string in System Options.
'()$8/7:
No
(175,(6
Y - Yes
N - No
127(6
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
If you enable External Extension, make an entry for
External Transfer string in System Options. If you
program screened transfers (i.e., TRF in the Dial Action
Table) to the External Extensions, make sure you make an
entry in the External Hold retrieval string in
System Options.
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
$XWR)RUZDUGLQJ
This option determines how the Auto Forwarding option works for the
Guest Mailbox. Generally speaking, the Auto Forwarding option
copies the messages in the Guest Mailbox to another (partner)
mailbox.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
ä
(175,(6
127(6
0HVVDJHUHWHQWLRQ
(175,(6
127(6
u
&KDSWHU
I
1-90 days
I - Indefinite (NVM-22 will not erase the message)
N/A
This option determines whether NVM-22 plays the prompt, Recording, and a
beep when a person records a conversation at the Guest extension. The voice
prompt and beep sound when the person presses the RECORD key.
'()$8/7:
Yes
(175,(6
Y - Yes
N - No
127(6
,VVXH
E
E - Erase
S - Save
A mailbox user can override this auto erase/save setting by
pressing 7 2 to save or 3 to erase the message.
This option determines how long NVM-22 keeps (retains) a message in the
Guest Mailbox. Message retention applies to any message that NVM-22 or
the mailbox user does not erase. When the message retention time expires,
NVM-22 automatically erases the message.
'()$8/7
ä
This option determines whether NVM-22 automatically erases or
saves a message that has been completely listened to. The automatic
erase or save happens when a person exits the Guest Mailbox after
listening to the message.
'()$8/7
ä
S
S - Fwd Save (Places message in both the Guest’s
(i.e., initiator’s) mailbox and partner’s mailbox)
E - Fwd Erase (Places message only in partner’s mailbox)
N/A
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
7UDQVIHURQO\0DLOER[
Guest extension. The caller cannot leave a message for the Guest
extension (if the transfer is incomplete) nor use Quick Message. If the
transfer is incomplete, NVM-22 lets the caller know the extension
status (e.g., Extension ____is busy) and automatically returns the
caller to the Welcome Message for the Call Routing or Directory
Dialing Mailbox that transferred the call. The Transfer-only Mailbox
option is commonly used for transfers to Hunt Group extension
numbers, extensions with FAX machines, or single line extensions
that should not receive messages through the Automated Attendant.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
N
Y - Yes
N - No
Make sure you enter the extension number in the Guest
Mailbox’s Extension field.
If desired, a telephone can be installed for the selected extension,
though it is not necessary.
A person can call (log on to) a Transfer- only Mailbox from an
extension. And, a person can record and send a message (by
pressing 7 7) to the mailbox (see User’s Guide).
ä
%LOLQJXDOPRGH
If NVM-22 will be using voice prompts in two languages, the
Bilingual mode is the language that NVM-22 uses for all the voice
prompts that play after a person calls (logs on to) the Guest Mailbox
(e.g., You have ___ messages. To listen to your messages...). '()$8/7
:
(175,(6
Language 1
This language setting overrides the three other types of bilingual
(language) settings (in System Options, Trunk Mailboxes, and
Dial Action Tables).
127(6
To record prompts for language 1 and/or 2, see Customizing the
System Voice Prompts in Chapter 9.
ä
This option lets a person log on to the Guest mailbox by dialing an
NVM-22 extension number from the Guest extension. This way, the
person does not have to dial the Guest Mailbox number to log on.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
No
Y - Yes
N - No
For instructions on calling (logging on to) a Subscriber Mailbox,
see the User’s Guide.
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
$VN&DOOHUªV1XPEHU
telephone number just before they leave a message in the Guest
Mailbox. NVM-22 will ask the caller to enter their number right after
the Mailbox Greeting plays. If the caller enters a number, the Guest
can make a call to the message sender while listening to their message
by just pressing MC (Make Call). There is no need to exit the
mailbox to make the call.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
None
Y - Yes
N - No
The Guest’s Mailbox Greeting must be recorded.
that do not already provide a caller ID feature.
NVM-22 plays the caller’s number if the Guest presses TI (Msg
Time/Date/Sender) during the caller’s message.
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
'LVWULEXWLRQ0DLOER[HV
A Distribution Mailbox is the mailbox you assign to a Distribution
List, which is a simply a list of mailboxes. By entering just the
Distribution Mailbox number or name, a person can send a message to
all mailboxes on the assigned Distribution List.
'HVFULSWLRQ
127(6
:
A person can record and send a message to a Distribution List
after they call their mailbox and use any of the following
recording methods:
l Record and send a message by pressing R S
l Forward a message by pressing M F while in the listen
mode
l Record and send a Future Delivery Message by
pressing F D
When NVM-22 asks for the mailbox number to receive the
message, the person simply enters the Distribution Mailbox
number or name. For details on these methods, see the User’s
Guide.
A person can also record and send a message to a Distribution
List through the Automated Attendant. The conditions are as
follows:
l The Automated Attendant must be set up with a Call
Routing Mailbox.
l The Call Routing Mailbox’s Dial Action Table can be set up
with a GOTO, REC, TRF, or UTRF to the Distribution
Mailbox. See Customizing Routing Options Using a Dial
Action Table in Chapter 4. When the caller accesses the
Distribution Mailbox, NVM-22 says this: At the tone, you
can record your message for (Distribution Mailbox number
or name). When the caller finishes recording and hangs up,
NVM-22 sends the message to each mailbox on the
Distribution List.
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
7RDFFHVV'LVWULEXWLRQ0DLOER[HVIURPWKH0DLQ0HQX
ä
Distribution Mailbox numbers.
Options item, see the beginning of this chapter. The Distribution
Mailbox Options are described below.
7\SH
'()$8/7
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
NVM-22 assigns Distribution Mailboxes 850-853
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
ä
'LVWULEXWLRQ0DLOER[HVFRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
7\SHFRQWªG
(175,(6
127(6
ä
127(6
'HSDUWPHQW
(175,(6
127(6
This is the Distribution List you assign to the Distribution Mailbox.
(175,(6
127(6
&KDSWHU
None
N - None
N/A
'LVWULEXWLRQ/LVW
'()$8/7
u
None
N - None
Make sure you set the Directory List entry below.
This option identifies the department associated with the Distribution
Mailbox.
'()$8/7
,VVXH
1DPH
(175,(6
ä
Subscriber
G
Guest
Message Center UD
Undefined
Announcement
D
Distribution
Future Delivery DD
Directory Dialing
Call Routing
T
Trunk
This option lets you assign a name to the Distribution Mailbox. The
name appears in system reports. In addition, a mailbox user can enter
the name to send a message to the Distribution List associated with
the Distribution Mailbox.
'()$8/7
ä
S
MC
A
FD
CR
ACD
1-10 for the 10 default Distribution Mailboxes, respectively
1-100
To set up Distribution Lists, use Customize Database Menu,
Distribution List.
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
'LVWULEXWLRQ0DLOER[HVFRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
'LUHFWRU\/LVW
This list code determines whether a Subscriber or Guest Mailbox user
can enter the Distribution Mailbox name to send a message to the
assigned Distribution List.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
N
1-100 A-
N127(6
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
Allow name-dialing by Subscriber/Guest
Mailbox users that have a Directory List entry
of 1-100 (respectively) or “A”
Allow name-dialing by Subscriber/Guest
Mailbox users with any Directory List entry
except “N”
Not allow name-dialing
Make sure you enter a name in the Name field above.
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
$QQRXQFHPHQW0DLOER[HV
An Announcement Mailbox is an “information only” type of mailbox
that plays an announcement (e.g., movie schedules, meeting
schedules, insurance claim information, etc.). Someone calling
through the Automated Attendant can listen to the announcement.
After the announcement plays, NVM-22 either hangs up or sends the
caller back to the Automated Attendant.
'HVFULSWLRQ
127(6
:
To record an Announcement Message for an Announcement
Mailbox, use the System Administrator Menu (see Chapter 9).
To let callers reach an Announcement Mailbox through the
An extension user can also transfer an outside caller to an
Announcement Mailbox. See Transferring a Call to a Mailbox
in the User’s Guide. This type of transfer is allowed only if the
Announcement Mailbox number falls into the Extension
Numbering Plan of the phone system.
7RDFFHVV$QQRXQFHPHQW0DLOER[HVIURPWKH0DLQ0HQX
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
Announcement Mailbox numbers.
Select Mailbox Options. For details on how to use Mailbox
Options, see the beginning of this chapter. The Announcement
Mailbox options are described below.
7\SH
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
NVM-22 assigns Announcement Mailboxes 800-807
S
Subscriber
G
Guest
Undefined
A
Announcement
D
Distribution
FD
Future Delivery DD
Directory Dialing
CR
Call Routing
T
Trunk
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
$QQRXQFHPHQW0DLOER[HVFRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
6HFXULW\&RGH
This code serves as a “lock” for the Announcement Mailbox. Without
dialing the code, a person cannot listen to the Announcement
Message.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
ä
N
N - None
The first time you enter a Security Code, you see its digits. If
you return to it, NVM-22 hides each digit with a star. If a caller
forgets the Security Code, enter a new one and tell the person
what it is.
1DPH This option lets you assign a name to the Announcement Mailbox.
The name appears in system reports. The name is also used for
Directory Dialing. A caller dials this name from a Directory Dialing
Mailbox to reach this Announcement Mailbox. For more information
on Directory Dialing, see Directory Dialing Mailboxes in Chapter 3.
A caller also dials this name from an Extension Name Directory to transfer to
this Announcement Mailbox. For more information, see Customizing
'()$8/7
N
(175,(6
N - None
127(6
ä
'HSDUWPHQW This option identifies the department associated with the Announcement
Mailbox.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
ä
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
N
N - None
N/A
5HSHDWDQQRXQFHPHQW
This is the number of times the Announcement Message repeats.
(175,(6
0
0-10 times
127(6
N/A
'()$8/7
The first character must not be a blank or a punctuation
mark if name-dialing is allowed.
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
ä
$QQRXQFHPHQW0DLOER[HVFRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
+DQJXSDIWHUDQQRXQFHPHQW
This option determines what NVM-22 does after it plays all the repetitions of
the Announcement Message. If you enter “Yes,” NVM-22 says Goodbye and
hangs up. If you enter “No,” NVM-22 sends the caller back to the
Automated Attendant (that is, the Instruction Menu for the Call Routing or
Directory Dialing Mailbox that handled the call).
'()$8/7
N
(175,(6
Y - Yes
N - No
127(6
The “No” entry does not apply when the Announcement Mailbox
is in an Answering Schedule Table.
ä
'LUHFWRU\/LVW
This list code determines whether a caller can name-dial this Announcement
Mailbox from:
Directory.
'()$8/7
A
(175,(6
1-100 - Allow caller to name-dial this Announcement
or Extension Name Directory with a Directory
List to use entry of 1-100 (respectively) or “A”
AAllow caller to name-dial this Announcement
Directory list to use entry of “N”
NNot allow caller to name-dial this
Announcement Mailbox
127(6
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
Mailbox Options.
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
$&'$QQRXQFHPHQW0DLOER[HV
An ACD (Automatic Call Distribution) Mailbox lets you record a
customized ACD Announcement for an ACD group.
'HVFULSWLRQ
A sample ACD Announcement might be: Thank you for calling. All
our technicians are currently with customers. Please hold, and a
technician will be with you shortly.
127(6
:
You cannot record an ACD Announcement Message for Alliance
phone systems.
To record an Announcement Message for an ACD
Announcement Mailbox, see Chapter 9.
7RDFFHVV$&'$QQRXQFHPHQW0DLOER[HVIURPWKH0DLQ0HQX
ä
Use the View/Print Reports Menu, Mailbox List (Numerical) to find out
the existing ACD Announcement Mailbox numbers.
Options item, see Creating and Accessing Mailboxes at the
beginning of this chapter. The ACD Announcement Mailbox
7\SH
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
([WHQVLRQ number (if any) and messages.
127(6
ä
1DPH
This option lets you assign a name to the ACD Announcement
Mailbox. The name appears in system reports.
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
ä
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
No ACD Announcement Mailboxes
S
Subscriber
G
Guest
Undefined
A
Announcement
D
Distribution
FD
Future Delivery DD
Directory Dialing
CR
Call Routing
T
Trunk
None
N - None
N/A
'HSDUWPHQW This option identifies the department associated with the ACD
Announcement Mailbox.
'()$8/7:
None
(175,(6
N - None
127(6
N/A
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
$&'$QQRXQFHPHQW0DLOER[HVFRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
'LUHFWRU\/LVW
N/A
(175,(6
N/A
N/A
127(6
N/A
'()$8/7
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
:
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
'LUHFWRU\'LDOLQJ0DLOER[HV
'HVFULSWLRQ
A Directory Dialing Mailbox is a special kind of Call Routing
Mailbox. Like a Call Routing Mailbox, a Directory Dialing Mailbox
uses a Dial Action Table to let a caller press a dialpad key to route
their call. The difference is this: the Directory Dialing Mailbox lets a
caller name-dial an extension or mailbox without first pressing the
dialpad key for the Name Directory. For example, a caller who is in a
Directory Dialing Mailbox dials SALES to go to Announcement
Mailbox 740 named “SALES.”
And keep this in mind: A Directory Dialing Mailbox lets a caller
name-dial extensions or mailboxes only if the Dial Action Table
supports it. Using the example above, a caller can name-dial the
SALES mailbox only if the Dial Action Table supports dialing
mailbox 740. To support dialing mailbox 740 or any mailbox that
begins with the number 7, you would have to assign the “GOTO”
action and XXX to key 7. The Dial Action Table would look like
this:
Key 7 Action: GOTO
Key 7 Number: XXX
To support transfers to extension numbers that begin with 3, for
example, the Dial Action Table must look like this:
Key 3 Action: TRF or UTRF
Key 3 Number: XXX (3-digit ext)
For a sample Directory Dialing set-up, see Figure 2 on 98.
127(6
Callers cannot name-dial Trunk or Future Delivery Mailboxes.
To see what NVM-22 does when a caller name-dials each type of
mailbox, see Customizing Routing Options Using a Dial Action
Table (Go to a Mailbox) in Chapter 4. Simply put, NVM-22
executes the function of the mailbox. For example, if a caller namedials an Announcement Mailbox, NVM-22 plays the announcement.
If a caller name-dials a Subscriber, Message Center or Guest
Mailbox, NVM-22 lets the caller leave a message in that mailbox
unless the mailbox has an assigned extension. Then NVM-22 calls
the extension.
To let callers reach a Directory Dialing Mailbox through the
To customize the mailboxes/extensions that are to be name-dialed,
use Customize Database Menu, Mailbox Options. Make sure you
enter a name for each mailbox/extension. This is the name the
caller dials to get the mailbox. To specify whether a mailbox or
extension can be name-dialed, use the Mailbox Option called,
Directory List. If a name is not programmed or access to the
mailbox/extension has been denied, NVM-22 says, That name is
not listed in the directory, then returns the caller to the Directory
Dialing Message.
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
'LUHFWRU\'LDOLQJ0DLOER[HVFRQWªG
'HVFULSWLRQ
127(6
:
To let callers know what names to dial, use the System
Administrator Menu to record a Directory Dialing
Message for the Directory Dialing Mailbox. A sample
message might be: For customer service, dial SERVICE,
then press the pound key. To place an order, dial
ORDER, then press the pound key. To exit, press only
the pound key. For details, see Chapter 9. You can also
use the System Administrator Menu to Record a Welcome
Message and Instruction Menu for the Directory Dialing
Mailbox. For more information, see Chapter 9.
To program the minimum number of letters a caller must
dial in order reach the extension or mailbox, use
Customize Database Menu, System Options. If a caller
does not dial the minimum number during or after the
Directory Dialing Message, NVM-22 says, You have not
entered enough letters, then returns the caller to the
Directory Dialing Message.
To record mailbox names for each mailbox/extension that could
be called, use the System Administrator Menu (Chapter 9). This
is necessary only if there is more than one mailbox with the
same programmed name. For example, suppose there are two
mailboxes named SALES: one for truck sales and one for car
sales. You should record the names Truck Sales and Car Sales.
This way, when a caller dials SALES, NVM-22 will say: For
Truck Sales, dial (TRUCK Mailbox Number). For Car Sales,
dial (CAR Mailbox Number).
An extension user can also transfer an outside caller to a
Directory Dialing Mailbox. See Transferring a Call to a
Mailbox in the User’s Guide. This type of transfer is allowed
only if the Directory Dialing Mailbox number falls into the
extension numbering plan of the phone system.
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
7RDFFHVV'LUHFWRU\'LDOLQJ0DLOER[HVIURPWKH0DLQ0HQX
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
Use the Reports Menu, Mailbox Numeric List to see which mailbox
numbers are used in the system. Select some of the unused ones to
become Directory Dialing Mailboxes.
Options item, see the beginning of this chapter. The Directory
Dialing Mailbox Options are described below.
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
CHAINING DIRECTORY DIALING (DD) MAILBOXES
Subscriber Extension
and Mailbox 306
named: HELP.
542 named: DAY.
DD Mailbox 540
named: FLIGHT
DD Mailbox 530
For flight
information, dial
FLIGHT. For
train information,
dial TRAIN. For
operator assistance,
dial HELP.
For planes leaving
before 4 PM, dial
DAY. For planes
leaving after 4 PM,
dial NIGHT.
Dial Action Table 1
The plane leaves at
2:15 PM.
543 named: NIGHT.
The plane leaves at
8:50 PM.
Dial Action Table 1
Key 3: TRF XXX
Key 5: GOTO XXX
544 named: EARLY.
DD Mailbox 541
named: TRAIN
For trains leaving
before 4 PM, dial
EARLY. For trains
leaving after 4 PM,
dial LATE.
Dial Action Table 1
The train leaves at
10 AM.
545 named: LATE.
The train leaves at
10:20 PM.
17500 - 28
Figure 2: Chaining Directory Dialing Mailboxes
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
7\SH
This is where you assign a mailbox type.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
ä
No Directory Dialing Mailboxes.
S
Subscriber
G
Guest
Undefined
A
Announcement
D
Distribution
FD
Future Delivery DD
Directory Dialing
CR
Call Routing
T
Trunk
When you change a mailbox type, NVM-22 erases its Extension
number and messages (if any).
1DPH
This option lets you assign a name to the Directory Dialing Mailbox.
The name appears in system reports. The name is also used for the
Directory Dialing feature. A caller dials this name from another
Directory Dialing Mailbox to reach this Directory Dialing Mailbox.
A caller also dials this name from an Extension Name Directory to transfer to
this Directory Dialing Mailbox. See Customizing Routing Options Using a
Dial Action Table (Extension Name Directory) in Chapter 4.
'()$8/7
None
(175,(6
N - None
127(6
ä
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
The first character must not be a blank or a punctuation mark if
name-dialing is allowed.
'HSDUWPHQW
This option lets you enter the name of the department associated with the
Directory Dialing Mailbox.
'()$8/7
N
(175,(6
N - None
127(6
N/A
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
'LDO$FWLRQ7DEOH
This is the Dial Action Table associated with the Directory Dialing
Mailbox.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
ä
N
1-100
N - None
To set up the Dial Action Table, use Customize Database Menu,
Dial Action Table. NVM-22 uses the Key 0 Action in the Dial
Action Table to route a caller who presses only the pound key
during the Directory Dialing Message.
5LQJVEHIRUHUHGLUHFWWUI
When someone makes a screened transfer using the Directory Dialing
Mailbox, this “Rings” option is the number of times NVM-22 rings
the extension before NVM-22 takes the call back and lets the caller
know their dialing options (for example: to leave a message,
press 1...).
If a screened transfer rings an extension fewer times than programmed here,
you must increase one or both of the following telephone system timers:
Hold Recall and/or the Rings Before Recall.
For more information on screened transfers, see Customizing Routing
'()$8/7
3 times
(175,(6
1-99 times
127(6
ä
'LUHFWRU\/LVW
This list code determines whether a caller can name-dial this Directory
Dialing Mailbox from:
l Another Directory Dialing Mailbox
Directory.
For more information on an Extension Name Directory, see Customizing
'()$8/7
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
A screened transfer will not ring an extension at all if:
n
The extension’s mailbox greeting is on.
n
The extension’s Paging Message is on.
n
The extension has blocked Automated Attendant
transfers.
N
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
'LUHFWRU\/LVWFRQWªG
(175,(6
1-100 -
A-
N127(6
ä
or to a Call Routing Mailbox with an Extension Name Directory,
use Customize Database Menu, Mailbox Options.
'LUHFWRU\/LVWWRXVH
This list code determines which extensions (or mailboxes) a caller can namedial from this Directory Dialing Mailbox.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
A
1-100 AN-
127(6
ä
127(6
&KDSWHU
To create and customize all the mailboxes that a caller should be
able to name-dial, use Customize Database Menu, Mailbox
Options. Be sure to assign a name and Directory List to each.
To let a caller name-dial a Subscriber, Message Center, or Guest
extension, be sure to assign an extension number to those
mailboxes.
(175,(6
u
Allow caller to name-dial only the extensions or
mailboxes with a Directory List entry of 1-100
Allow caller to name-dial extensions or
mailboxes that do not have a Directory List
entry of “N”
Not allow caller to name-dial
This is the amount of time a caller has to respond to any voice prompt
(or recorded instruction) that plays in the Directory Dialing Mailbox.
If the caller does not dial a code within this time limit, NVM-22
replays the prompt.
'()$8/7
,VVXH
Allow caller to name-dial this Directory Dialing
or Extension Name Directory with a Directory
List to use entry of 1-100 (respectively) or “A”
Allow caller to name-dial this Directory Dialing
Directory List to use entry of “N”
Not allow caller to name-dial this Directory
Dialing Mailbox
5 seconds
0-99 seconds
This time limit overrides the Time limit for dialing commands in
System Options.
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
)XWXUH'HOLYHU\0DLOER[HV
A Future Delivery Mailbox lets a Subscriber or Guest Mailbox user
record a message and have NVM-22 deliver (send) it to other
mailboxes at a future date and time. Future Delivery Messages are
commonly used to remind other people of meetings, appointments,
etc. All Future Delivery Messages get stored in the Future Delivery
Mailbox until the programmed date and time for delivery. If
necessary, a user can call (log on to) the Future Delivery Mailbox,
then listen to and erase the message before NVM-22 delivers it.
'HVFULSWLRQ
NVM-22 allows one Future Delivery Mailbox. To change the Future
Delivery Mailbox number, you must delete the current Future Delivery
Mailbox, then create one with the new number.
127(6
To record a Future Delivery Message and to call (log on to) a
Future Delivery Mailbox, see the User’s Guide. Not all the
NVM-22 user features are available to Future Delivery Mailbox.
See in the User’s Guide.
To record a Broadcast Message, use System Administrator Menu
(Chapter 9). This message plays to all Subscriber, Message
Center, Future Delivery and Guest Mailboxes.
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
7RDFFHVV)XWXUH'HOLYHU\0DLOER[HVIURPWKH0DLQ0HQX
ä
Future Delivery Mailbox number.
Select Mailbox Options. For details on how to use the Mailbox Options
item, see the beginning of this chapter. The Future Delivery Mailbox
7\SH
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
Future Delivery Mailbox 860
S
Subscriber
G
Guest
Undefined
A
Announcement
D
Distribution
FD
Future Delivery DD
Directory Dialing
CR
Call Routing
T
Trunk
When you change a mailbox type, NVM-22 erases its extension
number and messages (if any).
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
)XWXUH'HOLYHU\0DLOER[HVFRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
6HFXULW\&RGH
This code serves as a “lock” for the Future Delivery Mailbox.
Without dialing the code, a person cannot call (log on to) the Future
Delivery Mailbox.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
ä
1DPH This option lets you enter a name for the Future Delivery Mailbox.
The name appears in system reports.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
ä
N
N - None
The first time you enter a Security Code, you see the digits on the
screen. If you return to it, you will not see the digits. NVM-22
hides each digit with a star for privacy. If a person forgets the
Security Code, you can enter a new one on the screen and tell them
what it is. Or, you can delete the Security Code and let the user
assign it through their mailbox.
127(6
N
N - None
N/A
'HSDUWPHQW This option lets you enter the name of the department associated with the
Future Delivery Mailbox.
'()$8/7
N
(175,(6
N - None
127(6
N/A
ä This is the maximum number of messages that the Future Delivery
1XPEHURIPVJ
Mailbox can store.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
ä
u
&KDSWHU
To set message length limit, use Customize Database Menu,
System Options.
'LUHFWRU\/LVW
N/A
(175,(6
N/A
N/A
127(6
N/A
'()$8/7
,VVXH
32
1-1000
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
Chapter 4
&XVWRPL]LQJWKH$XWRPDWHG$WWHQGDQW
Customizing Answering Options Using an Answering Schedule Table ........4-107
Schedule # Day (s) or Date.............................................................4-109
Schedule # Time ............................................................................4-109
Schedule # Mailbox .......................................................................4-109
How the Automated Attendant Handles Calls: A Flowchart Summary........4-113
Customizing Routing Options Using a Dial Action Table ............................4-115
Key Action.....................................................................................4-115
Key Number ..................................................................................4-129
TIMEOUT Action & Number ........................................................4-129
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
Chapter 4
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
Customizing the Automated Attendant
&XVWRPL]LQJ$QVZHULQJ2SWLRQV8VLQJDQ$QVZHULQJ6FKHGXOH7DEOH
'HVFULSWLRQ
Generally speaking, the NVM-22 Automated Attendant answers trunk
(outside) calls as follows: it sends the caller to a mailbox and plays
the recorded message (s) for that mailbox. The different types of
mailboxes that can answer calls are as follows:
n
Call Routing, Message Center, Announcement
n
Directory Dialing, Subscriber
For details how these mailboxes answer and the types of messages
they play, see About the Options later in this topic.
An Answering Schedule Table (1-16) let NVM-22 answer an
incoming call according to programmed schedules. In other words,
NVM-22 can answer a calls using mailbox A during the day, mailbox
B at night, mailbox C during the weekend, etc. In each case, the
caller hears the mailbox’s recorded message.
In an Answering Schedule Table, you can program up to 20 schedules.
Each schedule includes:
l The type of mailbox that should answer the call
l The day (or date) that the mailbox should start answering the call
l The time of day that the mailbox should start answering calls
For example, you could program an AST with the 3 schedules below:
l
6FKHGXOH
l
6FKHGXOH
l
6FKHGXOH
Starting at 9 AM, Monday through Friday, NVM-22 answers a call
using Call Routing Mailbox 811 and plays this Welcome Message and
Instruction Menu:
Thank you for calling ABC company. Please dial the extension
number you wish to reach or dial 1 for an extension directory.
Starting at 5PM, Monday through Thursday, NVM-22 answers with
Message Center Mailbox 815 and plays this Welcome Message:
Thank you for calling ABC company. Our offices are closed and
will re-open at 9:00 tomorrow morning. If you wish, you can leave a
message after the tone. Otherwise, please call again.
Starting at 5 PM on Friday, NVM-22 answers a call using
Announcement Mailbox 800 and plays this Announcement Message:
Thank you for calling ABC company. Our offices are closed for the
weekend. Our normal business hours are 9:00-5:00, Monday to
Friday. We look forward to helping you then.
127(6
To create the mailboxes that should answer calls, use the
To enter the mailboxes in the ASTs and to set up the
schedules, see About the Options on the next page.
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
FRQWªG
'HVFULSWLRQ
127(6
Once you set up an AST, you assign it to a port or, if allowed, a
trunk.
- If you assign an AST to a port, NVM-22 uses
that AST to answer all trunks that use the port. To
assign an AST to a port, use Customize Database Menu,
Port Options.
- If you assign as AST to a trunk, NVM-22
ignores the port’s AST, if any, and uses the trunk’s AST
to answer the trunk. To assign an AST to a trunk, you
use the Customize Database Menu, Mailbox Options, to assign the
AST to the corresponding Trunk Mailbox (if Trunk
Mailboxes are allowed).
See also the flowchart on page 4-113.
NVM-22 lets the System Administrator override the schedule
that is in effect from any Touch Tone telephone (see
Overriding the Answering Schedule in Chapter 9).
For certain phone systems, NVM-22 can answer calls
according to the System Options, Schedule to use in Day
mode and Schedule to use in Day mode. See also
Chapter 2.
If calls are not getting answered correctly, you may want to
check the System Options, Wait for (after) ____ protocol
digits. These fields do not apply to all phone systems.
NVM-22 can also answer an extension’s incoming calls if the
extension user forwards their calls to their mailbox. Generally
speaking, this should not be done if NVM-22 is set up for
screened transfers (for info on screened transfers, see Chapter
4, Customizing Routing Options Using a Dial Action Table).
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
7RDFFHVV$67IURPWKH0$,10HQX
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
Select Answer Schedules. The AST options are described below.
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
FRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
6FKHGXOH'D\VRU'DWH
This is the day(s) or date NVM-22 should start answering calls using the
mailbox you enter for the AST option,Schedule # Mailbox (on next page).
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
ä
You can enter any range of days except:
- A range that bridges Sunday. For example: Fr-Mo. To
enter Fr-Mo, use 2 schedules: Fr-Su, and Mo.
- Mo-Su. NVM-22 changes it to Su-Sa.
6FKHGXOH7LPH
This is the time that NVM-22 should start answering a call using the
mailbox you enter for the AST option,Schedule # Mailbox (on next page).
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
ä
See page Error! Bookmark not defined.
A single day (Mo, Tu, We, Th, Fr, Sa, Su)
A range of days (e.g., Mo-Fr)
A date (month/date = 01-12/01-31)
See page 4-Error! Bookmark not defined.
HH:MM
HH = hour (00-23)
MM = minutes (00-59
N/A
6FKHGXOH0DLOER[
This is the mailbox that NVM-22 should use to answer a call on the
day/date/time selected in the two options above. You can enter these type
of mailboxes: Call Routing, Message Center, Announcement, Directory
Dialing, or Subscriber.
Call Routing Mailbox
NVM-22 plays the recorded Welcome Message and Instruction Menu for
this mailbox, then lets the caller press a key on their Touch Tone phone to
route their own call.
In addition, a Call Routing Mailbox can handle incoming FAX calls, but
only when NVM-22 is connected to certain phone systems (see NOTES
below). If the Call Routing Mailbox detects FAX carrier tone instead of a
Touch Tone digit, NVM-22 can automatically transfer the call to the
company FAX machine as long as the FAX machine is connected to an
extension in the phone system. This type of transfer is handy should a
caller try to send a FAX to the Auto Attendant number by mistake.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
Call Routing Mailbox number
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
FRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
6FKHGXOH0DLOER[FRQWªG
Call Routing Mailbox (cont’d)
127(6
To create and/or customize a Call Routing Mailbox, use
Customize Database Menu, Mailbox Options. Make sure you
assign a Dial Action Table number to it. For more
information on Call Routing Mailboxes, see Chapter 3.
To customize the routing options in the Dial Action Table, use
Customize Database Menu, Dial Action Table. See also
Chapter 4.
To record a Welcome Message and Instruction Menu, use
System Administrator Menu (Chapter 9).
If you want the Call Routing Mailbox to handle incoming
FAX transmissions, make sure of the following:
- The FAX machine is connected to an extension in the
phone system.
- The Call Routing Mailbox option Time limit for dialing
commands is set to at least 30 seconds.
- The System Option FAX detect dial string is correctly
programmed.
One other thing: NVM-22 will answer the FAX call only if
the caller is using a FAX machine that sends a CNG tone
(1100 Hz, with an on/off time of 0.5/3 sec).
All phone systems can answer FAX calls except Alliance.
Message Center Mailbox
NVM-22 plays the Welcome Message for this mailbox, then a beep. The
caller can leave a message after the beep. A Message Center Mailbox is
primarily for rotary dial callers.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
Message Center Mailbox Number
127(6
To create and/or customize a Message Center Mailbox, use
Customize Database Menu, Mailbox Options. For more
information on Message Center Mailboxes, see Chapter 3.
To record a Welcome Message, use System Administrator
Menu (Chapter 9).
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
FRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
6FKHGXOH0DLOER[FRQWªG
NVM-22 plays the Announcement Message for this mailbox (e.g., a movie
schedule), then hangs up.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
Announcement Mailbox Number
127(6
To create and/or customize an Announcement Mailbox, use
information on Announcement Mailboxes, see Chapter 3.
To record an Announcement Message, use System
Administrator Menu (Chapter 9).
Directory Dialing Mailbox
NVM-22 plays the Directory Dialing Message, then lets the caller dial a
name to reach an extension or mailbox.
'()$8/7
See page 4-Error! Bookmark not defined..
(175,(6
Directory Dialing Mailbox
127(6
To create and/or customize a Directory Dialing Mailbox, use
Customize Database Menu, Mailbox Options. Make sure you
assign a Dial Action Table to it. For more information on
Directory Dialing Mailboxes, see Chapter 3.
To customize the routing options in the Dial Action Table,
Customize Database Menu, Dial Action Table. See also
Chapter 4.
To record a Welcome, Instruction Menu, or Directory Dialing
Message, use System Administrator Menu (Chapter 9).
Subscriber Mailbox
NVM-22 brings the caller into the Subscriber Mailbox and plays, You
have ___ messages. The caller can then listen to the messages or use
other Voice Mail features.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
Subscriber Mailbox number
127(6
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
To create and/or customize a Subscriber Mailbox, use
information on Subscriber Mailboxes, see Chapter 3.
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
FRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
'HIDXOWIRU$QVZHULQJ6FKHGXOH7DEOHV
Answering Schedule Tables (AST) 1-4 are each set up with the four
schedules shown below. A Call Routing Mailbox (CR) is assigned to each
schedule.
Morn (Mo-Fr, 8AM)
Aft (Mo-Fr, 12PM)
Eve (Mo-Th, 5PM)
Wkend (Fr, 5PM):
$67
$67
$67
$67
CR 811
CR 812
CR 813
CR 814
CR 821
CR 822
CR 823
CR 824
CR 831
CR 832
CR 833
CR 834
CR 841
CR 842
CR 843
CR 844
The default Welcome Message is Thank you for calling.
The default Instruction Menu is If you are calling from a Touch Tone
phone, please dial the extension number you wish to reach or dial 0 for
assistance. If you are calling from a rotary dial phone, please stay on
the line for assistance.
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
+RZWKH$XWRPDWHG$WWHQGDQW+DQGOHV&DOOV$)ORZFKDUW6XPPDU\
The flowchart below shows how the Automated Attendant answers and
routes a trunk call. The flowchart assumes the trunk is assigned to Voice
Mail (VM) in telephone system programming. For detailed information,
see Customizing Answering Options Using an Answering Schedule Table
and Customizing Routing Options Using a Dial Action Table in this
chapter.
Trunk XXX rings into
VM port #1 on
Monday at 8 A.M.
Yes
Does
Trunk
Mailbox XXX
have an
AST 1?
Does
VM
port #1
have an
AST?
No
Yes
VM answers
the call with
the voice prompt:
Please enter your
mailbox number.
No
Yes
VM looks in the
AST for the schedule
that handles calls
on Monday at 8 A.M.
Does
the schedule
send calls to
a Call Routing
Mailbox?
Does
the schedule
send calls to
a Subscriber
Mailbox?
No
Yes
VM
answers
the call
with the
voice
prompt:
Please
enter
your
mailbox
number.
Yes
VM answers
the call with the
voice prompt:
Please enter your
security code (if
one is assigned)
or You have
X messages.
Does
No
the Call
Routing Mailbox?
have a
DAT 2 ?
No
Does
the schedule
send calls to an
Announcement
Mailbox?
Yes
VM answers
the call with the
Announcement
Message for the
Announcement
Mailbox.
No
Does
No
the schedule
send calls to a
Message Center
Mailbox?
Does
the schedule
send calls to a
Directory Dialing
Mailbox?
Yes
VM answers
the call with the
Welcome
Message for the
Message Center
Mailbox.
Yes
Yes
VM answers
the call with the
Welcome Message
and Instruction Menu
for the Directory
Dialing Mailbox
(if recorded). Then
VM plays the
Directory Dialing
Message.
VM answers the call with the
Welcome Message and Instruction
Menu for the Call Routing Mailbox.
When the caller dials a code,
VM routes the call using the DAT.
C24FLOW
Figure 3: How the Automated Attendant Handles Calls
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
&XVWRPL]LQJ5RXWLQJ2SWLRQV8VLQJD'LDO$FWLRQ7DEOH
'HVFULSWLRQ
A Dial Action Table (1-100) lets you assign an action (that is, a call
routing option) and number to each dialpad key (0-9, *, #) on a Touch
Tone phone. This lets an NVM-22 caller press a dialpad key to route
their own call to an extension, mailbox, Voice Mail, etc. For
example, you could program dialpad key 4 so that pressing it sends a
caller to Announcement Mailbox 350, which plays the weekly
business schedule. The Dial Action Table would look like this:
Key 4 Action: GOTO
Key 4 Number: 350
In addition, the Dial Action Table lets you assign an action and number to
the TIMEOUT function. NVM-22 uses the TIMEOUT function to
automatically route a caller who does not press a Touch Tone digit within
a certain amount of time. The TIMEOUT function lets NVM-22 handle
rotary dial callers.
After you customize the Dial Action Table, you must make sure that
the Dial Action Table number is assigned to a Call Routing Mailbox.
Then, if you want to provide the call routing options to Automated
Attendant callers, you must assign the Call Routing Mailbox to an
Answering Schedule Table. For details, see also see Customizing
Answering Options Using an Answering Schedule Table in this
chapter.
127(6
After you set up the Dial Action Table, you record a Welcome
Message and Instruction Menu for the Call Routing Mailbox.
A typical Welcome Message is, Thank you for calling XYZ
company. The Instruction Menu explains the routing options.
The Instruction Menu for the example above should say,
Press 4 for the weekly business schedule.
You can also assign a Dial Action Table to a Directory
Dialing Mailbox. This lets a caller name-dial extensions or
mailboxes. For more information, see Directory Dialing
If the Automated Attendant is not processing calls correctly,
check the System Options, Wait for (or after) ____ protocol
digits.
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
7RDFFHVV'LDO$FWLRQ7DEOHIURPWKH0$,10HQX
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
Select Dial Action Table. The Dial Action Table Options are
described below.
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
&XVWRPL]LQJ5RXWLQJ2SWLRQV8VLQJD'LDO$FWLRQ7DEOHFRQWªG
2SWLRQV
ä
.H\$FWLRQ
This is the action (call routing option) associated with the dialpad key
(0-9, *, #). The call routing options are fully described below (see the
boxed headings).
Undefined Routing
Assigns no action to the key. When a caller presses an Undefined Routing
key, NVM-22 says, That is an invalid entry.
'()$8/7
See page 4-130
(175,(6
UND
127(6
Enter N in the Key Number field.
Screened Transfer to an Extension
Lets a caller transfer to a Subscriber, Guest, or Message Center extension
by pressing one dialpad key or by dialing the extension number. If the
transfer does not go through (busy, no-answer, reorder), NVM-22 takes the
incomplete transfer off Hold and lets the caller know their options.
More specifically, when a caller tries to make a screened transfer to an
extension and the transfer does not go through, NVM-22 does these two
things:
NVM-22 plays one of the following extension status messages:
Extension XXX is busy.
Extension XXX does not answer.
Extension XXX does not exist, when the extension is not installed.
NVM-22 returns the caller to the Automated Attendant (i.e., the
Instruction Menu for the Call Routing or Directory Dialing Mailbox
that transferred the call) and step 2 below does not apply.
Extension XXX is not available, when a Subscriber Mailbox blocks
Automated Attendant transfers and does not have a Next Call Routing
Mailbox. For more information on blocked Automated Attendant calls
and Next Call Routing Mailboxes, see Subscriber Mailboxes in
Chapter 3.
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
2SWLRQV
ä
.H\$FWLRQFRQWªG
Screened Transfer to an Extension (cont’d)
NVM-22 plays this: To leave a message press 1. For other options,
press 2.
The caller can press 1 to leave a message, then:
• Hang up. Or,
• Press # for the Automated Attendant (i.e., the Instruction Menu
for the Call Routing or Directory Dialing Mailbox that transferred
the call). Or,
• Press a key to re-route their call if they called a Subscriber or
Message Center extension. This option is available if the
Subscriber or Message Center Mailbox has a Next Call Routing
Mailbox.
Or, the caller can press 2 to return to the Automated Attendant
Instruction Menu (i.e., the Instruction Menu for the Call Routing or
Directory Dialing Mailbox that transferred the call).
IMPORTANT: If NVM-22 is set up with screened transfers
(TRFs), extension users should not forward their phones to
their mailbox.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
See page 4-130
TRF
To allow a screened transfer to one specific extension, enter
the extension number in the Key Number field.
To allow dialed screened transfers to, for example, all twodigit extensions that begin with the digit 1, enter TRF in the
Key 1 Action field and XX in the Key 1 Number field.
A Guest, Subscriber, or Message Center extension can receive
screened transfers and messages only if the extension number
has been assigned to the Extension field of that mailbox. To
do this, use the Customize Database Menu, Mailbox Options.
To let a Guest, Subscriber, or Message Center extension
receive screened transfers, but not receive messages after
incomplete transfers, make sure: (a) The extension number
has been assigned to the Extension field of a Guest,
Subscriber, or Message Center Mailbox. (b) The Transferonly Mailbox option is enabled for the mailbox. To do this,
use the Customize Database Menu, Mailbox Options.
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
ä
2SWLRQV
.H\$FWLRQFRQWªG
127(6
The TRF action can also be used to transfer a caller to a
mailbox as long as the mailbox number begins with the same
digit as the extension numbers in the system. Callers can
transfer to all the mailbox types listed under Go to a Mailbox
(page 4-Error! Bookmark not defined.). To let a caller
transfer to a Subscriber, Guest, or Message Center Mailbox
and immediately leave message, make sure you do not assign
an extension number to those mailboxes.
To set the following options related to screened transfers, use
Customize Database Menu, System Options:
l Hold retrieval string (retrieves an incomplete screened
transfer)
l Ringdown string (makes extension ring)
l Wait for (after) ___protocol digits (identifies types of calls)
l Transfer string (gets dialed before system dials the
extension)
To record a name for a Subscriber, Guest, or Message
Mailbox, use System Administrator Options (Chapter 9). The
name plays in the extension status messages (Extension XXX
is busy) instead of the extension number.
To block Auto Attendant transfers to a Subscriber Mailbox
and/or to assign a Next Call Routing Mailbox to a Subscriber
Mailbox and/or Message Center Mailbox, use Customize
Database Menu, Mailbox Options. The Next Call Routing
Mailbox gives a caller dialing options while they are in the
Subscriber Mailbox.
To customize the Rings before redirect trf option for the Call
Routing Mailbox, use Customize Database Menu, Mailbox
Options. This option determines the number of times an
extension rings before NVM-22 takes back the call.
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
2SWLRQV
ä
.H\$FWLRQFRQWªG
127(6
If the caller dials an invalid mailbox number, NVM-22
reroutes the call using the Answering Schedule Table assigned
to the port that is handling the caller’s trunk.
If a Guest or Subscriber extension has their mailbox greeting
recorded, NVM-22 will not play the extension status message.
This is what happens:
• If the greeting is on, NVM-22 does not try to transfer the
call. Instead, NVM-22 plays the greeting.
• If the mailbox greeting is off, NVM-22 tries to transfer
the call. If the call does not go through, NVM-22 plays
the greeting. After the greeting plays, the caller can
leave a message (if desired), then use the options listed
under step 2 above.
A caller will not hear the voice prompts described in
steps 1 and 2 if the following features are enabled for the
Subscriber Mailbox: Call Waiting, Call Announcing, Forced
Unscreened Transfers, or a recorded Paging Message
(Park/Paging string). For more information on these features,
see Subscriber Mailboxes in Chapter 3. (Forced Unscreened
Transfers also apply to Guest and Message Center Mailboxes.)
Monitored Transfer to an Extension
Lets a caller transfer to a Subscriber, Guest, or Message Center extension
by pressing one dialpad key or by dialing the extension number. If ring
tone is detected at the extension, NVM-22 releases the call to the
extension. If busy or reorder tone is detected, NVM-22 plays a status
message (Extension XXX is busy), then lets the caller leave a message or
select another dialing option. Monitored Transfer is typically used to
transfer calls to Hunt Groups (for example, a Customer Service Hunt
Group).
More specifically, when a caller tries to make a monitored transfer to an
extension and busy or reorder tone is detected, NVM-22 does these two
things:
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
2SWLRQV
ä
.H\$FWLRQFRQWªG
Monitored Transfer to an Extension (cont’d)
NVM-22 plays one of the following extension status messages:
Extension XXX is busy.
Extension XXX does not exist, when the extension is not
installed. NVM-22 returns the caller to the Automated Attendant
(i.e., the Instruction Menu for the Call Routing or Directory
Dialing Mailbox that transferred the call) and step 2 below does
not apply.
Extension XXX is not available, when a Subscriber Mailbox
blocks Automated Attendant transfers and does not have a Next
Call Routing Mailbox. For more information on blocked
Automated Attendant calls and Next Call Routing Mailboxes, see
Subscriber Mailboxes in Chapter 3.
NVM-22 plays this: To leave a message press 1. For other
options, press 2.
The caller can press 1 to leave a message, then:
• Hang up. Or,
• Press # for the Automated Attendant (i.e., the Instruction
Menu for the Call Routing or Directory Dialing Mailbox that
transferred the call). Or,
• Press a key to re-route their call if they called a Subscriber or
Message Center extension. This option is available if the
Subscriber or Message Center Mailbox has a Next Call
Routing Mailbox.
Or, the caller can press 2 to return to the Automated Attendant
Instruction Menu (i.e., the Instruction Menu for the Call Routing
or Directory Dialing Mailbox that transferred the call).
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
See page 4-130
TRF
To allow a monitored transfer to one specific extension, enter
the extension number in the Key Number field.
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
2SWLRQV
ä
.H\$FWLRQFRQWªG
127(6
To allow dialed monitored transfers to, for example, all twodigit extensions that begin with the digit 1, enter TRF in the
Key 1 Action field and XX in the Key 1 Number field.
A Guest, Subscriber, or Message Center extension can receive
monitored transfers and messages only if the extension
number has been assigned to the Extension field of that
mailbox. To do this, use the Customize Database Menu,
Mailbox Options.
To let a Guest, Subscriber, or Message Center extension
receive monitored transfers, but not receive messages after
incomplete transfers, make sure: (a) The extension number
has been assigned to the Extension field of a Guest,
Subscriber, or Message Center Mailbox. (b) The Transferonly Mailbox option is enabled for the mailbox. To do this,
use the Customize Database Menu, Mailbox Options.
The MTRF action can also be used to transfer a caller to a
(page 4-Error! Bookmark not defined.). To let a caller
To set the following options related to monitored transfers,
use Customize Database Menu, System Options:
l Hold retrieval string (retrieves an incomplete screened
transfer)
l Ringdown string (makes extension ring)
l Wait for (after) ___protocol digits (sets timing)
l Transfer string (gets dialed before system dials the
extension)
Mailbox, use System Administrator Options (Chapter 9). The
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
2SWLRQV
ä
.H\$FWLRQFRQWªG
127(6
To block monitored transfers to a Subscriber Mailbox and/or
to assign a Next Call Routing Mailbox to a Subscriber
Mailbox and/or Message Center Mailbox, use Customize
Database Menu, Mailbox Options. The Next Call Routing
Mailbox gives a caller dialing options while they are in the
Subscriber Mailbox.
To customize Rings before redirect trf for the Call Routing
Mailbox, use Customize Database Menu, Mailbox Options.
This option sets the number of times an extension rings before
NVM-22 takes back the call.
If the caller dials an invalid mailbox number, NVM-22
reroutes the call using the Answering Schedule Table assigned
to the port that is handling the caller’s trunk.
If a Guest or Subscriber extension has their mailbox greeting
recorded, NVM-22 will not play the extension status message.
This is what happens:
• If the greeting is on, NVM-22 does not try to transfer the
call. Instead, NVM-22 plays the greeting.
If the mailbox greeting is off, NVM-22 tries to transfer the
call. If the call does not go through, NVM-22 plays the
greeting. After the greeting plays, the caller can leave a
message (if desired), then use the options listed under step
2 above.
A caller will not hear the voice prompts described in
steps 1 and 2 if the following features are enabled for the
Subscriber Mailbox: Call Waiting, Call Announcing, Forced
Unscreened Transfers, or a recorded Paging Message
(Park/Paging string). For more information on these features,
see Subscriber Mailboxes in Chapter 3. (Forced Unscreened
Transfers also apply to Guest and Message Center Mailboxes.)
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
2SWLRQV
ä
.H\$FWLRQFRQWªG
Unscreened Transfer to an Extension
Lets a caller make an unscreened transfer to a Subscriber, Guest, or
Message Center extension by pressing one dialpad key or by dialing the
extension number. If the transfer does not go through (for example, when
the extension is busy), telephone system programming dictates where the
call goes.
If the phone system is programmed to send incomplete transfers back to
NVM-22, the caller will hear the extension status message (Extension
XXX [or name] is busy) then their dialing options. For details on what the
Automated Attendant says to the caller, see Screened Transfer to an
Extension in this section.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
See page 4-130
UTRF
To allow an unscreened transfer to a specific extension, enter
the extension number in the Key Number field. NVM-22 also
allows an unscreened transfer to a number that is not in the
extension numbering plan.
To allow dialed unscreened transfers to, for example, all twodigit extensions that begin with the digit 1, enter UTRF in the
Key 1 Action field. Then enter XX in the Key 1 Number field.
If the caller dials an invalid number, NVM-22 reroutes the
call using the Answering Schedule Table assigned to the port
that is handling the caller’s trunk.
If the phone system is programmed to send incomplete transfers
back to NVM-22, you must do the following if you want the
callers to be able to leave message for an extension: Enter the
extension number in the Extension field of a Guest, Subscriber,
or Message Center Mailbox. To do this programming, use the
Customize Database Menu, Mailbox Options. By default, the
extension numbers are assigned to Subscriber Mailboxes (e.g.,
extension 302 is assigned to Subscriber Mailbox 302, etc.)
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
2SWLRQV
ä
.H\$FWLRQFRQWªG
Unscreened Transfer to an Extension
Mailbox, use System Administrator Menu (Chapter 9). The
To block Automated Attendant transfers to a Subscriber
Mailbox and/or to assign a Next Call Routing Mailbox to a
Subscriber Mailbox and/or Message Center Mailbox, use
To set Wait for (after) ____ protocol digits, use Customize
The UTRF action can also be used to transfer a caller to a
(page 4-Error! Bookmark not defined.. To let a caller
Record a Message/Quick Message
Record a Message lets a caller press the selected key to record a message
in a specific Guest or Subscriber Mailbox. Quick Message lets a caller
press the selected key then a Guest or Subscriber Mailbox number to
record a message in that mailbox.
Record a Message and Quick Message also let a caller record a
message for a Distribution Mailbox. When the caller finishes
recording and hangs up, NVM-22 sends the message to each mailbox
on the Distribution List that is associated with the Distribution
Mailbox. For more information on Distribution Mailboxes, see
Chapter 3. For more information on Distribution Lists, see Chapter 5.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
See page 4-130
REC1 - Plays the mailbox greeting, a beep, then goes into
record mode.
REC2 - Plays voice prompt Recording, a beep, then goes
into record mode. The REC2 option is typically used
when Option 2 is selected for a Subscriber’s Alternate
Next CRMB dial option. For details, see page 4-59.
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
2SWLRQV
ä
.H\$FWLRQFRQWªG
Record a Message/Quick Message (cont’d)
127(6
To let caller record a message in a specific mailbox, enter the
mailbox number in the Key Number field.
To let a caller leave a Quick Message for a 2-, 3-, or 4-digit
extension, enter IXX, IXXX, or IXXX (respectively) in the
Key Number field.
To enable/disable the greeting for Quick Message using
REC1, use Customize Database Menu, System Options
(Greeting for qck msg/mailbox transfer). If you disable the
greeting, NVM-22 will play At the tone you can leave a
message.
Extension Name Directory (Dialing by Last/First Names)
Lets a caller transfer to an extension by dialing its programmed name.
First, the caller must press the key assigned to the Extension Name
Directory. Then the caller dials the name programmed for the extension’s
mailbox. You can program first- or last-name dialing. If you program
last-name dialing, for example, callers have to dial a person’s last name
first. Below are the specifics for how an Extension Name Directory
works:
When a caller presses the dialpad key that is set up for an Extension Name
Directory, NVM-22 plays this Directory Dialing Message: Please enter
____ or more letters of the person’s name, starting with their last (first)
name, then press the pound key. To enter a Q or Z, press 1. To exit this
directory, press only the pound key.
When the caller dials a valid name and presses the pound key,
NVM-22 says, Calling (full name), extension XXX then transfers the call.
If the caller forgets to press the pound key, NVM-22 waits for a
programmed time, then transfers the call anyway. If the letters dialed
identify more than one person, NVM-22 says: (Double-beep) For person
A, dial ___ . (Double-beep) For person B, dial ___, where person A and
person B are the recorded names for each extension’s mailbox.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
See page 4-130.
DIRL for last-name dialing
DIRF for first-name dialing
Make sure the Dial Action Table is set up for screened
transfers (TRF) or unscreened transfers (UTRF) to the
extensions.
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
2SWLRQV
ä
.H\$FWLRQFRQWªG
Extension Name Directory (cont’d)
127(6
To record mailbox names and/or a Directory Dialing Message,
use System Administrator Menu (Chapter 9).
To enter a name for each Subscriber, Guest, or Message
Center Mailbox, use Customize Database Menu, Mailbox
Options. This must be done for each mailbox. For last-name
(first-name) dialing, enter the last (first) name first.
To customize the minimum number of letters a caller must
dial, use the Customize Database Menu, System Options (Min
entry for Directory Dialing).
To determine whether NVM-22 plays the extension number
when it calls the extension, use Customize Database Menu,
System Options (Play Ext. Number for Dir. Dialing).
NVM-22 does not complete a name-dialed call if:
• Name-dialing that extension is not allowed or the name
does not exist. NVM-22 says, That name is not listed in
the directory, then returns the caller to the Directory
Dialing Message. To allow or deny the name-dialing of
certain extensions, use the Directory List to use option of
the Call Routing Mailbox and the Directory List option of
the called extension/mailbox.
• The caller presses only the pound key. This returns the
caller to the Instruction Menu for the Call Routing
Mailbox.
• The caller does not dial the minimum number of letters.
NVM-22 says, You have not entered enough letters., then
returns the caller to the Directory Dialing Message.
Name-dialing is also available from a Directory Dialing
Mailbox. Callers can name-dial without having to first press
the key assigned to the Extension Name Directory. See
Directory Dialing Mailboxes in Chapter 3.
Log On to a Mailbox
Lets a caller press the selected key, then a mailbox number to log on to a
Subscriber, Guest, or Message Center Mailbox and access the NVM-22
Main Menu of user features. The caller hears the Broadcast Message, if
recorded, then the prompt You have ___ messages. To listen to your
messages, press L. and so on.
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
2SWLRQV
ä
.H\$FWLRQFRQWªG
Log On to a Mailbox (cont’d)
The Log On to a Mailbox Action also lets a caller log on to a mailbox by
pressing one key or by dialing a mailbox number. To see what happens
when the caller logs on to other types of mailboxes, see Go to a Mailbox
on page 4-126.
'()$8/7
See page 4-130.
(175,(6
LOGON
127(6
To let a caller press the LOGON key then a mailbox number,
enter N in the Key Number field.
To let a caller press the LOGON key to log on to a specific
mailbox, enter the desired mailbox number in the Key Number
field.
To let a caller dial mailbox numbers to log on to those mailboxes,
enter XXX in the Key Number field. For example, to let callers
log on to mailboxes that begin with the digit 7, enter LOGON
XXX for the Key 7 Number field.
Hang up
Lets a caller press the selected key to terminate the call. That is, when the
caller presses the “Hang Up” digit, NVM-22 says Goodbye and hangs up.
'()$8/7
See page 4-130
(175,(6
HUP
127(6
Go to a Mailbox
Lets a caller go to a mailbox by pressing one key or by dialing a mailbox
number.
l With routing to a Call Routing Mailbox, the caller hears the
Welcome Message and Instruction Menu and can dial a code to route
their call.
l With routing to a Message Center Mailbox, the caller hears the
Welcome Message, a beep, and can then leave a message.
l With routing to a Subscriber/Guest Mailbox, the caller enters the
mailbox and can listen to its messages and use Voice Mail.
l With routing to an Announcement Mailbox, the caller hears the
recorded Announcement Message (e.g., movie schedule). Then
NVM-22 hangs up or sends the caller to the Automated Attendant
(Instruction Menu).
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
2SWLRQV
ä
.H\$FWLRQFRQWªG
Go to a Mailbox
l
With routing to a Directory Dialing Mailbox, the caller hears the
Directory Dialing Message and can dial letters (e.g., a name) to reach
an extension or mailbox.
l With routing to a Distribution Mailbox, the caller can record a
message for the Distribution List associated with the Distribution
Mailbox. NVM-22 says: At the tone, you can record your message
for (Distribution Mailbox number or name). When the caller finishes
recording and hangs up, NVM-22 sends the message to each mailbox
on the Distribution List.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
See page 4-130
GOTO
To let a caller go to a specific mailbox, enter the mailbox
number in the Key Number field.
To let a caller dial, for example, all 3-digit mailbox numbers
that begin with the digit 1, enter GOTO in the Key 1 Action
field and XXX in the Key 1 Number field.
To find all the related programming for the mailboxes, see
Chapter 3.
The UTRF and TRF actions can be used to send a caller to the
mailboxes listed above as long as the mailbox number begins
with the same digit as the extension numbers in the system.
To let a caller use UTRF or TRF to send to a Subscriber,
Guest, or Message Center Mailbox and immediately leave
message, make sure you do not assign an extension number to
those mailboxes.
Go to Language 1 or Language 2
(Only for Systems with Voice Prompts in Two Languages)
Lets a caller press the selected key to go to a mailbox, and from that point
on, hear all the system voice prompts in Language 1 or
Language 2, respectively.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
See page 4-130
LANG 1
LANG 2
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
2SWLRQV
ä
.H\$FWLRQFRQWªG
Go to Language 1 or Language 2 (cont’d)
127(6
Enter the mailbox number in the Key Number field.
To assign a language to a Subscriber, Guest, or Message
Center Mailbox, use Customize Database Menu, Mailbox
Options. If pressing a LANG key logs the caller onto a
Subscriber, Message Center, or Guest Mailbox, the caller will
hear the language programmed for that mailbox, not the
language assigned to the LANG key.
To select the Default bilingual mode for the system, use
Customize Database Menu, System Options. To see which is
Language 1 and which is Language 2, see Default bilingual
mode in Chapter 2 of this guide.
To assign a Bilingual mode to a trunk, use Customize
Database Menu, Mailbox Options to assign the language to
the corresponding Trunk Mailbox.
To record prompts for language 1 and/or 2, use the System
See also the programming for Go to a Mailbox.
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
2SWLRQV
ä
.H\1XPEHU
This is the number NVM-22 dials when a caller presses the key.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
ä
See page 4-130
N
- None
Up to 30 characters: Specific extension/mailbox number or
just dialpad digits (0-9, *, #), including:
X
- a caller-dialed digit that must be recognized
I
- a caller-dialed digit that must be ignored
F
- Flash
W
S
P
- Pause (NVM-22 pauses 2 sec, dials next
digit)
M
- Monitored pause (NVM-22 pauses 2
sec, dials next digit only if no busy/reorder tone.
Otherwise, NVM-22 terminates call.)
A
- Analyzed pause (NVM-22 pauses 4 sec,
dials next digit only if no busy/reorder tone.
Otherwise, NVM-22 terminates the call.)
[]
- Not used
V
- Not used
C
- Stay in current mailbox. This is intended to be
used with an REC2 Action that is assigned to a
Next Call Routing Mailbox’s Dial Action Table.
To set the Flash time (if you must enter a Flash in the field),
7,0(287$FWLRQ1XPEHU
NVM-22 automatically performs the TIMEOUT Action if a caller
does not dial a code after the Instruction Menu plays. NVM-22 dials
the TIMEOUT Number after performing the TIMEOUT Action.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
See page 4-130
Same as Actions and Numbers for Keys (0-9, *, #)
Typical choices for Actions are TRF, UTRF, or GOTO.
Do not use DIRF, DIRL, HUP, UND.
NVM-22 waits an interval after the end of the Instruction
Menu before executing the TIMEOUT Action. The interval is
set by the Time limit for dialing commands for the Call
Routing or Directory Dialing Mailbox.
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
2SWLRQV
'HIDXOWIRU5RXWLQJ2SWLRQVLQ'LDO$FWLRQ7DEOHV
Key 0
Keys 1-2
Key 3
Key 4-8
Key 9
Key *
Key #
TIMEOUT
1RWH
TRF 300 (Screened transfer to extension 300)
UND (Undefined Routing)
TRF XXX (Lets caller dial any extension that begins with
the digit 3 to make a screened transfer to that extension)
UND (Undefined Routing)
HUP (Hang up)
REC (Quick Message)
LOGON (Log on to Voice Mail)
TRF 300 (Screened transfer to extension 300)
If, for example, the extension numbers start with 2, then NVM-22 sets up
key 2 for screened transfer to XXX instead of key 3.
NVM-22 assigns Dial Action Tables (DAT) 1-2 to the Call Routing
Mailboxes in Answering Schedule Tables (AST) 1-4. For information
on ASTs, see page 4-Error! Bookmark not defined..
$67
Morn
Aft
Eve
Wkend
$67
CR 811
CR 812
CR 813
CR 814
DAT 1
DAT 1
DAT 2
DAT 2
CR 831
CR 832
CR 833
CR 834
DAT 1
DAT 1
DAT 2
DAT 2
$67
Morn
Aft
Eve
Wkend
Morn
Aft
Eve
Wkend
CR 821
CR 822
CR 823
CR 824
DAT 1
DAT 1
DAT 2
DAT 2
CR 841
CR 842
CR 843
CR 844
DAT 1
DAT 1
DAT 2
DAT 2
$67
Morn
Aft
Eve
Wkend
NVM-22 assigns Dial Action Table 3 to Call Routing Mailbox 810, which
is for the Answering Schedule Override feature (see Chapter 9).
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
Chapter 5
&XVWRPL]LQJ&DOOHU,'$XWRPDWLF7UDQVIHU0HVVDJH1RWLILFDWLRQDQG'LVWULEXWLRQ/LVWV
Caller ID Automatic Transfer ......................................................................4-133
Caller I.D. match string..................................................................4-133
Caller I.D. action string..................................................................4-133
Message Notification Options......................................................................4-134
Digital pager callback number .......................................................4-134
Delay before dialing digital pager ..................................................4-134
Delay before pager announcement .................................................4-135
Acc. dgts before local callout.........................................................4-135
Acc. dgts before long distance callout ............................................4-135
Wait between pager callouts ..........................................................4-136
Wait between non-pager callouts ...................................................4-136
Number of callout attempts ............................................................4-136
Wait between RNA callouts ...........................................................4-136
Wait between BUSY callouts.........................................................4-137
Send pager callouts until ack..........................................................4-137
Number of rings per callout............................................................4-137
Insert leading 1 for C.I.D. ..............................................................4-137
Enable callout report ......................................................................4-137
Distribution Lists .........................................................................................4-138
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
Chapter 5
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
Customizing Caller ID Automatic Transfer, Message Notification, and Distribution Lists
&DOOHU,'$XWRPDWLF7UDQVIHU
With Caller ID Automatic Transfer, the NVM-22 Automated
Attendant knows where to transfer a call by just looking at the caller’s
telephone number (i.e., their Caller I.D.). The incoming caller does
not hear the Automated Attendant Welcome Message or Instruction
Menu nor does the caller have to dial anything.
'HVFULSWLRQ
To get the Caller ID Automatic Transfer to work, you simply
associate a telephone number with an NVM-22 extension or mailbox.
For example, suppose the president of the company has extension 300
and he frequently receives calls from telephone number 333-1111. In
the Caller I.D. Table you would associate 333-1111 with extension
300. This way, the NVM-22 Automated Attendant will automatically
transfer calls from 333-1111 to extension 300.
127(6
7RDFFHVVWKH&DOOHU,'IHDWXUHIURPWKH0DLQ0HQX
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
Select Caller I.D. Table. The options are described below.
ä
&DOOHU,'PDWFKVWULQJ
This is Caller I.D. telephone number. If, for example, you enter
2033785555, NVM-22 will dial the number in the Caller I.D. action
string only if the if the incoming telephone number matches
2033785555.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
ä
127(6
&KDSWHU
If you enter 203IIIIIII, NVM-22 considers any Caller I.D.
number with area code 203 to be a match.
This is the number that NVM-22 should dial when it receives a call from
the number in the corresponding Caller I.D. match string.
(175,(6
u
None
N - None
Caller I.D. number, up to 16 digits including:
I - Ignore Caller I.D. digit.
&DOOHU,'DFWLRQVWULQJ
'()$8/7
,VVXH
This is available only on phone systems that have the Caller
I.D. feature.
You can enter up to 200 numbers i the Caller I.D. table.
None
N - None
Up to 16 digits
Extension number
Mailbox number
X - Recognize Caller I.D. digit
I - Ignore Caller I.D. digit
If, for example, the Caller I.D. match string is 203378IIII and
the Caller I.D. action string is IIIXXXIIII, NVM-22 will
transfer calls from 203378IIII to mailbox 378.
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
0HVVDJH1RWLILFDWLRQ2SWLRQV
Message Notification lets NVM-22 call a person when they receive messages
in their mailbox (this applies to Subscriber, Guest, and Message Center
Mailboxes). NVM-22 can call extensions, outside telephones (including a car
phone), radio pagers or digital pagers. The Message Notification Options
below let you customize the way NVM-22 sends Message Notification calls.
'HVFULSWLRQ
127(6
To allow/deny Message Notification for each mailbox and to set
other Message Notification options, use Customize Database
Menu, Mailbox Options. See also Subscriber, Message Center,
and Guest Mailboxes in Chapter 3.
To enable/disable notification callouts for each port, use
Customize Database Menu, Port Options NVM-22 can
simultaneously make callouts through ports A and B as long
as callouts are allowed for port A and port B.
To assign the designated keyset extension number to each
installed NVM-22 port, use Customize Database Menu, Port
Options (this must be done in order for Message Notification
to work right).
For a description of Message Notification, to turn Message
Notification on/off, and to set up the notification schedule,
mode, and number, use the Message Notification instructions
in User’s Guide.
7RDFFHVVWKH0HVVDJH1RWLILFDWLRQ2SWLRQVIURPWKH0DLQ0HQX
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
Select Callout Options. The options are described below.
ä
'LJLWDOSDJHUFDOOEDFNQXPEHU
This is the telephone number that displays on a digital pager when the
pager user receives a Message Notification call. You typically enter the
telephone number for NVM-22. The display can also show the mailbox
number that generated the Message Notification call and the number of
messages in that mailbox.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
ä
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
N/A
'HOD\EHIRUHGLDOLQJGLJLWDOSDJHU
This is the delay (wait time) between the dialing of the paging service
number and the dialing of the digital pager callback number.
(175,(6
2 seconds
0-99 seconds
127(6
N/A
'()$8/7
None (no callback number)
N - None
Up to 12 digits including:
X - Mailbox
M - Number of messages in mailbox
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
ä This option applies only to radio pagers that can receive
0HVVDJH1RWLILFDWLRQ2SWLRQVFRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
'HOD\EHIRUHSDJHUDQQRXQFHPHQW
announcements. This option is the delay (wait time) between the
dialing of the paging service number and the playing of the
announcement (I have a message for ___. You have ___ messages).
(175,(6
2 seconds
0-99 seconds
127(6
N/A
'()$8/7
ä
$FFGJWVEHIRUHORFDOFDOORXW
These are the digits NVM-22 must dial for an outside line before sending
out a local Message Notification call. Enter the digits that a Subscriber
dials before they dial a local number. For example, if Subscribers must
dial 9, then wait for dial tone, enter 9W in this field.
'()$8/7
None
(175,(6
N - None
F - Flash
127(6
ä
$FFGJWVEHIRUHORQJGLVWFDOORXW
These are the digits NVM-22 must dial for an outside line before sending
out a long distance Message Notification call. Enter the digits that a
Subscriber dials before making a long distance call. For example, if
Subscribers dial 9, then wait for dial tone, enter 9W.
'()$8/7
None
(175,(6
N - None
F - Flash
127(6
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
To set the duration of the Flash (if you must enter one in the
access digits), use Customize Database Menu, System Options.
To set the duration of the Flash (if you must enter one in the
access digits), use Customize Database Menu, System Options.
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
:DLWEHWZHHQSDJHUFDOORXWV
This option sets the delay (wait time) between an acknowledged or
unacknowledged pager notification call and the next pager
notification call. (A pager notification call is “acknowledged” if the
pager user responds to it by calling their mailbox.)
(175,(6
5 minutes
1-999 minutes
127(6
N/A
'()$8/7
ä
:DLWEHWZHHQQRQSDJHUFDOORXWV
This option sets the delay (wait time) between an acknowledged non-pager
callout and the next non-pager callout. An acknowledged non-pager
callout is one the recipient accepts by dialing 1 (or calling their mailbox).
'()$8/7
2 minutes
(175,(6
1-999 minutes
127(6
ä
For details on how a user accepts a notification call, see the
User’s Guide.
1XPEHURIFDOORXWDWWHPSWV
This option sets the number of times NVM-22 redials an unacknowledged
notification call, a notification call to any busy number, or a notification
call to an unanswered non-pager number. (A notification call is
“unacknowledged” if the notified party does not respond by calling
[logging on to] their mailbox.)
'()$8/7
2 attempts
(175,(6
1-99 attempts
127(6
ä
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
N/A
:DLWEHWZHHQ51$FDOORXWV
This option sets the delay (wait time) before NVM-22 redials a
notification call to an unanswered or unacknowledged non-pager number.
An unacknowledged non-pager call is a call the recipient does not accept
by dialing 1 or calling their mailbox.
'()$8/7
5 minutes
(175,(6
1-999 minutes
127(6
For the first message the mailbox user receives,
NVM-22 sends the notification call immediately.
For more information on how dialing 1 works, see Message
Notification in the User’s Guide.
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
:DLWEHWZHHQ%86<FDOORXWV
This option sets the delay (wait time) before NVM-22 redials a callout
to a busy number.
(175,(6
2 minutes
1-999 minutes
127(6
N/A
'()$8/7
ä
6HQGSDJHUFDOORXWVXQWLODFN
If this option is enabled, NVM-22 sends notification calls to a pager
until the pager owner acknowledges by calling their mailbox.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
ä
1XPEHURIULQJVSHUFDOORXW
This option sets the number of times NVM-22 rings a non-pager
number before it considers the call a Ring-No-Answer call.
(175,(6
5 rings
1-99 rings
127(6
This option does not apply to pagers.
'()$8/7
ä
ä
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
No
Y - Yes
N - No
If this option is enabled, NVM-22 ignores the Number of
callout attempts field.
,QVHUWOHDGLQJIRU&,'
This option determines how NVM-22 makes a call to a Caller I.D. number
that is associated with any message in a Subscriber, Guest, or Message
Center Mailbox. If someone presses MC during the message and its Caller
I.D. number is 10 digits or more, NVM-22 will dial a leading 1 before
making the call.
'()$8/7
N
(175,(6
Y - Yes (Insert leading 1)
N - No
127(6
A Caller I.D. number is simply the (outside) telephone
number of the person who left a message in the Subscriber,
Guest, or Message Center Mailbox.
If the phone system does not supply Caller I.D. numbers and
you want Caller I.D., see Subscriber, Guest, Message Center
Mailboxes (Ask Caller’s Number) in Chapter 3.
(QDEOHFDOORXWUHSRUW
If this option is enabled, NVM-22 generates a Message Notification
Callout report.
'()$8/7
N
(175,(6
Y - Yes
N - No
127(6
To see the report, use the Reports Menu.
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
'LVWULEXWLRQ/LVWV
'HVFULSWLRQ
A Distribution List is a list of mailboxes that is identified by a
Distribution Mailbox number. It is common to place all the
mailboxes in a particular department in a Distribution List. A person
can record and send a message to a Distribution List by entering the
number of name of the Distribution Mailbox. NVM-22 allows 100
Distribution Lists, and each Distribution List can contain Subscriber,
Guest, and Message Center Mailboxes. The total number of
mailboxes on all lists cannot exceed the total number of mailboxes in
the system.
If a person records and sends a message to Distribution List
that contains their own mailbox number, NVM-22 does not
send the message to that person.
To create a Distribution Mailbox and assign a Distribution List to it, use
127(6
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
:
7RDFFHVV'LVWULEXWLRQ/LVWVIURPWKH0DLQ0HQX
Select Customize Database.
When you see the Customize Database Menu:
Press DL, space, list number (1-100), space.
Press A to add or D to delete mailboxes.
Press ENTER.
Enter a mailbox number, press ENTER.
Repeat step 6 until you are done, then press ESC.
For other ways of entering/deleting mailboxes, access the Help screen for
Distribution Lists as follows: Press H, space, DL, ENTER.
7RYLHZD'LVWULEXWLRQ/LVWIURPWKH&XVWRPL]H'DWDEDVH0HQX
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
Press DL, space, -L, list #, ENTER
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
Chapter 6
Viewing and Printing Reports
Reports ......................................................................................................4-141
Port Usage .....................................................................................4-142
Mailbox Options ............................................................................4-142
Mailbox Dir. (by Type) ..................................................................4-142
Mailbox List (Numerical)...............................................................4-142
Mailbox Message Usage ................................................................4-143
Mailbox Call Handling Flags .........................................................4-143
Mailbox Access..............................................................................4-144
Caller I.D. Table ............................................................................4-144
Callout Log....................................................................................4-144
Distribution Lists ...........................................................................4-145
Automated Attendant per Port........................................................4-145
Automated Attendant per Trunk.....................................................4-145
Error/Activity Log .........................................................................4-145
All Reports.....................................................................................4-145
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
Chapter 6
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
5HSRUWV
'HVFULSWLRQ
NVM-22 provides reports that you can view on the screen or print.
The reports show database and message information.
127(6
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
:
N/A
7ROLVWRQVFUHHQRUSULQWUHSRUWVIURPWKH0DLQ0HQX
To print, make sure a printer is connected to NVM-22.
Select View/Print Reports Menu.
To view: Press command for the report, press ENTER.
To print: Press command for the report, space, -P, then ENTER.
7RUHVHWWKH3RUW8VDJH0DLOER[$FFHVV1RWLILFDWLRQ&DOORXWRU
(UURU$FWLYLW\5HSRUW
l
At the REPORTS prompt:
Press command for the report, space, -R, then ENTER.
7RYLHZRUSULQWRQO\SDUWRIDUHSRUW
l
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
Access the report’s Help screen for instructions:
Press H, space, command for the report, ENTER.
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
5HSRUWVFRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
3RUW8VDJH
This report shows how the NVM-22 ports have been used up to the time you
ask for the report. You see the following fields on the report:
Port
Shows port number
Tenant
Always shows “1”
Lamp Update (count)
Shows how many times the port has been used for Message Waiting Lamp
Updates
Incoming Calls (count and total time)
Shows the number of times and the total amount of time a port has been
used for incoming outside calls
Message Notifications (count and total time)
Shows the number of times and the total amount of time a port has
been used for Message Notification calls
The Error/Activity Log (Report) shows when all of the ports have been
busy.
'()$8/7
N/A
(175,(6
N/A
127(6
ä
0DLOER[2SWLRQV
This report shows the Mailbox Options programmed using the Customize
Database Menu.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
ä
N/A
N/A
0DLOER['LUE\7\SH
This report shows the mailboxes grouped by type (e.g., all the Subscriber
Mailboxes are grouped together). You also see the mailbox’s name, extension
and Directory List.
(175,(6
N/A
N/A
127(6
N/A
'()$8/7
ä
To reset this report: Press: PU -R, ENTER
0DLOER[/LVW1XPHULFDO
This report lists the installed mailbox numbers numerically. For each
mailbox you also see its type, name, extension, and Directory List.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
N/A
N/A
127(6 1$
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
5HSRUWVFRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
0DLOER[0HVVDJH8VDJH
This report shows the amount of disk space used by the messages in each
mailbox. For each mailbox number, you see its name and the following fields:
7RWDO0VJ
Shows the total number of messages in the mailbox
2OGHVW0HVVDJH
Shows the date and time the oldest message was left
'LVN8VHG
Shows the percentage of disk space that the mailbox’s messages are using
At the bottom of the screen you see:
xxx % (xxx hours)
Shows the approximate amount of free disk space for messages (in a
percentage and in number of bytes)
7RWDO0HVVDJHV
Shows the total number of messages in all the mailboxes that have displayed on
the screen. For example, if page 2 of the report is on the screen, the Total
Messages field shows the total number of messages in all the mailboxes on pages
1 and 2 (since you had to display page 1 on the screen before you could display
page 2).
)UHH0HVVDJHV
Shows how many more messages can be recorded in the system
)UHH3RLQWHU
Used for Diagnostic Purposes (indicates location for next msg)
'()$8/7
N/A
(175,(6
N/A
127(6
N/A
ä
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
0DLOER[&DOO+DQGOLQJ)ODJV
This report shows the status of the call handling features for a mailbox. For
each mailbox number, you see its type and the following fields:
Greeting/AADND
Shows whether the Mailbox Greeting is recorded. If recorded, this field
shows whether Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb is on.
Page Greeting
Shows whether a Paging Message is recorded. If recorded, the screen
shows whether the Paging Message is on or off.
Name
Shows whether a mailbox name is recorded
Call Announcing
Shows whether Call Announcing/Screening is on
Call Waiting
Shows whether Call Waiting is on
'()$8/7
N/A
(175,(6
N/A
127(6 N/A
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
5HSRUWVFRQWªG
0DLOER[$FFHVV
This report shows how many times a mailbox has been accessed since the
last time the report was reset. This applies to Subscriber, Guest,
Announcement, Call Routing, Directory Dialing Mailboxes. For each
mailbox, you see its extension, type, name, and access count. NVM-22
increments the counter as follows:
For Subscriber/Guest Mailboxes: When the mailbox is accessed from
the Auto Attendant.
For Announcement Mailboxes: When the announcement plays for the
first time.
For Call Routing and Directory Dialing Mailboxes: When the caller
accesses the mailbox.
(175,(6
N/A
N/A
127(6
To reset the report: Press MA -R ENTER.
'()$8/7
ä
&DOOHU,'7DEOH
This report shows the entries in the Caller I.D. Table.
(175,(6
N/A
N/A
127(6
N/A
'()$8/7
ä
&DOORXW/RJ
This report shows information about each Message Notification call that
NVM-22 has made. For each mailbox number with a callout, you see the
following fields:
3RUW
Shows the port used for the call
'DWH7LPH
Shows the date and time of the call
7RWDO7LPH
Shows the duration of the call
6WDWXV
Show the status of the callout:
BSY Callout number was busy.
REJ Message Notification was rejected.
Message Notification recipient did not dial 1 to accept the call.
RNA Ring-No-Answer at any non-pager callout number.
ANS Notification callout was answered (i.e., the person dialed 1
to accept the call or paging service answered).
&DOORXW1XPEHU
Shows the number that NVM-22 dialed
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
N/A
N/A
To enable or disable this report, you must use the Customize
Database Menu, Callout Options
To reset this report: Press: NC -R, ENTER.
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
5HSRUWVFRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
'LVWULEXWLRQ/LVWV
This report shows the mailboxes in a Distribution List and the list’s
associated Distribution Mailbox number.
(175,(6
N/A
N/A
127(6
N/A
'()$8/7
ä
$XWRPDWHG$WWHQGDQWSHU3RUW
This report shows how the Automated Attendant answers calls when an
Answering Schedule Table is assigned to a port. You see which mailboxes
are answering the calls and at what times. If a Call Routing Mailbox is
answering calls, the report also shows the Dial Action Table configuration.
(175,(6
N/A
N/A
127(6
N/A
'()$8/7
ä
$XWRPDWHG$WWHQGDQWSHU7UXQN
This report shows how the Automated Attendant answers calls when an
Answering Schedule Table is assigned to a trunk (that is, the trunk’s Trunk
Mailbox). You see which mailboxes are answering the calls and at what
times. If a Call Routing Mailbox is answering calls, the report also shows
the Dial Action Table configuration.
(175,(6
N/A
N/A
127(6
N/A
'()$8/7
ä
(UURU$FWLYLW\/RJ
This report describes system errors/activity/resets and the time they occur.
The log gets updated every minute.
(175,(6
N/A
N/A
127(6
N/A
'()$8/7
ä
$OO5HSRUWV
This shows all reports.
'()$8/7
N/A
(175,(6
N/A
127(6
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
N/A
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
Chapter 7
8VLQJ0DLQWHQDQFH
Maintenance ................................................................................................4-149
Set System Time ............................................................................4-149
Set System Date.............................................................................4-149
Set Auto Disk Maintenance............................................................4-149
Run Disk Defragmentation.............................................................4-150
Set Ports In/Out of Service.............................................................4-150
Set Up Serial Communications Ports..............................................4-151
Remotely Backup/Restore the Database .........................................4-152
Archive Database...........................................................................4-152
De-Archive Database .....................................................................4-153
Establish Link with COM Port 1 ....................................................4-153
Shut Down Voice Mail System ......................................................4-153
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
Chapter 7
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
Using Maintenance
0DLQWHQDQFH
Using the Maintenance Menu, you can perform maintenance tasks on
the NVM-22 system. You can set the system time and date, auto disk
maintenance, the Voice Mail port status, and the serial port
parameters. You can also remotely backup and restore the NVM-22
database.
'HVFULSWLRQ
127(6
:
You can also use the Maintenance Menu to shut down the
system.
7RDFFHVVWKH0DLQWHQDQFH0HQXIURPWKH0$,10HQX
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
Select Maintenance.
(Default password is CTL. To change it, use System Options.)
When you see the Maintenance Menu, select the item you wish to
use. The menu items are described below.
6HW6\VWHP7LPH
This menu item lets you view and/or set the time for the NVM-22
system. See also Setting the System Time in Chapter 9.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
ä
HH = hour (00-23)
SS = seconds (00-59
6HW6\VWHP'DWH
This menu item lets you view and/or set the date for the NVM-22
system. See also Setting the System Date in Chapter 9.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
ä
U.S.A Eastern Time
T, space, HH:MM:SS, ENTER
Current date in U.S.A.
D, space, MM/DD/YY, ENTER
MM = month (01-12)
DD = day (01-31)
YY = year (last two digits)
6HW$XWR'LVN0DLQWHQDQFH
Auto Disk Maintenance automatically shuts down NVM-22 to perform
daily and weekly maintenance tasks on its hard disk.
l Daily Maintenance checks and corrects hardware disk errors. To
enable Daily Maintenance, enter the time that it should occur in the
field, Auto disk maintenance time.
l Weekly Maintenance defragments the disk files to optimize call
processing time. To have Weekly Maintenance occur, enter a value
for Auto disk maintenance time and Day for auto disk
defragmentation.
$XWRGLVNPDLQWHQDQFHWLPH
This option lets you select the time of day that daily and/or weekly Auto
Disk Maintenance should occur.
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
Using Maintenance
0DLQWHQDQFHFRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
6HW$XWR'LVN0DLQWHQDQFHFRQWªG
'()$8/7
:
(175,(6
127(6
None
HH:MM
N - None (no daily or weekly maintenance)
HH = hour (00-23)
When the maintenance process is complete, NVM-22 restarts
and you see the MAIN Menu on the terminal. The whole
process takes less than 10 minutes.
If the maintenance time arrives and a port is busy, NVM-22
waits 5 minutes. If any port is still busy, NVM-22 skips the
maintenance tasks that day.
'D\IRUDXWRGLVNGHIUDJPHQWDWLRQ
This option lets you select the day that weekly maintenance (disk
defragmentation) should occur.
(175,(6
None
Su-Sa (For example, Fr = Friday)
N - None (No disk defragmentation)
127(6
See also Disk Defragmentation below.
'()$8/7
ä
ä
:
5XQ'LVN'HIUDJPHQWDWLRQ
This option lets you shut down NVM-22 at any time and run the
defragmentation utility. The defragmentation utility defragments the
NVM-22 hard disk files to optimize call processing time.
'()$8/7
N/A
(175,(6
Y - Yes (Go ahead with defragmentation)
N - No (Abort the defragmentation)
127(6
No one can use NVM-22 while the defragmentation is taking
place. When complete, NVM-22 restarts and you see the
MAIN Menu.
If an NVM-22 port is busy when you initiate the disk
defragmentation, NVM-22 lets you know. If you go proceed,
all Voice Mail calls in progress get disconnected.
6HW3RUWV,Q2XWRI6HUYLFH
This menu item lets you take a Voice Mail port in or out of service.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
All installed ports are In Service
Y - Yes (In Service)
N - No (Out of Service)
You can also take ports in or out of service using Customize
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
Using Maintenance
0DLQWHQDQFHFRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
6HW8S6HULDO&RPPXQLFDWLRQV3RUWV
This menu item lets you set the communication parameters for the
9-pin male serial port (COM 1) on the NVM-22 cabinet.
%DXG5DWH
This option lets you set the baud rate for COM 1.
'()$8/7
COM 1 = 9600 baud
COM 2 = 2400 baud
(175,(6
1 - 300 baud
4 - 4800 baud
2 - 1200 baud
3 - 9600 baud
3 - 2400 baud
6 - 19200 baud
127(6
N/A
3DULW\
This option lets you set the parity for COM 1.
'()$8/7
N
(175,(6
N - No parity checking
O - Odd
E - Even
127(6
N/A
1XPEHURI6WRS%LWV
This option lets you set the number of stop bits for COM 1.
'()$8/7
1
(175,(6
1 or 2
127(6
N/A
:RUGOHQJWK
This option let you set the data word length for COM 1.
'()$8/7
8 data bits
(175,(6
5-8 bits
127(6
N/A
&76576IORZFRQWURO
This option enables or disables CTS/RTS flow control for COM 1.
'()$8/7
COM 1 = No
COM 2 = Yes
(175,(6
Y - Yes (enabled)
N - No (disabled)
127(6
N/A
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
Using Maintenance
0DLQWHQDQFHFRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
6HW8S6HULDO&RPPXQLFDWLRQV3RUWVFRQWªG
;21;2))IORZFRQWURO
This option enables or disables XON/XOFF flow control for COM 1.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
COM 1 = No
COM 2 = No
Y - Yes (enabled)
N - No (disabled)
N/A
Enable Link Mode (Not currently used)
Modem installed
This option lets NVM-22 know if a modem is installed on
COM 1. If you enter Y, you see the options below.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
COM1 = No
Y - Yes
N - No
N/A
0RGHPLQLWLDOL]DWLRQVWULQJ
This is the initialization string that NVM-22 can send to the modem that is
installed on COM1.
'()$8/7
COM 1 - None
(175,(6
Up to 40 characters (see the manual for your modem)
N - None
127(6
Avoid changing the string for COM2.
'R\RXZLVKWRVHQGWKH0RGHPLQLWLDOL]DWLRQVWULQJ"
If you enter Y, NVM-22 sends the string to the modem.
'()$8/7
Not set
(175,(6
Y - Yes
N - No
127(6
N/A
ä
5HPRWHO\%DFNXS5HVWRUHWKH'DWDEDVH
This menu item works in conjunction with the IDEA program to let you
backup and restore the Voice Mail database to another computer.
(175,(6
N/A
127(6
Call Nitsuko America for the IDEA program.
'()$8/7
ä
$UFKLYH'DWDEDVH
This menu item shuts down the system and copies the system database to a
directory on the NVM-22 hard disk.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
N/A
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
Using Maintenance
0DLQWHQDQFHFRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
$UFKLYH'DWDEDVHFRQWªG
127(6
ä
'H$UFKLYH'DWDEDVH
This menu item shuts down the system and replaces the current NVM-22
database with the archived database (see above).
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
ä
ä
When you use the De-Archive procedure (to restore the
database), the messages that were in the mailboxes will not be
restored. Welcome Messages, Mailbox Greetings, Instruction
Menus, etc. will be restored.
N/A
The De-Archive procedure does not restore any messages that
were in the mailboxes (that is, the messages will be erased).
Welcome Messages, Mailbox Greetings, Instruction Menus,
etc. do get restored.
(VWDEOLVK/LQNZLWK&203RUW1RWFXUUHQWO\XVHG
This menu item shuts down NVM-22. You must shut down
NVM-22 before you turn off NVM-22. If you do not, the database
become corrupted. To re-start the Voice Mail system after you shut it
down, you must turn its power off, then on.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
N/A
If you try to shut down NVM-22 and any ports are active,
NVM-22 lets you know. If you continue with the shutdown
anyway, NVM-22 disconnects the calls on the active ports.
You can also shut down the system from the System
Administrator Menu (see Chapter 9) and the Main Menu.
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
Using Maintenance
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
Chapter 8
8VLQJ'LDJQRVWLFV
Port Activity ................................................................................................4-157
Port ................................................................................................4-157
Call State .......................................................................................4-157
Line Card State ..............................................................................4-158
Func Code......................................................................................4-158
Mailbox .........................................................................................4-159
Tone Type......................................................................................4-159
Prompt ...........................................................................................4-160
Digits .............................................................................................4-160
Trace ...........................................................................................................4-161
History Trace File Viewer ...........................................................................4-162
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
Using Diagnostics
3RUW$FWLYLW\
'HVFULSWLRQ
The Port Activity screen lets you watch the activity on the NVM-22 ports.
127(6
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
7RPRQLWRU3RUW$FWLYLW\IURPWKH0$,10HQX
ä
Select Diagnostics Menu.
Select Port Activity. The Port Activity screen displays. The
fields on the screen are described below.
3RUW
This field shows the port number.
(175,(6
N/A
N/A
127(6
N/A
'()$8/7
ä
NVM-22 must be connected to monitor or ANSI-compatible
terminal.
&DOO6WDWH
This field shows the state of a call that the port is handling.
1RW,QVW
Port card not installed
6WDUWLQJ
Port is initializing
2Q+RRN
Port is idle (ready to receive ring)
/DPS
Updating Message Lamp
,QFRPLQJ
Handling incoming call
(UURU
Fixing an error
&ORVHG
Out of service
1RWLI\
Sending Message Notification call
6FUHHQ
Doing Call Announcing/Screening
7HVWLQJ)DLOHG
Performing/Failed a Port Self Test
(175,(6
N/A
N/A
127(6
N/A
'()$8/7
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
Using Diagnostics
3RUW$FWLYLW\FRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
/LQH&DUG6WDWH
This shows the state of the port card.
,GOH
Idle
5HFRUGLQJ
Recording a message, greeting, etc.
3OD\LQJ
Playing a message or voice prompt
*HW'70)
Waiting for DTMF tones
2II+RRN
Going off hook to answer a call
6HQG'70)
Sending (dialing) DTMF tones
2Q+RRN
Going on hook to terminate a call
'R3&30
Doing PCPM (Programmed Call Progress Monitoring)
(175,(6
N/A
N/A
127(6
N/A
'()$8/7
ä
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
)XQF&RGH
These are the codes that can appear in the Func Code column and their
meaning.
System Initialization
Adjust Rate and Gain
System Halt
Channel Halt
Get Channel Status
On/Off Hook
Set Channel Even Mask
Reset DTMF Buffer
Get DTMF Digit
Record Data
Play Data
Record Data to Disk
Play Data from Disk
Dial Digit String
Read DTMF String
System Status
Start PCPM Analysis
Driver Access
Play indexed file
Set PCPM Frequency
Set PCPM Tones
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
Using Diagnostics
3RUW$FWLYLW\FRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
)XQF&RGHFRQWªG
Set Global Parameters
Set Channel Parameters
Callout
Enable DTMF
Version/Revision Level
Wait
Record User Buffer
Play User Buffer
Get EMS Count
Set EMS Count
(175,(6
N/A
N/A
127(6
N/A
'()$8/7
ä
0DLOER[
This is the mailbox using the port.
'()$8/7
N/A
(175,(6
N/A
127(6
ä
N/A
7RQHW\SH
These are the types of tones being transmitted on the port.
Busy
Outbound call, detected busy
No Answr
Outbound call, detected no-answer
No Tone
Outbound call, no tone detected
Connect
Outbound call, answered
Opr Int
Outbound call, intercepted by operator
Reorder, DialTone
Reorder tone, Dialtone
(175,(6
N/A
N/A
127(6
N/A
'()$8/7
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
Using Diagnostics
3RUW$FWLYLW\FRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
ä
3URPSW
These are the voice prompts playing on the port.
'()$8/7
(175,(6
127(6
ä
N/A
N/A
Sometimes you will see an abbreviated form of the voice
prompt, other times you will see the file name associated with
the voice prompt.
'LJLWV
These are the digits being dialed on the port.
(175,(6
N/A
N/A
127(6
N/A
'()$8/7
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
Using Diagnostics
7UDFH+LVWRU\7UDFH
'HVFULSWLRQ
Using the Diagnostics Menu, you can run a Trace. The Trace shows
on the screen, in code form and in real time, the events that happen in
the NVM-22 system. (The events are also referred to as history.) The
Trace is used to trouble-shoot problems by technicians who know how
to read the code.
127(6
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
7RDFWLYDWHD7UDFHIURPWKH0DLQ0HQX
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
NVM-22 can also capture the events in a file that can be
viewed page by page or line by line. See Trace Viewer in this
chapter.
Type TR, ENTER. The screen shows system events in real time.
To exit the Trace mode, press ESC.
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
Using Diagnostics
7UDFH9LHZHU+LVWRU\7UDFH)LOH9LHZHU
'HVFULSWLRQ
ä
+LVWRU\7UDFH)LOH9LHZHU
The History Trace File Viewer captures system history (events) in a
file that can be viewed page by page or line by line. The Trace
Viewer describes each event using an abbreviated format, which
sometimes may consist solely of codes. In some cases you may need
to contact Nitsuko America to interpret the codes. The Trace Viewer
also displays the date (once an hour), the time each event occurred,
and a diamond marker (©) to indicate the most recent event. The
event listed just before the marker is the most recent event.
The Trace Viewer file can store up to 3.5 MB of data. When the file
reaches maximum size, the Trace Viewer goes back to the beginning of the
file and records the new events over the old events, where the oldest event
would be listed after the diamond marker, then the next oldest, and so on.
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
7RDFWLYDWHWKH7UDFH9LHZHUIURPWKH0DLQ0HQX
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
Select History Trace File Viewer. The screen shows a page of system
activity. Press F1 for instructions on moving around the Trace
Viewer.
To exit the Trace mode, press ESC.
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
Chapter 9
8VLQJWKH2SWLRQVRQWKH6\VWHP$GPLQLVWUDWRU0HQX
Recording a Broadcast Message...................................................................4-165
Recording a Welcome Message ...................................................................4-166
Recording an Instruction Menu....................................................................4-168
Recording a Directory Dialing Message.......................................................4-170
Recording an Announcement Message.........................................................4-172
Recording Mailbox Names ..........................................................................4-173
Overriding the Answering Schedule.............................................................4-174
Customizing the System Voice Prompts ......................................................4-175
Setting the System Time..............................................................................4-176
Setting the System Date...............................................................................4-177
Getting the System Version Number............................................................4-178
Preparing for Power-Down: Shutting Down the System ..............................4-179
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
Chapter 9
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
Using the Options on the System Administrator Menu
5HFRUGLQJD%URDGFDVW0HVVDJH
'HVFULSWLRQ
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
Using a System Administrator Mailbox, you can record a message that
will broadcast to all Subscriber, Message Center, Guest, and Future
Delivery Mailboxes. NVM-22 plays the Broadcast Message when a
person calls (logs on to) one of these mailboxes, right before the
prompt, You have ___ messages.
'()$8/7
No Broadcast Message recorded
(175,(6
7RUHFRUGOLVWHQWRRUHUDVHWKH%URDGFDVW0HVVDJH
Call System Administrator Mailbox:
From any extension:
Get intercom dial tone + Dial Voice Mail master extension
(if you hear the company greeting, dial #) + If requested,
dial Sys Admin Mailbox number + If requested, dial
security code
From outside:
Dial Auto Attendant number + Wait for greeting + Press
# + Dial Sys Admin Mailbox number + If requested, dial
security code.
For more information on calling a mailbox, see the User’s
Guide.
127(6
Press B R (2 7) for Broadcast Message.
To convert a Subscriber Mailbox into a System Administrator
Mailbox, use Customize Database Menu, Mailbox Options
(System Admin. option).
To set the length of the Broadcast Message, use Customize
Database Menu, System Options (Subscriber msg length).
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
5HFRUGLQJD:HOFRPH0HVVDJH
'HVFULSWLRQ
Using a System Administrator Mailbox, you can record a Welcome
Message for a Call Routing, Message Center, or Directory Dialing
Mailbox. The Welcome Message is used to greet the caller. For a
Call Routing Mailbox, NVM-22 plays the Welcome Message, then the
Instruction Menu. For a Message Center Mailbox, NVM-22 plays the
Welcome Message, then a beep. The beep indicates that the caller
can leave a message. For a Directory Dialing Mailbox, NVM-22
plays the Welcome Message, then the Instruction Menu, then the
Directory Dialing Message.
For more information on the Instruction Menu and Directory Dialing
Messages, see this chapter.
127(6
If the Message Center Mailbox has a Next Call Routing
Mailbox, you may wish to include, in the Welcome Message,
information about the other dialing options. For more
information, see Message Center Mailboxes (Next Call
Routing Mailbox) in Chapter 3.
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
'()$8/7
(175,(6
For Call Routing Mailbox:Thank you for calling.
For Directory Dialing or Message Center: None
7RUHFRUGOLVWHQWRHUDVHRUFRS\WKH:HOFRPH0HVVDJH
From any extension:
Get intercom dial tone + Dial Voice Mail master extension (if
you hear the company greeting, dial #) + If requested, dial Sys
Admin Mailbox number + If requested, dial security code
From outside:
Dial Auto Attendant number + Wait for greeting + Press # +
Dial Sys Admin Mailbox number + If requested, dial security
code.
Guide.
127(6
Press (S A) 7 2 for System Administrator Menu.
Press W (9) for Welcome Message.
Mailbox, use Customize Database Menu, Mailbox Options
(System Admin.).
To create Call Routing, Message Center, Directory
Dialing Mailboxes, use Customize Database Menu,
Mailbox Options. The Play Default Messages option for
a Call Routing Mailbox determines whether NVM-22
plays the default Welcome Message. For more
information, see Chapter 3.
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
5HFRUGLQJD:HOFRPH0HVVDJHFRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
127(6
To set the length of the Welcome Message (and
other messages), use Customize Database Menu,
System Options (Subscriber msg length).
For a list of the existing Call Routing, Directory
Dialing, Message Center Mailbox numbers, use the
Reports Menu: Mailbox Numeric List and/or
Automated Attendant (if the mailbox is answering
calls).
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
5HFRUGLQJDQ,QVWUXFWLRQ0HQX
'HVFULSWLRQ
Using a System Administrator Mailbox, you can record an Instruction
Menu for a Call Routing or Directory Dialing Mailbox. The
Instruction Menu tells a caller what to dial to route their call based on
the Dial Action Table setup assigned to the mailbox.
For a Call Routing Mailbox, NVM-22 plays the Welcome Message, then
the Instruction Menu. If the caller makes a mistake, NVM-22 repeats the
Instruction Menu.
For a Directory Dialing Mailbox, NVM-22 plays the Welcome Message,
Instruction Menu, then the Directory Dialing Message. If the person does
not dial anything or makes a mistake, NVM-22 repeats the Directory
Dialing Message, not the Instruction Menu.
127(6
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
:
'()$8/7
Since you must record a Directory Dialing Message for a
Directory Dialing Mailbox to explain the caller’s dialing
options, you may not wish to record an Instruction Menu. Or,
you may wish to record an Instruction Menu that contains
information you would like NVM-22 to play only once—for
example, information about pressing the pound key (see also
Recording a Directory Dialing Message in this chapter).
For a Directory Dialing Mailbox: None
For a Call Routing Mailbox: If you are calling from a
touch tone phone, please dial the extension number you
wish to reach or dial 0 for assistance. If you are calling
from a rotary dial phone, please stay on the line for
assistance.
(175,(6
7RUHFRUGOLVWHQWRFRS\RUHUDVHDQ,QVWUXFWLRQ0HQX
From any extension:
security code
From outside:
security code.
Guide.
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
Press I (4) for Instruction Menu Mailbox.
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
5HFRUGLQJDQ,QVWUXFWLRQ0HQXFRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
127(6
To convert a Subscriber Mailbox into a System
Administrator Mailbox, use Customize Database Menu,
Mailbox Options.
For a list of the existing Call Routing, Directory Dialing
Mailbox numbers, use the Reports Menu: Mailbox Numeric
List and/or Automated Attendant (if the mailbox is answering
calls).
To create Call Routing and Directory Dialing Mailboxes, use
Customize Database Menu, Mailbox Options. The Play
Default Messages option for a Call Routing Mailbox
determines whether NVM-22 plays the default Instruction
Menu. For more information, see Chapter 3.
To set the length of the Instruction Menu, use Customize
Database Menu, System Options (Subscriber msg length).
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
5HFRUGLQJD'LUHFWRU\'LDOLQJ0HVVDJH
'HVFULSWLRQ
Using a System Administrator Mailbox, you can record a Directory
Dialing Message for:
l A Directory Dialing Mailbox. See also Directory Dialing Mailboxes
in Chapter 3.
Directory. See also Extension Name Directory in Chapter 3.
A Directory Dialing Message tells a caller what letters to dial to call an
extension or mailbox. If, for example, you set up a Directory Dialing
Mailbox to provide information about new products, you may wish to
record a message something like this: For information on new software
products, dial SOF, then press the pound key. For information on
hardware products, dial HAR, then press the pound key. To exit, press
only the pound key.
127(6
:
To shorten the message for a Directory Dialing Mailbox, you
may wish to include information about pressing the pound key
in the Welcome Message or Instruction Menu for the
Directory Dialing Mailbox. This way, the information about
the pound key will play only once. For more information, see
Recording a Welcome Message and Recording an Instruction
Menu in this chapter.
A Directory Dialing Message that you record for a Call
Routing Mailbox replaces the default recording listed on the
next page. If you erase a customized Directory Dialing
Message, NVM-22 will revert back to using the default one.
Other points to remember when you customize a Directory
Dialing Message are these:
l Since it is not necessary to press the pound key after
dialing letters, you may wish to exclude that information
from a Directory Dialing Message. NVM-22 will
automatically process the call after the pre-programmed
Time limit for dialing commands for the mailbox expires.
l Since a caller must dial a minimum number of letters in
order for NVM-22 to process the call, you must include
that information in the Directory Dialing Message (see
the NOTES under About the Options).
l Since callers must dial 1 for a Q or Z, include that
information in the Directory Dialing Message unless none
of the mailbox names include a Q or Z.
l If the names that can be dialed include numbers, make
sure to let the callers know they can dial numbers.
l Make sure to let callers know they can exit the Directory
Dialing Mailbox by pressing only the pound key.
Remember: Pressing the pound key reroutes the caller
using the Key 0 Action of the Directory Dialing
Mailbox’s Dial Action Table.
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
5HFRUGLQJD'LUHFWRU\'LDOLQJ0HVVDJHFRQWªG
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
'()$8/7
For Directory Dialing Mailboxes: None
For Call Routing Mailboxes (Extension Name Directory):
Please enter ____ or more letters of the person’s name,
starting with their first (last) name, then press the pound
key. To enter a Q or Z, press 1. To exit this directory,
press only the pound key.
(175,(6
7RZRUNZLWKD'LUHFWRU\'LDOLQJ0HVVDJH
From any extension:
security code
From outside:
security code.
Guide.
127(6
Press D D (3 3) for Directory Dialing Mailbox.
one, use Customize Database Menu, Mailbox Options.
To create and customize Directory Dialing and Call Routing
Mailboxes, use Customize Database Menu, Mailbox Options.
See also Chapter 3.
To set the length of the Directory Dialing Message, use
Customize Database Menu, System Options (Subscriber Msg
Length).
To set the minimum number of letters that a person must dial,
use Customize Database Menu, System Options (Min entry for
Directory Dialing).
To record a Welcome Message and Instruction Menu for the
Call Routing and Directory Dialing Mailboxes, use System
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
5HFRUGLQJDQ$QQRXQFHPHQW0HVVDJH
'HVFULSWLRQ
Using a System Administrator Mailbox, you can record an
“information only” message for an Announcement Mailbox or for an
Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) Mailbox. A message for an
Announcement Mailbox might contain, for example, information
about product updates, or a weekly business schedule, etc. A message
for an ACD Announcement Mailbox may say, All our technicians
are currently busy helping customers. Please hold for the next
available technician.
127(6
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
:
N/A
'()$8/7
No Announcement Message recorded
(175,(6
7RUHFRUGOLVWHQWRRUHUDVHDQ$QQRXQFHPHQW0HVVDJH
From any extension:
security code
From outside:
security code.
Guide.
.
127(6
Press A N (2 6) for Announcement Message Mailbox.
Mailbox, useCustomize Database Menu, Mailbox Options.
To create Announcement Mailboxes, useCustomize Database
Menu, Mailbox Options.
To set the length of the Announcement Message (and other
messages), use Customize Database Menu, System Options
(Subscriber msg length).
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
5HFRUGLQJ0DLOER[1DPHV
'HVFULSWLRQ
Using a System Administrator Mailbox, you can record a name for a
mailbox. NVM-22 plays the name in voice prompts that would
otherwise play the mailbox (or corresponding extension) number. For
example: Suppose you record the name “Joe Smith” for Subscriber
Mailbox 103. If an Automated Attendant transfer to extension 103 is
incomplete because the extension is busy, NVM-22 says, Joe Smith is
busy instead of Extension 103 is busy.
127(6
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
:
You cannot record a name for a Trunk Mailbox.
The name can be up to 10 seconds long. You should not
record the same name for more than one mailbox.
NVM-22 also plays the mailbox name for the Directory
Dialing feature. For more information, see Directory Dialing
Mailboxes in Chapter 3 and Extension Name Directory in
Chapter 4.
'()$8/7
A mailbox user can call their mailbox and press R N to record
a mailbox name. NVM-22 uses whatever name was most
recently recorded.
No Mailbox Names recorded
(175,(6
7RUHFRUGOLVWHQWRRUHUDVHD0DLOER[1DPH
From any extension:
security code
From outside:
security code.
Guide.
127(6
Press N (6) for Mailbox Name.
To create mailboxes, use Customize Database Menu,
Mailbox Options.
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
2YHUULGLQJWKH$QVZHULQJ6FKHGXOH
'HVFULSWLRQ
Using a System Administrator Mailbox, you can override the
answering schedule that is in effect for all ports and/or trunks. This
means that you can use a Touch Tone phone to re-route incoming
calls to any Call Routing, Message Center, Announcement,
Subscriber, Directory Dialing Mailboxes you choose. The “override
mailbox” answers calls on all ports until you turn Answering Schedule
Override off. For example, if the company must close due to bad
weather, you can re-route calls to an Announcement Mailbox that
plays, Our offices are closed due to the inclement weather. Please
call again tomorrow. For more information on answering schedules,
see Customizing Answering Options Using an Answering Schedule
Table in Chapter 4.
127(6
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
:
'()$8/7
(175,(6
N/A
Answering Schedule Override is off. The override
mailbox is a Call Routing Mailbox 810.
7RZRUNZLWK$QVZHULQJ6FKHGXOH2YHUULGH
From any extension:
security code
From outside:
security code.
Guide.
127(6
Press (S A) 7 2 for System Administrator Menu.
Press N (6) for Answering Schedule Override.
To convert a Subscriber Mailbox into a System
Administrator Mailbox, use Customize Database Menu,
Mailbox Options.
To create/customize the type of override mailbox you want,
use Customize Database Menu, Mailbox Options.
To record the message for the override mailbox, use the
System Administrator Menu (described in this chapter).
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
&XVWRPL]LQJWKH6\VWHP9RLFH3URPSWV
'HVFULSWLRQ
Using a System Administrator Mailbox, you can customize (re-record)
all the voice prompts in the NVM-22 system using the System Prompt
Customization feature. If you record a substitute for a default voice
prompt, then erase the substitute, NVM-22 reverts back to using the
default prompt. Substitute prompts can be recorded for Language 1
and/or Language 2, as needed.
127(6
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
:
Make sure the languages that you want to re-record are
ACTIVE. To see which languages are active, use the Install
Menu, Language Selections.
'()$8/7
All prompts are in the voice selected by the manufacturer
(175,(6
7RFXVWRPL]HWKH9RLFH3URPSWV
From any extension:
security code
From outside:
security code.
Guide.
127(6
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
Press P C (7 2) for System Prompt Customization.
Press 1 for Language 1 or press 2 for Language 2.
Language 1 is the language that appears closest to the top
of the list below. Language 2 is the one that appears
second closest to the top of the list.
(a) English
(k) Swedish
(b) Spanish
(l) Belgian
© French
(m) Dutch
(d) Italian
(l) Swiss
(e) German
(o) Japanese
(f) Russian
(p) Chinese
(g) Portuguese
(q) Thai
(h) Greek
® Korean
(i) Polish
(s) Arabic
(j) Norwegian
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
6HWWLQJWKH6\VWHP7LPH
'HVFULSWLRQ
Using a System Administrator Mailbox, you can set the time for the
NVM-22 system.
127(6
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
:
N/A
'()$8/7
USA Eastern Time
(175,(6
7RVHWWKH6\VWHP7LPH
From any extension:
security code
From outside:
security code.
Guide.
127(6
Press T I (8 4) for Time.
To set the system time through the terminal/monitor, use
Maintenance Menu, Set System Time.
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
6HWWLQJWKH6\VWHP'DWH
'HVFULSWLRQ
Using a System Administrator Mailbox, you can set the date for the
NVM-22 system.
'()$8/7
N/A
Current Date in the U.S.A.
(175,(6
7RVHWWKH6\VWHP'DWH
127(6
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
:
From any extension:
security code
From outside:
security code.
Guide.
127(6
Press D T (3 8) for Date.
To set the system date through the terminal/monitor, use
Maintenance Menu, Set System Date.
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
*HWWLQJWKH6\VWHP9HUVLRQ1XPEHU
'HVFULSWLRQ
Using a System Administrator Mailbox, you can hear the version
(revision) number for the NVM-22 system software.
127(6
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
:
N/A
'()$8/7
N/A
(175,(6
7RKHDUWKH6\VWHP9HUVLRQ1XPEHU
From any extension:
security code
From outside:
security code.
Guide.
127(6
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
Press S V (7 8) for System Version number.
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
3UHSDULQJIRU3RZHU'RZQ6KXWWLQJ'RZQWKH6\VWHP
'HVFULSWLRQ
Using a System Administrator Mailbox, you can shut down the
NVM-22 system. You must shut down NVM-22 before you reset
NVM-22 or before you turn off NVM-22 power. If you do not, the
NVM-22 database may get corrupted.
127(6
:
If there is activity in the system when you start the shutdown,
NVM-22 gives you three options: you can wait until activity
ceases, go ahead with the shutdown regardless of the activity,
or abort the shutdown. If you go ahead with the shutdown,
NVM-22 disconnects any Voice Mail calls in progress.
You can shut down the NVM-22 only from a System
Administrator Mailbox that has been programmed with a
Security Code. To assign a Security Code to a mailbox, see
the User’s Guide.
$ERXWWKH2SWLRQV
N/A
'()$8/7
7RSUHSDUHWKH6\VWHPIRU3RZHU'RZQ
(175,(6
From any extension:
security code
From outside:
security code.
Guide.
127(6
Press P D (7 3) for Prepare for Power-Down.
To shut down NVM-22 from the terminal/monitor, use the
Maintenance or Main Menu.
,VVXH
u
&KDSWHU
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
u
u
3URJUDPPLQJ*XLGH
&KDSWHU
u
,VVXH
NVM-22
System Guide
SECTION 5:
Voice Prompts
This section contains all the voice prompts in the NVM-22 system.
You can customize (re-record) them using the System Administrator
Menu option, System Prompt Customization (PC).
Some specifics on recording are as follows: Do not record the prompt
number. When you see a blank space in a prompt, this means NVM22 will fill it in by playing an extension number, name, mailbox
number, or part of another prompt. For recording instructions, see
Customizing System Voice Prompts in Chapter 9 of the Programming
Guide.
,VVXH
9RLFH3URPSWV
u
L
Voice Prompts
,VVXH
Thank you for calling.
Please hold a moment.
Please enter the mailbox number associated with the name.
Extension _______
Zero (trailing digit)
One (trailing digit)
Two (trailing digit)
Three (trailing digit)
Four (trailing digit)
Five (trailing digit)
Six (trailing digit)
Seven (trailing digit)
Eight (trailing digit)
Nine (trailing digit)
Ten
Eleven
Twelve
Thirteen
9RLFH3URPSWV
u
Voice Prompts
u
9RLFH3URPSWV
Fourteen
Fifteen
Sixteen
Seventeen
Eighteen
Nineteen
_______ is not available.
Start recording at the tone and press the pound key when you are
done.
The record feature is not available at the moment because the
system is storing the maximumnumber of messages. Please notify
the system administrator.
Recording has been paused due to silence.
To continue recording, press the star key.
For a complete list of recording options, press zero.
Recording has been paused.
To listen to the message you recorded, press L.
To erase the message and record a new one, press E.
To send the message, press the pound key or hang up.
The message has been sent.
That is an invalid entry.
________ Mailbox _______
,VVXH
Voice Prompts
,VVXH
You have reached the recording limit.
Start recording at the tone. When you are done, press the pound
key or hang up.
There is a problem with the system disk. Please notify the system
administrator.
There is a problem with the system line card. Please notify the
system administrator.
There is a problem with system memory. Please notify the system
administrator.
Please enter your mailbox number.
Please enter your security code.
You have _______
_______ message.
_______ messages.
Ready
For a help message, press zero.
_______ No _______
_______ is busy.
_______ does not answer.
To leave a message, press one.
For other options, press two.
Connecting
9RLFH3URPSWV
u
Voice Prompts
u
9RLFH3URPSWV
If you are calling from a Touch Tone phone, please dial the
extension number you wish to reach ordial zero for
assistance. If you are calling from a rotary dial phone, please stay
on the line for assistance.
Please try again.
_______ does not exist.
Goodbye.
Star
Pound
Oh
Nineteen
Two Thousand
To accept this call, press one.
Otherwise, press the pound key, then hang up.
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Hundred
Thousand
Million
,VVXH
Voice Prompts
,VVXH
Billion
Your mailbox is almost full.
Your mailbox is full.
Please erase some messages.
There are no more messages. Ready to play the first message.
To exit your mailbox, press X again.
To return to the automated attendant, press the star key.
To return to your mailbox, press the pound key.
_______ messages will be erased when you exit your mailbox.
The message will be erased when you exit your mailbox.
The message has been saved.
______ from _______.
There are no more messages. Ready to play the last message.
Volume Up
This is maximum volume.
Volume Down
This is minimum volume.
This is normal volume.
Recording
Hello. I have a call for _______ .
9RLFH3URPSWV
u
Voice Prompts
u
9RLFH3URPSWV
Welcome to the Main Menu of features.
To listen to your messages, press L.
To record and send a message, press R S.
To check on a message you sent, press C M.
To record a greeting for your mailbox, press G.
To record a name for your mailbox, press R N.
To record and send a future delivery message, press F D.
To record a paging message, press P G.
For mailbox options, press O P.
To hear the time and date, press T I.
For system administrator options, press S A.
To select the list of new messages, press 1 N.
To select the list of saved messages, press 1 S.
To select the list of held messages, press 1 H.
To select the list of all messages, press 1 A.
To exit your mailbox, press X.
To listen to the mailbox name, press L.
To record a new name, press R.
To erase the name, press E.
To go to another mailbox, press the pound key.
To exit this feature, press the pound key twice.
There is no name recorded for this mailbox.
To record a name, press R.
To go to another mailbox, press the pound key.
Not programmable
Not programmable
____of January
____ of February
____ of March
____ of April
____ of May
____ of June
,VVXH
Voice Prompts
____ of July
____ of August
____ of September
____ of October
____ of November
____ of December
To accept this call, press one. Otherwise, hang up.
The message has been erased.
Listening has been paused. To continue listening, press
the star key.
,VVXH
Please enter the mailbox numbers to receive this message,
up to ten.
To use mailbox NAMES to specify the recipients, press
star N.
To erase the message, press the star key twice.
Enter another mailbox number or do one of the following:
To request a return receipt for the previous mailbox, press star R.
To send the message, press the pound key.
To specify recipients by name, press star N
To cancel the previous mailbox, press only the star key.
The previous mailbox has been canceled.
You have already entered the maximum number of mailboxes.
That mailbox does not exist.
That mailbox cannot receive messages.
9RLFH3URPSWV
u
Voice Prompts
u
9RLFH3URPSWV
That mailbox is full.
That message has not been sent.
That list is empty.
The record feature is not available at the moment because
there is no more space on the system disk. Please notify the
system administrator.
To exit your mailbox, press X again.
To return to your mailbox, press the pound key.
Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb is on.
Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb is off.
The greeting has been erased.
To listen to your Active Greeting, press L.
To turn Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb off or on, press O.
To record a new greeting, press R.
To erase the recording, press E.
To activate a different greeting, press A.
To exit this feature, press the pound key.
There Active Greeting has not been recorded.
To record the greeting, press R.
To activate a different greeting, press A.
Please enter that person's mailbox number.
These are the options you have while listening to a recording:
To backup, then continue listening, press B.
To backup to the beginning and listen, press B B.
To go forward, then continue listening, press G.
To pause while listening, press the star key.
To continue listening after a pause, press the star key.
To turn the volume up, press V U. (cont'd)
To turn the volume down, press V D.
To restore the volume to normal, press V N.
To exit the listen mode, press the pound key.
,VVXH
Voice Prompts
These are the options you have while making a recording:
To backup, then continue listening to the recording, press B.
To backup to the beginning and listen to the recording, press B B.
To pause while recording, press the star key.
To continue recording after a pause, press the star key.
To end recording, press the pound key.
To listen to your mailbox name, press L.
To record a new name, press R.
To erase your name, press E.
There is no name recorded for your mailbox.
To record your name, press R.
At the tone, please record your name so that I may announce your
call. When you are donerecording, press the pound key.
The name has been erased.
Not programmable
,VVXH
Not programmable
To listen to the broadcast message, press L.
To record a new broadcast message, press R.
To erase the broadcast message, press E.
There is no broadcast message.
To record a broadcast message, press R.
Not programmable
The broadcast message has been erased.
To listen to the welcome message for this mailbox, press L.
To record a new welcome message, press R.
To copy the welcome message from another mailbox, press C.
To erase the welcome message, press E.
To go to another welcome message mailbox, press the pound key.
9RLFH3URPSWV
u
Voice Prompts
u
9RLFH3URPSWV
There is no welcome message for this mailbox.
To record a welcome message, press R.
To copy the welcome message from another mailbox, press C.
To go to another welcome message mailbox, press the pound key.
To listen to your messages, press L.
For the complete Main Menu of features, press zero.
The welcome message has been erased.
To listen to the instruction menu for this mailbox, press L.
To record a new instruction menu, press R.
To copy the instruction menu from another mailbox, press C.
To erase the instruction menu, press E.
To go to another instruction menu mailbox, press the pound key.
There is no instruction menu for this mailbox.
To record an instruction menu, press R.
To copy the instruction menu from another mailbox, press C.
To go to another instruction menu mailbox, press the pound key.
The instruction menu has been erased.
The mailbox number to receive your reply is not known.
Not programmable
Your call cannot go through because the extension number which
left that message is not known.
To record a reply, press R E.
If you wish, you can record a comment at the tone and press the
pound key when you are done.Otherwise, press only the
pound key.
,VVXH
Voice Prompts
That number is restricted.
Enter the mailbox number of the message recipient you wish to
check on.
All of your messages have been listened to.
_______ messages have not been listened to.
_______ message has not been listened to.
Welcome to the Mailbox Options Menu.
To change your security code, press S.
To change message notification, press N.
To change the Auto Help option, press A H.
To change the Auto Forward option, press A F.
To change the Auto Time-Stamp option, press A T.
To exit this menu, press the pound key.
Enter your new security code, then press the pound key.
Or, to erase your security code, press zero, then the pound key.
To exit this feature, press only the pound key.
You have entered too many digits. Please try again.
Your security code has been erased.
,VVXH
Your new security code is ______.
If this is correct, press C.
If this is incorrect, press I.
Your security code has been changed.
Your security code has not been changed.
Not programmable
_____ until _______
9RLFH3URPSWV
u
Voice Prompts
_____ notifying you of messages from _____
______ notifying you of all messages _____
_____ at this number _____
_____ at this radio pager number _____
_____ at this digital pager number _____
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Enter the hour you wish notification to begin. You must enter a
two-digit number followed by an A forAM or a P for PM.
For example: eight AM would be entered as zero eight A.
To skip to the next setting, press the star key.
To exit, press the pound key.
Enter the hour you wish notification to end. You must enter a
two-digit number followed by an A forAM or a P for PM.
For example: five PM would be entered as zero five P.
u
9RLFH3URPSWV
To be notified of all new messages, press A.
To be notified only when a message is sent to you from
a specific person's mailbox, press S.
To be notified at an extension or telephone number, press N.
To be notified using a radio pager, press R.
To be notified using a digital pager, press D.
Enter the extension or telephone number, then press the pound key.
To exit, press only the pound key.
,VVXH
Voice Prompts
Enter the telephone number of the radio pager,
then press the pound key.
Enter the telephone number of the digital pager,
To require that your security code be entered after
accepting a notification call, press S.
Otherwise, press N.
That notification number is restricted.
That feature is disabled.
To have it enabled, see your system administrator.
Answering schedule override is off.
To turn answering schedule override on, press O.
Answering schedule override is on.
The override mailbox is _____
,VVXH
To turn answering schedule override off, press O.
To change the override mailbox, press C.
Please enter the override mailbox number.
Not programmable
These are the options you have while listening to a message:
To record a reply, press R E.
To have the message forwarded, press M F.
To make a call to the sender of the message, press M C.
To hear the time, date, and sender of the message, press T I.
To save the message, press S A.
To erase the message, press E.
9RLFH3URPSWV
u
Voice Prompts
cont'd
To listen to messages in reverse order, press R L.
To listen to the next message, press L.
To backup, then continue listening, press B.
To go forward, then continue listening, press G.
To pause while listening, press the star key.
To continue listening after a pause, press the star key.
To select the list of new messages, press 1 N.
To select the list of saved messages, press 1 S.
To select the list of held messages, press 1 H.
To select the list of all messages, press 1 A.
To turn the volume up, press V U.
To turn the volume down, press V D.
To restore the volume to normal, press V N.
These are the options you have while recording a message:
To backup, then continue listening to the recording, press B.
To backup to the beginning and listed to the recording, press BB.
To pause while recording, press the STAR key.
To continue recording after a pause, press the STAR key.
To erase the message you recorded, press E.
To hear the time and date of the recording, press TI.
u
9RLFH3URPSWV
To listen to the announcement message, press L.
To record a new announcement message, press R.
To erase the announcement message, press E.
To go to another announcement mailbox, press the pound key.
There is no announcement message for this mailbox.
To record an announcement message, press R.
To go to another announcement mailbox, press the pound key.
Please enter the mailbox number for the Welcome message.
The announcement message has been erased.
Welcome to the Main Menu of features.
To listed to your messages, press L.
To record and send a message, press RS.
To check on a message you sent, press CM.
To record a greeting for your mailbox, press G.
To record a name for your mailbox, press RN.
To record and send a future delivery message, press FD.
,VVXH
Voice Prompts
cont'd
For mailbox options, press OP.
To hear the time and date, press TI.
For system administrator options, press SA.
To select the list of new messages, press 1N.
To select the list of saved messages, press 1S.
To select the list of held messages, press 1H.
To select the list of all messages, press 1A.
To exit your mailbox, express X.
There is no announcement message.
Not programmable
You have no messages.
You have one message.
No messages will be erased.
One message will be erased when you exit your mailbox.
Please enter the security code.
Auto help is on.
To turn auto help off, press O.
Auto help is off.
To turn auto help on, press O.
At the tone, you can leave your message for _____
At the tone, you can leave a message.
Hello. I have a message for _____
,VVXH
To accept this call, press 1.
Otherwise, hang up, and I will call again later.
9RLFH3URPSWV
u
Voice Prompts
u
9RLFH3URPSWV
Flash
Wait for dial tone
Dialing pause
Monitored dialing pause
Not programmable
Please enter the mailbox number for the instruction menu.
Please enter the mailbox number for the announcement message.
Not programmable
Not programmable
To listen to the message you recorded, press L.
To erase the message and record a new one, press E.
To send the message, press the pound key or hang up.
Not programmable
To leave a message, press 1.
To wait for the extension to become available, press 2.
For other options, press 3.
Not programmable
,VVXH
Voice Prompts
,VVXH
To backup to the beginning and listen to the recording, press B B.
To erase the recording and start over, press E.
Listening has been paused.
To continue listening, press the star key.
For a complete list of listening options, press zero.
Not programmable
Listening has been paused.
To continue listening, press the star key.
You have listened to the entire recording.
You have listened to the entire recording.
Not programmable
9RLFH3URPSWV
u
Voice Prompts
u
9RLFH3URPSWV
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Calling _____
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Zero (first)
One (first)
Two (first)
Three (first)
Four (first)
Five (first)
Six (first)
Seven (first)
Eight (first)
Nine (first)
,VVXH
Voice Prompts
,VVXH
Twenty
Twenty-one
Twenty-two
Twenty-three
Twenty-four
Twenty-five
Twenty-six
Twenty-seven
Twenty-eight
Twenty-nine
Thirty
Thirty-one
Thirty-two
Thirty-three
Thirty-four
Thirty-five
Thirty-six
Thirty-seven
9RLFH3URPSWV
u
Voice Prompts
u
9RLFH3URPSWV
Thirty-eight
Thirty-nine
Not programmable
The greeting that is currently active is number_______.
Please enter the number (1, 2, or 3) of the greeting which is to be
active.
Or, to exit, press the pound key.
The reply has been sent.
The message has been forwarded.
That mailbox is busy.
Not programmable
Not programmable
Going to the first message.
Going to the last message.
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
The paging message is on.
The paging message is off.
The message has not been recorded because it is too short.
,VVXH
Voice Prompts
,VVXH
You have not entered enough letters.
double-beep tone
______ press _____.
For _____,
Dial _____.
Please enter _____
_____ or more letters of the person's name, starting with their first
name, then press the pound key.
To enter a Q or Z, press 1.
To exit the directory, press only the pound key.
Please enter ____
_____ or more letters of the person's name, starting with their last
name, then press the pound key.
To enter a Q or Z, press 1.
To exit the directory, press only the pound key.
The paging message has been erased.
To listen to the paging message, press L.
To turn your paging message on or off, press O.
To record a new paging message, press R.
There is no paging message for your mailbox.
To record a paging message, press R.
To leave a message, press 1.
To have the person paged, press 2.
For other options, press 3.
That name is not listed in the directory.
9RLFH3URPSWV
u
Voice Prompts
u
9RLFH3URPSWV
Or, to exit the directory, press the pound key.
Please enter the prompt number, then press the pound key.
Or, to exit, press only the pound key.
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
To select a programmable prompt, enter the number of the prompt,
To go to the first programmable prompt, press the star key.
To hear only the current prompt number, press N.
To listen to the default prompt, press L.
To record a substitute prompt, press R.
To verify the substitute prompt, press V.
To erase the substitute prompt, press E.
To select another programmable prompt, press the pound key.
To go to the next programmable prompt, press the star key.
There are currently no programmable prompts.
That prompt is not programmable.
Prompt Number _____
The substitute has been erased and the default prompt has been
activated.
There is no substitute recorded for prompt number _____
The next programmable prompt has been selected.
Not programmable
,VVXH
Voice Prompts
,VVXH
Not programmable
30 seconds of silence
There is no Welcome Message recorded for that mailbox.
There is no Instruction Menu recorded for that mailbox.
The message has been copied.
The message is being copied.
Please wait.
Please enter the number of the mailbox containing the Welcome
Message you wish to copy.
Please enter the number of the mailbox containing the Instruction
Menu you wish to copy.
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Welcome to the Mailbox Options Menu.
To change your security code, press S.
To change message notification, press N.
To change the Auto Help option, press A H.
To change the Auto Forward option, press A F.
To change the Auto Time-Stamp option, press A T.
To change the Call Waiting option, press C W.
To change the Call Announcing option, press C A.
To exit this menu, press the pound key.
Call Waiting is on.
To turn Call Waiting off, press O.
Call Waiting is off.
To turn call Waiting on, press O.
9RLFH3URPSWV
u
Voice Prompts
u
9RLFH3URPSWV
You have received new messages.
Enter the time you wish the message to be sent.
You must enter a two-digit number for the hour, then a two-digit
number for the minute, followed by an "A" for a.m. or a "P"
for p.m. For example: Eight-Oh-Five AM would be entered
as Zero-Eight, Zero-Five, A.
To re-enter the time if you make a mistake, press the star key.
Enter the date you wish the message to be sent.
You must enter a two-digit number for the month, then a two-digit
number for the day. For example: January 25th would be
entered as zero-one, two-five.
To re-enter the date if you make a mistake, press the star key.
The message will be delivered on _____
To listen to the Directory Dialing Message, press L.
To record a new Directory Dialing Message, press R.
To copy the Directory Dialing Message from another mailbox,
press C.
To erase the Directory Dialing Message, press E.
To go to another Directory Dialing Message mailbox,
press the pound key.
There is no Directory Dialing Message for this mailbox.
To record a Directory Dialing Message, press R.
To copy the Directory Dialing Message from another mailbox,
press C.
To go to another Directory Dialing Message mailbox, press the
pound key.
There is no Directory Dialing Message recorded for that mailbox.
The Directory Dialing Message has been erased.
Please enter the mailbox number for the Directory Dialing
Message.
Please enter the mailbox number of the Directory Dialing Message
you wish to copy.
,VVXH
Voice Prompts
Not programmable
Enter the new time of day for the voice mail system's clock.
You must enter a two-digit number for the hour, then a two-digit
number for the minute, followed by an "A" for a.m. or a "P"
for p.m. For example: Eight-Oh-Five AM would be entered
as Zero-Eight, Zero-Five, A.
To re-enter the time if you make a mistake, press the star key.
,VVXH
Enter the new date for the voice mail system's clock.
You must enter a two-digit number for the month, day, and year.
For example: April 25th 1992 would be entered as Zero-Four,
Two-Five, Nine-Two.
To re-enter the date if you make a mistake, press the star key.
The new system date and time will be _____
The system clock has been adjusted.
The system clock currently reads _____
Your security code is required to confirm system shutdown.
All voice mail ports are idle.
Activity has been detected in the voice mail system.
To allow the activity to cease before shutting down, press A.
To shut down immediately, press I.
To cancel the shut down, press the pound key.
Starting shut down.
Please stay on the line until notified that shutdown is complete.
To cancel the shutdown, press the pound key now.
Shut down of the Voice Mail system has been completed.
It is now safe to power-down or reset the Voice Mail computer.
Shut down of the Voice Mail system has been aborted.
Waiting for Voice Mail activity to cease.
9RLFH3URPSWV
u
Voice Prompts
u
9RLFH3URPSWV
Disregarding ongoing Voice Mail activity.
The system clock could not be adjusted to the specified settings.
Please try again.
Shutdown cannot be initiated from this mailbox.
Only System Administrator mailboxes which have been
programmed with a security code are permitted to shut down the
voice mail system.
The revision level of the Voice Mail system software is _____
It is no longer possible to abort the operation.
Your security code will NOT be requested.
Your security code will be requested.
Wait for sound.
Enter the extension or telephone number, then press the
pound key.
To enter special dialing codes, press the star key followed by
the desired code letter. For example, pressing star-P will
enter a non-monitored pause into the dial string. Similarly,
you may press star-star or star-pound to enter the
star or pound keys into the string.
To skip to the next setting, press only the star key.
Enter the Radio Pager number, then press the pound key.
,VVXH
Voice Prompts
Enter the Digital Pager number, then press the pound key.
This message arrived on _____
_____ an unknown caller.
Not programmable
Not programmable
,VVXH
If the mailbox number is correct, press C.
If it is incorrect, press I to re-enter the number.
To select a different recipient, press the star key.
Not programmable
Not used in English, French, and German. For other languages,
this prompt is for the "and" between the numbers in a time setting.
For example: In Spanish, it is the "y" in: Las ocho y cinco.
Oh (Not used for Spanish, French, Italian, German)
_____ the First ____
_____ the Second _____
_____ the Third _____
_____ the Fourth _____
_____ the Fifth _____
_____ the Sixth _____
9RLFH3URPSWV
u
Voice Prompts
u
9RLFH3URPSWV
_____ the Seventh _____
_____ the Eighth _____
_____ the Ninth _____
_____ the Tenth _____
_____ the Eleventh _____
_____ the Twelfth _____
_____ the Thirteenth _____
_____ the Fourteenth _____
_____ the Fifteenth _____
_____ the Sixteenth _____
_____ the Seventeenth _____
_____ the Eighteenth _____
_____ the Nineteenth _____
_____ the Twentieth _____
_____ the Twenty-first _____
_____ the Twenty-second _____
_____ the Twenty-third _____
_____ the Twenty-fourth _____
,VVXH
Voice Prompts
,VVXH
_____ the Twenty-fifth _____
_____ the Twenty-sixth _____
_____ the Twenty-seventh _____
_____ the Twenty-eighth _____
_____ the Twenty-ninth _____
_____ the Thirtieth _____
_____ the Thirty-first _____
_____ AM (for Midnight to 5:59)
_____ AM (for 6:00 to 11:59)
_____ PM (for 12:00 to 17:59)
_____ PM (for 18:00 PM to 23:59)
______ because it could not be sent to ________.
To work with the substitute prompts for Language 1, press 1.
Or, for language 2 prompts, press 2.
Not programmable
Not programmable
_____ twelve _____
_____ one _____
_____ two _______
9RLFH3URPSWV
u
Voice Prompts
u
9RLFH3URPSWV
_____ three _____
_____ four _____
_____ five _____
_____ six _____
_____ seven _____
_____ eight _____
_____ nine _____
_____ ten _____
_____ eleven _____
_____ twelve _____
_____ one _____
_____ two _______
_____ three _____
_____ four _____
_____ five _____
_____ six _____
_____ seven _____
_____ eight _____
,VVXH
Voice Prompts
,VVXH
_____ nine _____
_____ ten _____
_____ eleven _____
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
9RLFH3URPSWV
u
Voice Prompts
u
9RLFH3URPSWV
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Ready.
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
,VVXH
Voice Prompts
,VVXH
Not programmable
Not programmable
Call Announcing is ON.
To turn Call Announcing OFF, press O.
Call Announcing is off.
To turn Call Announcing on, press O.
To request a return receipt for the previous mailbox, press star R.
To enter another mailbox name, press N.
To specify recipients by their mailbox numbers, press star N.
To cancel the previous mailbox, press only the star key.
_____ or more letters of the person's name, then press the
pound key. To enter a Q or Z, press 1. To cancel this directory
selection, press only the pound key.
You may enter the names of up to ten mailboxes to receive this
message.
To enter a mailbox name, press N.
To specify recipients by their mailbox numbers, press star N.
Analyzed Dialing Pause
Selecting the MAIN message list.
All of your messages are in this list.
Selecting the NEW message list.
Only messages that have not yet been heard will be in this list.
This list will not change until after you have exited your mailbox.
Selecting the Saved message list.
Only messages that were saved during a previous mailbox session
will be in this list. This list will not change until after you have
exited your mailbox.
9RLFH3URPSWV
u
Voice Prompts
To hear a summary of the current settings for all three of your
message notification groups, press S.
To select which of the three groups are to be active, press A.
To review or modify the parameters of a group, press M.
The First message notification group is disabled.
The First notification group is disabled.
To enable the First group, press E F.
The First message notification group is enabled, and it is active
from _____
The First notification group is enabled.
To disable the First group, press D F.
The Second message notification group is disabled.
The Second notification group is disabled.
To enable the Second group, press E S.
The Second message notification group is enabled, and it is active
from ____
The Second notification group is enabled.
To disable the Second group, press D S.
The Third message notification group is disabled.
u
9RLFH3URPSWV
The Third notification group is disabled.
To enable the Third group, press E T.
The Third message notification group is enabled, and it is active
from ____
The Third notification group is enabled.
To disable the Third group, press D T.
,VVXH
Voice Prompts
,VVXH
Please select the message notification group that you would like to
review or modify.
For the First notification group, press F.
For the Second notification group, press S.
For the Third notification group, press T.
When enabled, the First notification group will be active
from ____
When enabled, the Second notification group will be active
from _____
When enabled, the Third notification group will be active
from _____
None
Selecting the HELD message list.
Only messages that have been partially heard, but were not
SAVED during a previous mailbox session, will be in this list.
This list will not change until after you have exited your mailbox.
Going to the first new message.
Going to the last new message.
Going to the first saved message.
Going to the last saved message.
Going to the first held message.
Going to the last held message.
You have no new messages.
You have no saved messages.
You have no held messages.
9RLFH3URPSWV
u
Voice Prompts
u
9RLFH3URPSWV
There are no more new messages.
Ready to play the first new message.
There are no more new messages.
Ready to play the last new message.
There are no more saved messages.
Ready to play the first saved message.
There are no more saved messages.
Ready to play the last saved message.
There are no more held messages.
Ready to play the first held message.
There are no more held messages.
Ready to play the last held message.
You have _____
_____ and _____
You have no messages.
You have one new message _____
You have one new message.
You have one held message _____
You have one held message.
You have one saved message.
_____ new messages _____
_____ new messages.
,VVXH
Voice Prompts
_____ saved messages.
_____ held messages.
_____ held messages _____
_____ one held message _____
_____ and one saved message.
_____ and one held message.
To listen to your new messages, press L.
To listen to your held messages, press L.
To listen to your saved messages, press L.
To listen to the next new message, press L.
To listen to the next held message, press L.
,VVXH
To listen to the next saved message, press L.
9RLFH3URPSWV
u
Voice Prompts
u
9RLFH3URPSWV
To listen to the next new message, press L.
To listen to the next held message, press L.
To listen to the next saved message, press L.
I'm sorry.
The System Line is currently in use.
Not programmable
Not programmable
Forty
Forty-one
Forty-two
Forty-three
Forty-four
Forty-five
Forty-six
Forty-seven
,VVXH
Voice Prompts
,VVXH
Forty-eight
Forty-nine
Fifty
Fifty-one
Fifty-two
Fifty-three
Fifty-four
Fifty-five
Fifty-six
Fifty-seven
Fifty-eight
Fifty-nine
Sixty
Sixty-one
Sixty-two
Sixty-three
Sixty-four
Sixty-five
9RLFH3URPSWV
u
Voice Prompts
u
9RLFH3URPSWV
Sixty-six
Sixty-seven
Sixty-eight
Sixty-nine
Seventy
Seventy-one
Seventy-two
Seventy-three
Seventy-four
Seventy-five
Seventy-six
Seventy-seven
Seventy-eight
Seventy-nine
Eighty
Eighty-one
Eighty-two
Eighty-three
,VVXH
Voice Prompts
,VVXH
Eighty-four
Eighty-five
Eighty-six
Eighty-seven
Eighty-eight
Eighty-nine
Ninety
Ninety-one
Ninety-two
Ninety-three
Ninety-four
Ninety-five
Ninety-six
Ninety-seven
Ninety-eight
Ninety-nine
Auto Time-Stamp is on.
To turn Auto Time-Stamp off, press 0.
9RLFH3URPSWV
u
Voice Prompts
u
9RLFH3URPSWV
Auto Time-Stamp is off.
To turn Auto Time-Stamp on, press O.
Auto-Forward is off.
To turn Auto Forward on, press O.
Auto Forward is on.
The Auto Forward recipient is mailbox number _____.
To turn Auto Forward off, press 0.
To change the Auto-Forward mailbox, press C.
Please enter the number of the mailbox to receive the Auto Forward
messages.
BBBBBBB
will receive this message.
. Not programmable
. Not programmable
. Not programmable
. Not programmable
. You may not forward this message to that person's mailbox
because it has already been forwarded.
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
,VVXH
Voice Prompts
,VVXH
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
The following Return Receipt arrived on _____
To listen to the first message you sent, press L.
To erase the first message, press E.
To listen to the next message you sent, press L.
The message cannot be erased at this time because the recipient
mailbox is currently in use.
The mailbox has been tagged for Return Receipt.
This message may not be tagged for Return Receipt because you
have not recorded a comment.
This Return Receipt arrived on _____ .
9RLFH3URPSWV
u
Voice Prompts
u
9RLFH3URPSWV
Hundreds (Needed for Spanish)
Hundred (Needed for other languages)
Thousands (Needed for Spanish)
Thousand (Needed for other languages)
Millions (Needed for Spanish)
Million (Needed for other languages)
Billions (Needed for Spanish)
Billion (Needed for other languages)
One ____ (Not used in Spanish)
One ____ (Not used in Spanish)
_____ at _____ (Needed only for Spanish)
Not programmable
Not programmable
Not programmable
_____ hours _____
_____ minutes
To specify the extension number, press the star key.
Please dial the extension number.
To enter the name of an extension, press the star key.
To specify the mailbox number of the recipient, press the star key.
,VVXH
Voice Prompts
,VVXH
Please dial the mailbox number.
To dial the name of the mailbox, press the star key.
Please enter your telephone number and press the pound key when
you are done. Otherwise, press only the pound key.
9RLFH3URPSWV
u
Voice Prompts
u
9RLFH3URPSWV
,VVXH
Nitsuko America, Telecom Division
4 Forest Parkway
Shelton, CT 06484
TEL: 203-926-5400
FAX: 203-929-0535
Other Important Telephone Numbers
Sales ........................................................................... 203-926-5450
Customer Service........................................................ 203-926-5444
Customer Service FAX: .............................................. 203-926-5454
Technical Service........................................................ 203-925-8801
Discontinued Product Service ..................................... 900-990-2541
Technical Training:..................................................... 203-926-5430
Emergency Technical Service (After Hours) ............... 203-929-7920
(Excludes discontinued products)

NVM-22

Transcription

Similar documents

www.themailbox.com

Hotmail/Live/ MSN/Outlook.com

My “Beary” - The Mailbox

KX-TA624 - MPS Networks

St. Charles Home and School Newsletter

KeyWin5 Installation..

Voicemail Guide pg1

Exchange 2003 Single E-mail/Mailbox Restore: From an image

Hosted Microsoft Exchange Tutorial